InsightPro

TrendSpotter

TrendSpotter utilizes machine learning algorithms to identify emerging patterns and trends in business data. By analyzing historical data and real-time inputs, this feature empowers users to grasp significant shifts in market dynamics before they become apparent. Enhanced forecasting accuracy enables proactive decision-making, helping businesses stay ahead of the curve.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

"As a business analyst, I want real-time data integration so that I can analyze current market trends effectively and provide accurate insights to my team."

Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement involves enabling the TrendSpotter feature to automatically collect and process data from various sources continuously, ensuring that users have access to the most up-to-date information. This integration will enhance the platform's responsiveness and accuracy in identifying trends, as users will be able to analyze current data alongside historical data in real-time. Its implementation is crucial for maintaining the relevance of trend analysis and ensuring that users are making decisions based on the latest market dynamics.

Acceptance Criteria

Data Collection Frequency and Consistency in TrendSpotter

Given that the TrendSpotter feature is enabled, when new data is available from integrated sources, then it should automatically collect and process that data every minute without manual intervention.

Real-time Data Availability for User Analysis

Given that real-time data integration is active, when a user accesses the TrendSpotter feature, then they should see updated trend analysis based on the most recent data collected from all integrated sources.

Data Source Integration and Compatibility

Given that multiple data sources are to be integrated, when new data sources are added, then the system should validate and integrate those sources successfully, allowing their data to be included in real-time trend analysis.

Error Handling in Data Integration

Given that there may be connectivity issues with data sources, when a data source fails to provide data, then an error message should be displayed to the user, and the system should attempt to reconnect every 30 seconds for at least 5 minutes before alerting the user.

Performance Impact of Real-time Data Processing

Given that the TrendSpotter feature processes real-time data, when the system receives and processes data from multiple sources simultaneously, then it should maintain a response time of under 2 seconds for displaying updated trend insights to the user.

User Customization of Data Integration Settings

Given that users have different needs for data integration, when a user accesses the data integration settings, then they should be able to specify which sources to include or exclude and save those preferences successfully without errors.

User Notifications for Data Updates

Given that new data is processed, when the data integration is completed successfully, then the system should notify users via a dashboard alert that new trends have been detected in the data.

Predictive Analytics Engine

"As a strategic decision-maker, I want a predictive analytics engine so that I can forecast future market conditions and adjust our business strategies proactively."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Engine requirement focuses on developing advanced algorithms that can analyze patterns from historical data to predict future trends. This capability will allow the TrendSpotter feature to provide users with forecasts that can inform business strategy and decision-making. By leveraging machine learning techniques, the predictive engine will identify likely future scenarios based on past behaviors, helping businesses to anticipate changes and prepare accordingly. Its integration with the existing data structures is essential to enhance the reliability of insights provided to users.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of InsightPro, I want to use the Predictive Analytics Engine to analyze past sales data to generate a forecast for the next quarter's revenue, allowing me to adjust my business strategy accordingly.

Given that the user inputs at least two years of historical sales data, When the Predictive Analytics Engine processes the data, Then it should return a forecast report that accurately predicts the revenue for the next quarter within a 10% margin of error.

As a business analyst, I want the Predictive Analytics Engine to combine data from different sources, such as CRM and ERP systems, to provide a comprehensive forecast that includes various business dimensions.

Given that the user has connected both the CRM and ERP data sources, When the Predictive Analytics Engine processes the integrated data, Then it should generate a unified forecast that takes inputs from both sources without data loss or error.

As a strategic planner, I want to visualize the output from the Predictive Analytics Engine to better understand potential trends and make informed decisions.

Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine has produced a forecast, When the user selects the visualization option, Then it should display the forecast in an easy-to-understand graphical format that highlights key trends and anomalies.

As a company executive, I want the Predictive Analytics Engine to provide me with detailed insights about factors influencing the forecast to understand the basis of predictions.

Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine has made a forecast, When the insights report is generated, Then it should include a breakdown of key influencing factors such as historical sales patterns, market conditions, and seasonality effects.

As a user, I want the Predictive Analytics Engine to offer explanations for its predictions, enabling me to explain the forecast results to my team.

Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine has generated predictions, When the user requests an explanation, Then it should provide clear, understandable reasons for each prediction based on the analyzed data.

User-Friendly Visualization Tools

"As a marketing manager, I want user-friendly visualization tools so that I can easily interpret data trends without needing advanced analytical skills."

Description

The User-Friendly Visualization Tools requirement entails the creation of intuitive charts, graphs, and dashboards that enable users to visualize trends and patterns easily. This feature should allow users to interactively manipulate data display options, making it easier to comprehend insights derived from trend analysis. By simplifying complex data presentations, this requirement aims to enhance user engagement and understanding, empowering users to draw actionable conclusions without requiring extensive analytical skills. The successful integration of these tools is vital to the overall user experience of the InsightPro platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Loading and Interacting with Visualizations on the Dashboard

Given a user has logged into the InsightPro platform, when they navigate to the dashboard and select a visualization type (e.g., line chart, bar graph), then the selected visualization should load within 2 seconds and be fully interactive with options to filter and drill down into the data.

Customizing Chart Display Options

Given a user is viewing a visualization on their dashboard, when they choose to customize the display settings (such as changing color schemes or chart types), then those changes should be applied instantly without the need to refresh the page, and the visualization should accurately reflect the selected settings.

Exporting Visualizations to External Formats

Given a user has finalized a visualization on the dashboard, when they choose the export option for the visualization, then the system should generate a downloadable file in multiple formats (PDF, PNG, or CSV) that retains the fidelity of the displayed data with minimal file size.

Real-Time Data Refresh in Visualizations

Given a user is actively viewing a chart based on real-time data, when the underlying data is updated, then the visualization should refresh automatically within 5 seconds to reflect the most current information without manual intervention.

User Guidance for Visualization Features

Given a user is new to the InsightPro platform, when they access the visualization tools for the first time, then they should be presented with an interactive tutorial that guides them through the key features and functionalities of the visualization tools within 3 minutes.

Responsive Design on Visualizations Across Devices

Given a user accesses the InsightPro platform from a mobile device, when they view dashboards and visualizations, then all visual elements should be responsive and remain fully functional, ensuring an optimal user experience regardless of device size.

Automated Reporting Feature

"As a project manager, I want an automated reporting feature so that I can save time on report generation and ensure that my team receives timely insights on market trends."

Description

The Automated Reporting Feature requirement involves developing a mechanism that allows users to set up scheduled reports that summarize trend analyses and insights at regular intervals. This feature should include customizable templates where users can define key metrics and insights they want reported, streamlining communication and decision-making processes. The automation of report generation will free up time for users and ensure that key stakeholders receive timely information on market trends and performance metrics, reinforcing the role of InsightPro as a vital tool in strategic business planning.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user that utilizes the TrendSpotter feature, I want to set up a weekly automated report summarizing the latest trends so that I can receive timely updates without manual effort.

Given that the user is in the report configuration dashboard, when they select the 'Weekly' scheduling option and customize the report template with their desired metrics, then the report should be generated and sent automatically every week to the specified email address without any errors.

As a business analyst using the InsightPro platform, I need an automated report that highlights key performance metrics over the last month so that I can present findings at the monthly stakeholder meeting.

Given that the user has created a monthly report template with key performance indicators defined, when the scheduled report is triggered at the end of the month, then the report should accurately reflect the defined metrics and be delivered to the stakeholders' email addresses as specified without delays or omissions.

As a project manager, I want to ensure that the scheduled reports are easily customizable so that different team members can receive reports tailored to their needs without technical assistance.

Given that the user accesses the report customization interface, when they modify any aspect of the report template including metrics and layout, then changes should be saved, and the updated report should reflect these customizations in the next automated report run.

As a user implementing the reporting feature, I want to receive an alert when a scheduled report fails to generate or send, so that I can promptly address any issues.

Given that a report is scheduled to run, when the scheduled report fails for any reason, then the system should notify the user via an email alert detailing the issue and the next steps to resolve it.

As a marketing analyst using the platform, I want to preview the automated report before the actual schedule to ensure the data aligns with expectations.

Given that the user has scheduled an automated report, when they request a preview of the upcoming report, then the system should generate a preview that includes the expected data and metrics as per the defined template.

As a team lead who relies on the automated reporting feature, I want to ensure that my reports can include dynamic content based on the latest data inputs from TrendSpotter.

Given that the user configures a report template, when the report is generated based on the latest data from TrendSpotter, then it should reflect real-time inputs and trends accurately in the automated report.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a user of the platform, I want a feedback loop mechanism so that I can share my insights on the accuracy of trend analysis and contribute to the improvement of the platform."

Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement focuses on implementing a system that captures user feedback on the accuracy and relevance of the trend analysis provided by TrendSpotter. This feedback will help improve the algorithms and forecasting methods utilized by the platform, allowing for iterative enhancements based on actual user experiences and needs. Establishing a feedback loop is crucial for ensuring continuous improvement and maintaining high user satisfaction as the product evolves, further solidifying InsightPro's position in the market.

Acceptance Criteria

User feedback submission on trend accuracy

Given a user is analyzing trends in InsightPro, when they encounter a specific trend they wish to provide feedback on, then they must be able to submit their feedback via a designated form which captures their feedback on accuracy and relevance.

Real-time feedback analysis and reporting

Given feedback is submitted by multiple users, when the TrendSpotter system retrieves this feedback, then it must generate a summary report that categorizes feedback into themes such as 'accurate', 'inaccurate', and 'needs improvement'.

User notification of algorithm updates based on feedback

Given that user feedback has been analyzed and algorithms have been updated, when a user logs into InsightPro, then they must receive a notification detailing the changes made in response to their feedback.

Feedback loop closure for users

Given a user has previously submitted feedback, when they access the TrendSpotter feature, then they must have the ability to view how their feedback contributed to changes in the trend analysis.

User experience testing for feedback mechanism

Given a group of users is selected for testing, when they interact with the feedback mechanism, then at least 80% of participants must report that the mechanism is intuitive and easy to use on a post-test survey.

Integration with predictive analytics

Given that feedback has been incorporated into the forecasting model, when users analyze trends, then the accuracy of these predictions must exceed 75% as validated by retrospective analysis of previous forecasts against actual outcomes.

Scenario Builder

Scenario Builder allows users to create 'what-if' scenarios by manipulating key variables within their data. This feature equips users with the tools to explore potential outcomes in various situations, facilitating strategic planning and risk assessment. By providing a visual representation of possible future states, users can make informed decisions backed by data.

Requirements

Variable Manipulation Interface

"As a business analyst, I want to adjust the key variables in my data through an intuitive interface so that I can easily explore different future scenarios without needing programming skills."

Description

The Variable Manipulation Interface allows users to select and adjust key variables in their datasets through a user-friendly graphical interface. This feature enhances usability by enabling users to interactively modify input parameters, offering live previews of potential outcomes. By making the scenario-building process accessible, this requirement supports users in exploring various 'what-if' scenarios with minimal technical expertise. It integrates seamlessly into the existing InsightPro dashboard, allowing users to visualize changes real-time and make data-driven decisions quickly.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a variable from the dataset to manipulate and adjusts its value using the Variable Manipulation Interface.

Given a user is on the Scenario Builder screen, when they select a variable and adjust its value, then the interface should update and show the new value immediately.

User applies multiple adjustments to different variables simultaneously using the Variable Manipulation Interface.

Given a user has selected multiple variables, when they adjust the values of these variables simultaneously, then all changes should be reflected in real-time visualizations without any lag.

User saves their current scenario settings for future reference or adjustments.

Given a user has manipulated variables and set their desired scenario, when they click the 'Save Scenario' button, then the scenario should be saved successfully and retrievable later from the dashboard.

User resets the variable manipulations to their original values using the interface.

Given a user has made adjustments to the variable values, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all variable values should return to their original state without affecting other scenarios.

User obtains a summary report of the current scenario settings and outcomes.

Given a user has manipulated variables and visualized the outcomes, when they click the 'Generate Report' button, then a detailed report summarizing the current variable settings and predicted outcomes should be produced in a downloadable format.

User interacts with the Variable Manipulation Interface on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile).

Given a user accesses the Variable Manipulation Interface on multiple devices, when they manipulate variables, then the interface should be fully functional and display correctly across all devices.

Scenario Visualization Tool

"As a project manager, I want to visualize the outcomes of different scenarios so that I can better understand the potential impacts on our project timelines and resources."

Description

The Scenario Visualization Tool is designed to provide users with dynamic visual representations of their 'what-if' scenarios based on the manipulated variables. This feature aims to enhance understanding and interpretation of complex data by translating numerical outcomes into graphs, charts, and other visual formats. By offering various visualization styles, users can choose the format that best represents their data, facilitating easier comparisons and strategic assessments. This requirement is crucial for aiding users in decision-making processes by allowing them to see potential outcomes clearly.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new 'what-if' scenario by selecting a variable to manipulate and observes the changes visually represented in real-time.

Given the user has selected a variable and input all necessary data, when they initiate a scenario, then the visualization updates immediately to reflect the new outcomes based on the manipulated variable.

User applies multiple variables in a single scenario and visualizes the combined effect on a chart.

Given the user has selected multiple variables, when they run the scenario, then the visualization should display a combined chart that accurately reflects the interactions between the selected variables and their outcomes.

User chooses from various visualization styles to best represent their data after running a scenario.

Given the user has created a scenario, when they select a visualization style from the options available, then the chosen style should accurately represent the data without any loss of information or detail.

User saves a created scenario and accesses it later for reviews or modifications.

Given the user has completed a scenario, when they choose to save it, then they should be able to retrieve it later from their saved scenarios list without any data loss.

User generates a report from the visualization of their scenario outcomes.

Given the user has a completed visualization, when they select the option to generate a report, then a report should be created that includes all relevant data visualizations and metrics in a readable format.

User shares a visualization outcome with team members via email or a shareable link.

Given the user has successfully created a visualization, when they select the share option, then they should be able to send the visualization via email or generate a shareable link that others can access without errors.

User receives real-time feedback on the accuracy of data manipulations through the Scenario Visualization Tool.

Given the user has adjusted variables in the tool, when changes are made, then the system should immediately provide feedback on the potential accuracy of the simulated outcomes compared to historical data.

Scenario Comparison Functionality

"As a financial analyst, I want to compare multiple scenarios at once so that I can identify which conditions lead to the best financial outcomes for our business."

Description

The Scenario Comparison Functionality enables users to store multiple scenarios and easily compare their results side by side. This requirement focuses on allowing users to save different configurations of variable manipulations, making it possible to assess the impact of different assumptions or conditions in a straightforward manner. The feature enhances strategic planning by allowing quick insights into which scenarios yield optimal results, driving informed decision-making based on comparative analysis. It integrates with the existing dashboard to provide a cohesive user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to create multiple scenarios by manipulating key variables and save them for later comparison, so that I can easily revisit them to understand different outcomes without losing my configurations.

Given a set of manipulated variables, when the user saves a scenario, then the scenario should be stored in the database and retrievable for future comparison.

As a user, I want to compare the results of two or more saved scenarios side by side, so that I can quickly visualize differences in outcomes based on varying assumptions.

Given at least two saved scenarios, when the user selects them for comparison, then the system should display the results in a side-by-side comparison table on the dashboard.

As a user, I want to be able to modify the parameters of a saved scenario and save it as a new scenario, allowing me to explore variations based on my initial configurations.

Given an existing saved scenario, when the user modifies its parameters and saves it, then a new scenario should be created without affecting the original scenario.

As a user, I want to filter scenarios displayed in the comparison view based on certain tags or criteria, so that I can find relevant scenarios more efficiently.

Given a set of scenarios available for comparison, when the user applies a filter using tags, then only scenarios matching the filter criteria should be displayed in the comparison view.

As a user, I want to receive visual indicators (such as color-coding or icons) representing the performance of each scenario in the comparison view, so that I can easily assess which scenarios perform best at a glance.

Given a comparison view of scenarios, when the user views the results, then visual indicators should be displayed next to each scenario reflecting their relative performance based on predefined metrics.

As a user, I want to export the comparison results of my scenarios into a report format, so that I can share my findings with team members or stakeholders.

Given a comparison of scenarios, when the user selects the export option, then the system should generate a downloadable report that summarizes the comparison results in a clear format.

As a user, I want to be notified if any of my saved scenarios exceed predefined thresholds, so that I can take timely actions based on potential risks or opportunities.

Given predefined threshold settings for scenarios, when a saved scenario is compared and exceeds any thresholds, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the situation.

Scenario Simulation Engine

"As a data scientist, I want the scenario simulations to be accurate and responsive so that I can rely on the insights provided to make data-driven decisions."

Description

The Scenario Simulation Engine is essential for processing and executing the variable manipulations created by users. This backend requirement ensures that the changes made in the Variable Manipulation Interface are accurately reflected in the outcome visualizations. It involves the underlying algorithms and calculations that power the scenario simulations, ensuring real-time responsiveness and accuracy. This feature will significantly enhance the reliability of insights provided by the Scenario Builder, reinforcing user trust in the data outcomes presented.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully creates a 'what-if' scenario by manipulating variables in the Scenario Builder interface.

Given the user is on the Scenario Builder, when they adjust the input variables and submit the scenario for simulation, then the Scenario Simulation Engine should process the input and return updated visualizations reflecting the manipulated variables.

User receives accurate visual outcomes from the Scenario Simulation Engine after manipulating key variables.

Given the simulated scenario has been executed, when the user views the outcome visualizations, then the data displayed must match the expected changes based on the manipulated variables, ensuring a minimum accuracy rate of 95%.

User attempts to create a scenario but encounters an unsupported variable manipulation.

Given the user tries to manipulate a variable that is not supported by the Scenario Simulation Engine, when they submit the scenario for simulation, then the system should display an error message indicating the unsupported action without processing the simulation.

Multiple users concurrently execute different scenarios in the Scenario Builder without conflict.

Given multiple users are manipulating variables and submitting scenarios simultaneously, when they execute their scenarios, then the Scenario Simulation Engine should accurately process and return results for each scenario independently without data conflicts.

User accesses real-time performance metrics during scenario execution.

Given the user is running a scenario simulation, when they request performance metrics, then the Scenario Simulation Engine should provide real-time updates on processing time, resource usage, and simulation accuracy within 5 seconds of the request.

User can visualize the changes in outcomes immediately after variable adjustments.

Given the user has adjusted variables in the Scenario Builder, when they submit the changes, then the visual outcomes should be updated in real-time within 2 seconds without page refresh.

User reviews a historical record of scenarios previously executed with their outcomes.

Given the user navigates to the history section of the Scenario Builder, when they select a previously executed scenario, then they should be able to view all parameters, outcomes, and related metrics from that execution accurately displayed.

Export Scenario Reports

"As a team lead, I want to export detailed scenario reports so that I can share the results of my analyses with my team and stakeholders in a professional manner."

Description

The Export Scenario Reports feature allows users to generate comprehensive reports that include details about the manipulated variables, the outcomes of different scenarios, and visual representations. This functionality is crucial for users who need to share their findings with stakeholders or include data in presentations and strategic meetings. The reports can be customized to highlight specific metrics and visualizations, facilitating effective communication of insights. This feature enhances the practical utility of the Scenario Builder.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report after manipulating multiple variables in the Scenario Builder.

Given the user has selected the variables and scenarios, when they choose to export the report, then the report is generated successfully and contains all manipulated variables and the corresponding outcomes represented visually.

User customizes the exported scenario report to highlight specific metrics before sharing it.

Given the user is in the report customization interface, when they select specific metrics to highlight and export, then the report reflects only the chosen metrics and retains accurate visual representations.

User shares the exported scenario report with stakeholders via email.

Given the user has successfully exported the report, when they choose the 'Share via Email' option, then the email is sent with the report attached and is accessible without errors by the recipients.

User reviews the layout and visual representation of the exported report.

Given the user has accessed the exported report, when they open the document, then the layout and visuals must be clear, correctly formatted, and representative of the data manipulated in the Scenario Builder.

User needs to create multiple exports for different scenarios and maintain version control.

Given the user exports scenario reports in succession, when multiple reports are generated, then each report must be saved with a unique filename that indicates the scenario and timestamp to avoid confusion.

User requests an export of the scenario report in different formats (PDF, CSV).

Given the user has selected the desired formats for export, when the export process is initiated, then the system successfully generates reports in all selected formats with data integrity maintained across formats.

User utilizes a template for exporting reports to maintain consistency across multiple reports.

Given the user has selected a report template, when they generate the report, then the report should adhere to the template format consistently for all exported scenarios without discrepancies.

Insight Alerts

Insight Alerts automatically notifies users of significant changes or anomalies in data trends based on user-defined criteria. This proactive feature ensures that users are immediately informed of critical insights that may require immediate action, allowing for quicker responses to potential opportunities or threats.

Requirements

Customizable Alert Criteria

"As a data analyst, I want to set specific thresholds for my alerts so that I can receive notifications tailored to my department's needs."

Description

The system must allow users to define specific criteria for triggering alerts, enabling tailored notifications based on individualized metrics or thresholds that are significant to their business goals. This feature enhances user engagement by ensuring that alerts are relevant and directly tied to each user’s operational objectives, thereby increasing the effectiveness of the Insight Alerts. Users should be able to select from various data points and set thresholds for alerts according to their unique requirements, making this feature a vital element for proactive business management.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines alert criteria based on sales data thresholds.

Given a user wants to create an alert for when sales drop below a certain threshold, When they set the threshold to $10,000 and save, Then the alert should trigger when sales fall below $10,000 in real-time.

User customizes alert criteria for website traffic metrics.

Given a user sets an alert for website traffic, When they select the metric as 'Monthly Unique Visitors' and define the threshold as 1,000 visitors, Then the alert should successfully notify the user when the website traffic reaches or drops below 1,000 visitors.

User modifies existing alert criteria for inventory levels.

Given a user wants to edit an existing alert for inventory levels, When they change the threshold from 50 items to 30 items and update the alert, Then the system should reflect the updated threshold and trigger appropriately when inventory levels fall to 30 or below.

User tests the alert notification system for financial metrics.

Given a user has personalized alerts for financial metrics, When a financial metric exceeds their defined threshold, Then the user should receive a notification via email or in-app alert within 5 minutes of the event.

User utilizes multiple criteria for triggering alerts.

Given a user is setting up an alert with multiple triggering conditions, When they select 'Sales Threshold' and 'Customer Count' criteria, Then the alert system should function correctly and notify when at least one of these conditions is met.

User receives alerts based on criteria after a specified time duration.

Given a user has set an alert to trigger if sales dip below a threshold for 3 consecutive days, When the sales dip below the threshold for 3 consecutive days, Then the user should receive a notification about the sustained trend.

Multi-Channel Notification System

"As a team leader, I want to receive alerts via both email and SMS, so that I can respond to critical data changes in real time, regardless of my location."

Description

The requirement involves implementing a multi-channel notification system that allows alerts to be sent through various channels such as email, SMS, and in-app notifications. This enhances the responsiveness of users by providing flexibility in how they receive urgent notifications. By allowing notifications through multiple channels, users can stay informed even when they are away from their primary dashboard or console, crucial for immediate action on critical insights that could influence decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification about an anomaly in sales data while traveling.

Given the user has defined criteria for sales anomalies, when an anomaly occurs, then an email notification is sent to the user's registered email address within 5 minutes.

User receives an SMS alert for low inventory levels while away from the office.

Given the user has opted for SMS notifications, when low inventory levels are detected, then an SMS alert is sent to the user's mobile phone immediately.

User receives an in-app notification of a new competitor entering the market.

Given the user is logged into the InsightPro platform, when a significant market change is detected, then an in-app notification is displayed within the dashboard.

User updates notification preferences and verifies the changes are applied.

Given the user updates their notification preferences to include SMS and email, when they save the changes, then the new preferences are reflected in their profile settings and confirmed with a success message.

User receives multiple notifications through different channels simultaneously.

Given the user has configured notifications for email, SMS, and in-app alerts, when an anomaly is detected in real-time, then all configured channels send notifications within 5 minutes of detection.

User checks past notification history for insights on trends.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they navigate to the history page, then they should see a chronological list of notifications received over the past 30 days.

User receives notifications for criteria set for specific timeframes.

Given the user sets notifications for key performance indicators to be monitored daily, when the daily check is performed, then the user receives notifications only if the criteria are met within that timeframe.

Historical Alert Review

"As a business manager, I want to review historical alerts so that I can analyze past data anomalies and improve my response strategies in the future."

Description

This feature requires the ability for users to review past alerts and their outcomes within InsightPro. Users should be able to access a log of notifications, including the timestamp, criteria that triggered the alert, and the actions taken in response. This capability supports the analysis of alert effectiveness and aids in refining future alert criteria, ensuring that users can learn from previous experiences and continuously improve their alert systems.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Historical Alerts Log

Given a user is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the Insight Alerts section and select 'Historical Alerts', then they should see a comprehensive log of past alerts with timestamps, triggering criteria, and actions taken.

Filtering Historical Alerts by Date

Given a user is viewing the Historical Alerts log, when they apply a date filter to the log, then the displayed alerts should refresh to show only those that fall within the selected date range.

Sorting Historical Alerts by Triggering Criteria

Given a user is in the Historical Alerts log, when they choose to sort the alerts by triggering criteria, then the alerts should be reordered according to the selected criteria in ascending or descending order.

Viewing Alert Outcome Details

Given a user has accessed a specific historical alert, when they click on an alert entry, then a detailed view should appear showing the full description of the alert, including all relevant data points and actions taken.

Downloading Historical Alerts Log

Given a user is on the Historical Alerts page, when they click on the 'Download' button, then a CSV file containing all the displayed alerts should be generated and downloaded to their device.

Analyzing Alert Effectiveness Over Time

Given a user has accessed the Historical Alerts log, when they view insights or charts related to alert effectiveness, then they should see visual representations of alerts and their corresponding outcomes over a defined time period.

Editing Alert Parameters from Historical Data

Given a user is reviewing a historical alert, when they select to edit the alert parameters, then they should be able to update the criteria and save changes to be applied for future alerts.

Collaborative Alert Management

"As a project manager, I want to collaborate with my team on alerts so that we can collectively address significant anomalies and ensure accountability in our response strategies."

Description

The requirement involves a collaborative feature that allows teams to discuss and manage alerts collectively within the platform. Users should be able to comment on alerts, assign follow-up tasks to team members, and track the status of responses. This enhances teamwork by centralizing alert management and accountability, ensuring that all relevant stakeholders are engaged and informed on significant data changes and improvements can be made in response strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members receive and discuss an alert notification regarding a significant drop in sales data within the InsightPro platform.

Given that an alert is triggered for a significant drop in sales, when team members access the alert notification, then they should be able to see a comment section to discuss the alert and provide feedback.

A team member assigns a follow-up task related to an alert to another member of the team.

Given that an alert has been discussed, when a team member assigns a follow-up task to another member, then the assigned member should receive a notification and the task should appear on their task list.

The status of alerts is tracked and updated as team members respond or take action.

Given that an alert has been addressed, when team members update the status of the alert (e.g., resolved, in progress), then the updated status should be reflected in the alert management dashboard for all team members to see.

A user searches for previous alerts to review historical data and team responses.

Given that the user inputs a keyword or date range in the search function, when the user executes the search, then the corresponding historical alerts should be displayed with their discussion threads and resolutions.

Users can filter alerts based on their urgency or type within the management dashboard.

Given that multiple alerts exist, when users apply a filter for urgency (e.g., high, medium, low), then only relevant alerts should be displayed according to the selected filter criteria.

Team members receive notifications through different channels (email, in-app) when an alert is created or updated.

Given that an alert is created or modified, when the action occurs, then all relevant team members should receive notifications through their selected channels (email and/or in-app).

Users can easily collaborate on an alert through a shared document linked within the alert notification.

Given that an alert has an associated shared document, when team members access the alert notification, then they should be able to view or edit the linked document in real-time to facilitate collaboration.

Adaptive Learning for Alerts

"As a frequent user, I want the alert system to learn from my interactions, so that I receive only the most relevant notifications based on my past decisions and actions."

Description

This requirement aims to integrate machine learning algorithms that adaptively refine alert criteria based on user behavior and historical data. As users interact with the alert system, it should learn which alerts are most relevant or actionable and adjust future alerts accordingly. This feature enhances user satisfaction by reducing noise and concentrating on meaningful insights, making the alert system more intelligent and effective over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert notification when significant changes occur in sales data, such as a sudden increase or decrease in sales volume over the last week.

Given that the Adaptive Learning for Alerts feature is enabled, When a significant change in sales data occurs based on user-defined criteria, Then the user receives an instant alert notification via their chosen communication channel (email or in-app notification).

The system analyzes user interactions with alerts over the last month to identify patterns in which types of alerts the user finds most relevant.

Given that the alert system has recorded user interactions for a month, When the user accesses the Adaptive Learning settings, Then the system should display insights on the types of alerts that the user has engaged with frequently, influencing future alert criteria.

An administrator adjusts the alert parameters to focus on specific metrics, such as customer acquisition rate, while ensuring that the Adaptive Learning feature updates the relevance of triggers accordingly.

Given that an administrator modifies the alert criteria for customer acquisition, When the changes are saved, Then the Adaptive Learning system should immediately recalibrate future alerts to prioritize changes related to customer acquisition metrics while minimizing other less relevant notifications.

A user receives feedback from the system on the relevance of past alerts, allowing them to understand which alerts led to actionable outcomes and which ones were ignored.

Given that the user has been receiving alerts for one month, When the user checks the feedback report on previous alerts, Then the system should provide a detailed summary indicating the percentage of alerts acted upon versus those ignored, helping the user refine their alert preferences.

As new sales data comes in, the system learns from previous alerts and adapts the threshold for alerting users based on the frequency and severity of changes over time.

Given the system has historical sales data and user feedback on alerts, When new data trends emerge, Then the alert thresholds should dynamically adjust to reflect a more accurate understanding of significant changes over time, thereby reducing false positives.

Collaboration Dashboard

Collaboration Dashboard fosters teamwork by allowing users to share predictive insights with colleagues easily. This feature enhances communication around data-driven decisions, providing a space for annotations and discussions on predictions, ensuring that all stakeholders are aligned in their understanding and approach.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

"As a team member, I want to collaborate on insights in real time so that we can ensure everyone is informed and aligned without delays in communication."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration feature allows multiple users to access and edit the Collaboration Dashboard simultaneously. This functionality ensures that all stakeholders can view updates in real time, enabling dynamic discussions and prompt decision-making. The integration with existing chat functionalities allows for contextual discussions alongside data visualization, leading to a cohesive understanding of insights. Users can benefit from enhanced teamwork, reduced delays in communication, and improved accuracy in data-driven strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaboration Dashboard enables real-time collaboration by allowing two or more users to access the same dashboard and make changes simultaneously to data visualizations and predictive insights during a team meeting.

Given that multiple users are in the Collaboration Dashboard, When User A makes a change to a data visualization, Then User B should see the changes reflected in their view within 2 seconds.

Users use real-time collaboration to annotate and discuss predictive insights directly within the Collaboration Dashboard during a strategy session.

Given that a user creates an annotation on a predictive insight, When another user accesses the Collaboration Dashboard, Then they should see the annotation immediately and be able to reply to it in real-time.

The Collaboration Dashboard integrates with existing chat functionalities allowing users to discuss insights while viewing data visualizations.

Given that a user opens a chat window within the Collaboration Dashboard, When they send a message related to insights, Then all participants in the dashboard should receive the message instantly without any delays.

Users are able to save changes made to the Collaboration Dashboard while multiple users are editing simultaneously without losing any data.

Given that multiple users are editing the Collaboration Dashboard, When a user makes changes and clicks save, Then all changes should be saved without conflicts or data loss and should be retrievable by all users.

The system allows users to join and collaborate on the dashboard without needing to refresh their view actively.

Given that a user joins the Collaboration Dashboard session, When they enter the session, Then their dashboard should automatically update to reflect the most current data and insights without the need for a manual refresh.

Users should be able to view a history of real-time changes made in the Collaboration Dashboard.

Given that multiple users are collaborating on the dashboard, When a user requests the change history, Then the system displays a timeline of changes made by all users, including timestamps for each update.

Annotation Capability

"As a project manager, I want to annotate key insights on the dashboard so that my team can easily understand and discuss important details without missing critical context."

Description

The Annotation Capability allows users to add comments, notes, and highlights directly onto their visualizations and dashboards. This feature facilitates discussions around specific data points, thus improving the understanding of insights and ensuring everyone involved can pay attention to crucial metrics. Annotations can be tagged with users' names and timestamps, providing context for future conversations and updates. It enhances knowledge sharing and clarity among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds an annotation to a visualization after a team meeting to discuss data insights.

Given the user is viewing a visualization, when they click on the 'Add Annotation' button, then a text box should appear allowing them to enter comments, which can be saved successfully and displayed on the visualization.

A user wants to view annotations made by team members during a previous data review session.

Given the user is on the Collaboration Dashboard, when they select the 'View Annotations' option, then all annotations related to the selected visualization should be displayed, complete with user names and timestamps.

A user needs to edit an existing annotation to clarify a previously made point.

Given the user is viewing existing annotations, when they select an annotation and choose the 'Edit' option, then they should be able to modify the text and save the changes successfully, and see the updated annotation with the new timestamp.

A user wishes to delete an annotation that is no longer relevant.

Given the user has selected an annotation they want to remove, when they click the 'Delete' button, then the annotation should be removed from the visualization and no longer appear in the list of annotations.

The team conducts a retrospective analysis based on past annotations and wants to filter them by user.

Given the user has access to the Collaboration Dashboard, when they use the filter option to view annotations by a specific team member, then only annotations made by that member should be displayed, accurately reflecting the filtered results.

Users want to receive notifications when new annotations are added to a shared visualization they follow.

Given a user is subscribed to a visualization, when a new annotation is added, then the user should receive an email notification summarizing the annotation content, user name, and timestamp.

Multiple users are collaborating on a visualization and are adding annotations simultaneously.

Given multiple users are active on the same visualization, when one user adds an annotation, then all other users should immediately see the new annotation appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Predictive Insights Sharing

"As an analyst, I want to share predictive insights with my colleagues quickly so that everyone has access to the latest forecasts and can act accordingly."

Description

The Predictive Insights Sharing feature enables users to distribute insights generated from predictive analytics directly to colleagues through the Collaboration Dashboard. Users can select specific insights to share along with personalized messages, ensuring essential information reaches the right stakeholders. This improves information flow and allows informed decision-making across departments, ultimately facilitating a data-driven culture within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Users want to share specific predictive insights gained from the analytics feature during a team meeting to align decision-making processes amongst departments.

Given a user has generated predictive insights, when they select an insight and choose the 'Share' option, then a modal should appear for them to enter their colleagues' email addresses and a personalization message before sending the insights.

A user is attempting to share predictive insights with multiple colleagues at once to enhance collaboration on project decisions based on data insights.

Given a user selects multiple predictive insights, when they click 'Share', then they should be able to enter a single message and choose multiple recipients before sending the insights.

A user has just shared predictive insights with their colleagues and wants to ensure that those colleagues can see and comment on the insights shared.

Given the predictive insights are shared, when the recipients access the Collaboration Dashboard, then they should see the shared insights along with the sender's message and an option to comment on the insights.

A user needs to verify that they successfully shared predictive insights and receives confirmation of this action within the platform.

Given a user shares predictive insights, when the action is completed, then they should receive a confirmation notification indicating the insights have been successfully shared and by whom.

A user wishes to edit the message attached to their predictive insights after sharing it, to add further clarification or context.

Given a user has shared insights with colleagues, when they click on the shared insights, then an option to edit their message should be available, allowing them to update the content before the recipients view it.

A new colleague joins the team and needs to see previously shared predictive insights and discussions for context on current projects.

Given the user accesses the Collaboration Dashboard, when they select 'View Shared Insights', then they should be able to see all previously shared insights along with associated comments and the original sender's messages.

Version Control for Insights

"As a data steward, I want to track changes made to shared insights so that I can ensure clarity and correct information flow among team members."

Description

The Version Control for Insights feature introduces a system to track changes made to the insights shared within the Collaboration Dashboard. Users can view past versions of visualizations, understand the evolution of data interpretations, and identify who made specific changes. This capability ensures transparency and accountability in decision-making processes, preventing confusion that may arise from miscommunication regarding data updates.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews the Change Log of insights to understand the amendments made to a specific visualization over time.

Given a user is on the Collaboration Dashboard, when they access the Change Log for a specific insight, then they should see a chronological list of all changes made to that insight, including timestamps and user names for each modification.

A team member wants to revert to a previous version of a data visualization for analysis.

Given a user is viewing the history of an insight in the Collaboration Dashboard, when they select a previous version from the list, then the system should restore that version to the current view of the visualization.

An administrator needs to ensure that all changes made to insights are logged correctly for compliance purposes.

Given an administrator is reviewing the Change Log, when they check the logs for any insight, then they should find complete records of all changes, including the nature of the modification and the details of the user who made the change.

A user needs to identify the most recent changes made to a shared insight before a meeting.

Given a user is preparing for a meeting, when they select an insight from the Collaboration Dashboard, then they should be able to view a summary of the last three changes made, including who made them and when.

A stakeholder wants to discuss the rationale behind a major change to an insight in a team meeting.

Given a user has access to the Change Log, when they click on a specific change made in the log, then they should see notes or comments associated with that change, detailing the reasoning and any relevant discussions.

A team member notices a discrepancy in recent data and seeks to understand who made the changes leading up to it.

Given a user is on the Collaboration Dashboard, when they review the Change Log of an insight, they should be able to filter the changes by date range or user to quickly investigate the source of the discrepancy.

Custom Notifications for Insights

"As a team leader, I want to receive notifications on updates to shared insights so that I can stay informed without constant monitoring of the dashboard."

Description

The Custom Notifications for Insights feature allows users to set up personalized alerts for changes or comments made on shared insights within the Collaboration Dashboard. Users can choose notification preferences based on insights they are following or participating in, ensuring they remain updated without having to continuously check the dashboard. This productivity enhancement helps users focus on relevant information while staying engaged in collaborative discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up custom notifications for a specific insight they are following within the Collaboration Dashboard.

Given the user has access to the Collaboration Dashboard, when they navigate to the desired insight and select notification preferences, then they can successfully save their notification settings and receive alerts related to changes and comments on that insight.

User receives a notification when a colleague comments on a shared insight they are following.

Given the user has set notification preferences for a specific shared insight, when a colleague comments on that insight, then the user receives a real-time notification through their selected communication channel.

User modifies their notification preferences for a previously followed insight.

Given the user has existing notification settings, when they navigate to the notification settings for that insight and make modifications, then the changes are saved and new notifications follow the updated preferences.

User un-follows a shared insight and cancels notifications for it.

Given the user has been receiving notifications for a shared insight, when they choose to un-follow that insight, then they should no longer receive any notifications related to it.

User receives an overview of their notification settings and the insights they are following.

Given the user wants to review their notification settings, when they access the notification overview section, then they can see a list of all insights they are following along with their respective notification preferences.

User selects multiple insights to get notifications about at once.

Given the user is in the notification setup menu, when they select multiple insights and set notification preferences for all, then they can successfully save collective preferences and receive notifications for each selected insight.

Integrative Data Source Links

"As a business analyst, I want to pull data from multiple sources into the dashboard so that my team can have all the necessary context when discussing insights."

Description

The Integrative Data Source Links feature enables users to reference and pull data from various integrated sources directly into the Collaboration Dashboard. This functionality provides a seamless view of all relevant data, enhancing the context of discussions made within the dashboard. This improvement ensures that users have access to comprehensive information and transparent data points during collaborative sessions, leading to better-informed decision making.

Acceptance Criteria

Users accessing the Collaboration Dashboard need to reference data from the company's CRM to enhance discussions during team meetings.

Given a user is on the Collaboration Dashboard, when they select data sources to integrate, then they should be able to successfully pull in data from the CRM and display it alongside their predictive insights.

Stakeholders want to discuss marketing performance by pulling data directly from the marketing analytics tool into the Collaboration Dashboard during a strategy session.

Given a user has integrated the marketing analytics tool, when they initiate a discussion session in the Collaboration Dashboard, then the data from the marketing analytics tool should be fully accessible and presentable.

During a collaboration session, team members aim to share insights pulled from the finance data to align on budget discussions.

Given the finance data source is integrated, when a user generates a report within the Collaboration Dashboard, then they should see financial insights rendered accurately in real-time.

A project manager needs to show customer feedback data alongside project timelines during a stakeholder meeting.

Given feedback data is integrated from the feedback management system, when the project manager pulls this data into the Collaboration Dashboard, then it must display both datasets harmoniously on a single screen for comparison.

Users want to receive notifications when data from integrated sources is updated to maintain current insights in the Collaboration Dashboard.

Given the user has subscribed to notifications, when data in any integrated source is updated, then the user should receive a prompt alerting them of the change with an option to refresh the data.

Team members are collaborating remotely and need to annotate data pulled from various sources to provide context to their decisions.

Given that annotations can be added within the Collaboration Dashboard, when a user selects a specific data point from the integrated sources, then they must be able to write and save annotations directly related to that data point for team visibility.

Users require historical data from integrated sources to conduct trend analysis within the Collaboration Dashboard.

Given that historical data can be integrated, when users select a time range for analysis, then relevant historical data from all integrated sources should be pulled and displayed for review.

Data Integration Wizard

Data Integration Wizard simplifies the process of bringing multiple data sources together into the Predictive Analytics Hub. With intuitive setup and seamless integration, users can easily connect disparate systems and ensure comprehensive data analysis, saving time and reducing friction in data preparation.

Requirements

Seamless Data Source Connection

"As a data analyst, I want to easily connect various data sources to the Predictive Analytics Hub so that I can consolidate my data and generate more insightful reports without manual effort."

Description

The requirement focuses on enabling users to easily connect multiple data sources such as CSV files, databases, and APIs to the Predictive Analytics Hub through a streamlined interface. This feature optimizes data ingestion workflows, reducing the time spent on manual data entry and facilitating quicker insights generation. With a user-friendly connection guide, the integration will help users establish data links with minimal technical knowledge, thus broadening access to the platform and enhancing the overall analytics capabilities. The expected outcome is an increase in data integration efficiency and accuracy, providing users with an enriched data pool for analysis and reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User will connect a CSV file as a data source for the first time using the Data Integration Wizard.

Given the user has a valid CSV file, when the user follows the steps in the Data Integration Wizard, then the CSV file should be successfully connected to the Predictive Analytics Hub without errors.

A user attempts to connect a database using credentials that are incorrect.

Given a user provides incorrect database credentials, when they attempt to connect to the database, then an appropriate error message should be displayed indicating the issue, and no connection should be established.

Users will integrate data from multiple APIs to pull real-time data into the Predictive Analytics Hub.

Given the user has valid API keys and endpoints, when the user inputs these into the Data Integration Wizard, then the APIs should be connected, and data should be pulled successfully into the Predictive Analytics Hub without manual intervention.

User sets up a connection guide for establishing links with minimal technical knowledge.

Given a user is looking for guidance on connecting a data source, when they access the connection guide via the Data Integration Wizard, then the guide should provide step-by-step instructions that are easy to follow, resulting in a successful connection completion.

A user revisits a previously connected data source to update its connection settings.

Given a user selects an existing data source in the Data Integration Wizard, when they update the connection settings and save, then the settings should be correctly saved, and the data source should function as expected without reestablishing the connection from scratch.

A user attempts to connect a data source with an unsupported format.

Given the user attempts to connect a data source that is not listed as supported, when they try to initiate the connection, then a clear message should indicate that the format is unsupported, preventing any failed connection attempts.

Automated Data Transformation

"As a business analyst, I want to automate data transformations when I integrate data sources so that I can ensure data quality and consistency without manual intervention."

Description

This requirement will include the capability to automatically transform data upon integration, allowing users to select predefined rules for data cleaning and formatting. Features will include data type conversion, missing value handling, and outlier detection. By automating these processes, users will save valuable time and improve data quality, ensuring that analysis is based on accurate and consistent data sets. The ability to customize transformation rules will also empower users to adapt the system to their specific data needs, ultimately enhancing the reliability of the predictive analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User connects to a SQL database and selects multiple tables for integration through the Data Integration Wizard.

Given the user has successfully logged into InsightPro, When they select the 'Data Integration Wizard' feature and connect to a SQL database with valid credentials, Then they must be able to view and select from multiple tables for integration and proceed without errors.

User configures data transformation rules for a chosen dataset during integration.

Given the user has selected tables for integration, When they navigate to the data transformation step, Then they must see options for data type conversion, missing value handling, and outlier detection and can successfully apply at least one rule from each category.

User applies a custom data transformation rule to a dataset and validates its effectiveness.

Given the user has defined a custom transformation rule for missing value handling, When they execute the integration process, Then the dataset should reflect the applied transformations correctly with no errors in the data output.

System processes an integrated dataset with predefined transformation criteria and generates a summary report.

Given the user has activated predefined data transformation rules, When the integration process completes, Then a summary report should be generated that indicates the number of records processed, transformed, and any errors encountered, accessible from the user’s dashboard.

Users test the automated data transformation capabilities for different types of data inputs.

Given the user has various types of datasets (e.g., CSV, Excel) uploaded for integration, When the user initiates the automated data transformation, Then the system must successfully transform the data according to the predefined rules without loss of critical information across all data types.

User accesses the integrated dataset and checks for data quality metrics post-transformation.

Given that a dataset has been integrated and transformed, When the user navigates to the data quality dashboard, Then they should see metrics for data consistency, completeness, and accuracy that reflect the transformations applied during the integration process.

User-Friendly Integration Interface

"As a non-technical user, I want a simplified data integration interface so that I can easily connect my data sources without needing extensive technical knowledge."

Description

The requirement delineates the inclusion of a user-friendly interface for the Data Integration Wizard that includes drag-and-drop functionality for data source selection and categorization. This intuitive interface aims to simplify the integration process by visually guiding users through each step, ensuring a smoother onboarding experience and greater accessibility for non-technical users. Tooltips, contextual help, and example datasets will be provided to enhance user understanding and efficacy. This will ultimately lead to a reduction in training time and an increase in user satisfaction and confidence in using the platform for their data analytics needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a data integration process by accessing the Data Integration Wizard from the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Data Integration Wizard page, When the user selects the drag-and-drop area and adds a data source, Then the data source should be successfully uploaded and displayed in the selected data sources list.

User hovers over the drag-and-drop area within the Data Integration Wizard.

Given the user is on the Data Integration Wizard page, When the user hovers over the drag-and-drop area, Then a tooltip should appear, providing guidance on how to upload data sources.

User accesses contextual help while using the Data Integration Wizard.

Given the user is using the Data Integration Wizard, When the user clicks on the help icon, Then a pop-up should display detailed instructions and tips for using the wizard effectively.

User attempts to integrate a predefined dataset into the system.

Given the user has selected an example dataset from the available options, When the user drags the example dataset into the integration area, Then the system should categorize the dataset correctly and prepare it for integration without errors.

User completes the data integration process using the Data Integration Wizard.

Given the user has configured all necessary settings and uploaded data sources, When the user clicks the 'Complete Integration' button, Then a confirmation message should appear indicating successful integration, and the user should be redirected to the dashboard.

User tries to cancel the data integration process.

Given the user is in the middle of the integration process, When the user clicks the 'Cancel' button, Then the system should prompt a confirmation dialogue and stop the integration process without saving any changes.

Integration Error Handling

"As a data engineer, I want to receive clear error notifications during the data integration process so that I can quickly identify and resolve issues, ensuring the integration runs smoothly."

Description

This requirement aims to implement robust error handling mechanisms during the data integration process to provide real-time feedback and support to users. Users will receive clear notifications regarding integration failures along with actionable insights to rectify the issues, such as connection errors, data format mismatches, or missing fields. By addressing errors proactively and providing guidance, this feature will improve user experience and decrease downtime caused by integration issues, ensuring a smoother flow of data into the Predictive Analytics Hub.

Acceptance Criteria

User encounters a connection error while trying to integrate data from an external source.

Given the user attempts to connect to an external data source, when the connection fails, then the user receives a notification indicating a connection error with suggested actions to troubleshoot the issue.

User uploads a data file with incompatible formats during integration process.

Given the user uploads a file with an unsupported format, when the system detects the issue, then the user receives an error notification explaining the format mismatch and recommended formats for upload.

User leaves a mandatory field empty in the data mapping interface during the integration setup.

Given the user attempts to proceed with an empty mandatory field, when they click on the continue button, then the system displays a warning message indicating which fields are mandatory and needs to be filled.

User integrates multiple data sources and encounters a data type mismatch.

Given the user initiates data integration with multiple sources, when a data type mismatch is detected, then the system alerts the user with details of the mismatched fields and suggestions for correction.

User successfully integrates all data sources without errors.

Given the user has completed all integration setups, when they confirm the process, then the system processes the integration successfully and displays a success message with a summary of the integrated data.

User needs guidance on how to resolve common integration errors.

Given the user faces an integration failure, when they select the help option, then the system provides a comprehensive guide outlining common errors and step-by-step instructions for resolution.

Data Preview Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to preview my data before finalizing integration so that I can ensure its relevance and quality for my analyses."

Description

This requirement involves the implementation of a data preview feature that allows users to view a sample of the data before completing the integration process. Users will be able to see how the data aligns with their selected parameters, giving them an opportunity to verify data quality and relevance. This will enable them to make informed decisions about including specific data sources, ultimately leading to better-informed analyses and more accurate predictive outcomes. By providing visual previews, we enhance user trust in the data and help prevent errors downstream.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Data Integration Wizard and selects a data source to be integrated. After configuring the options, they click on the 'Preview Data' button to view a sample of the data before finalizing the integration.

Given a user has selected a data source and clicked 'Preview Data', when the data preview loads, then the user should see a table displaying the first 10 records of the data along with column headers that correspond to the selected parameters.

After the data preview is displayed, the user reviews the samples to ensure that the data aligns with their expectations and parameters before proceeding with integration.

Given the data preview is visible, when the user compares the previewed data with their chosen filters, then they should confirm that the data adheres to the specified format and relevant categories without any discrepancies.

While viewing the data preview, the user wants to understand from where the data is sourced to establish trust in its quality.

Given the data preview shows sample records, when the user hovers over a specific data point, then a tooltip should display the source of the data and the timestamp, ensuring transparency in the data origins.

If the user identifies any errors or irrelevant information in the data preview, they must have the option to modify their integration settings accordingly.

Given that the data preview has displayed erroneous or unneeded sample records, when the user selects the option to modify, then they should be redirected to the configuration settings with their previous selections intact for easy adjustments.

User tests the preview functionality with different data sources to assess flexibility and functionality across various formats and systems.

Given the user is testing various data sources through the Data Integration Wizard, when they select multiple different data formats (CSV, Excel, SQL), then each data source should load its corresponding preview successfully without errors.

Once the data preview is successfully displayed, the user should be able to initiate the integration process confidently.

Given the user has viewed the data preview and is satisfied with the displayed results, when they click the 'Integrate Data' button, then the system should successfully initiate data integration without any errors or concerns about data integrity.

Visual Insight Builder

Visual Insight Builder enables users to craft customizable visualizations of predictive insights. Users can choose from various graphic formats to represent their data meaningfully, making it easier to convey actionable insights to stakeholders and enhancing engagement with data.

Requirements

Dynamic Chart Selection

"As a data analyst, I want to select different chart types for my visualizations so that I can represent my data in the most informative way possible."

Description

The Dynamic Chart Selection requirement allows users to easily choose from a library of chart types when creating visualizations. This functionality will enable users to select the most suitable graphical representation for their data, whether it be bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, or scatter plots. By providing an intuitive selection process, users can better analyze data patterns and trends, transforming raw data into meaningful insights that resonate with stakeholders. This feature enhances user engagement and analytical capabilities, contributing to better decision-making processes across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a chart type from the visual insight builder to create a financial performance dashboard.

Given a user is on the Visual Insight Builder page, when they click on the 'Chart Type' dropdown menu, then they should see a list of available chart types including bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, and scatter plots.

User attempts to visualize sales data using a line graph to analyze trends over time.

Given the user has selected 'Line Graph' from the chart types, when they input sales data for the past year, then the system should display a line graph that correctly represents the sales trends over the specified period.

User wants to change the chart type of an existing visualization within the dashboard.

Given a user has created a visualization, when they select a different chart type from the 'Chart Type' dropdown menu, then the existing visualization should update dynamically to reflect the newly selected chart type without losing any data insights.

User is navigating through the chart type selection process to find the best representation for marketing data.

Given the user is in the chart type selection process, when they hover over each chart type in the dropdown menu, then a tooltip should provide a brief description of the chart type and its best use case for data representation.

User saves their preferred chart type settings for future visualizations.

Given a user has selected a preferred chart type, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then the preference should be stored and automatically applied for any future visualizations created by the user.

User seeks quick visual feedback on the selected chart type before finalizing the visualization.

Given the user has made a selection for a chart type, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then a temporary preview of the selected chart should appear, allowing the user to assess its suitability before applying it.

Interactive Tooltips

"As a business user, I want to see additional details when I hover over data points so that I can better understand the underlying trends and insights."

Description

The Interactive Tooltips requirement enables users to hover over data points on visualizations to reveal additional contextual information. This feature enhances the depth of the analysis by providing more granular insights on demand, allowing users to explore data without cluttering the visualization itself. The integration of this functionality increases user engagement, facilitates understanding of complex data relationships, and enhances the overall user experience by making data exploration more intuitive and informative.

Acceptance Criteria

User hovers over a data point in a bar chart presentation to extract more details regarding the data represented.

Given a bar chart is displayed, when the user hovers over a data point, then an interactive tooltip should appear, showing detailed contextual information regarding that data point.

A user is examining a line chart and wants to understand the data at a specific point in time.

Given a line chart visualization, when the user hovers over a specific point in the line, then an interactive tooltip should correctly display the associated data value and relevant time period.

A user is using a pie chart to represent product sales and needs detailed breakdowns of specific segments.

Given a pie chart visualizing product sales, when the user hovers over any segment of the pie, then an interactive tooltip should appear displaying the actual sales figure and percentage of total sales for that segment.

A dashboard user is reviewing multiple visualizations at once and wants to minimize clutter while retaining access to important metrics.

Given multiple visualizations are displayed on a dashboard, when the user hovers over any data point in any visualization, then the related tooltip should be displayed without obstructing other visualizations.

User wishes to see historical data along with current metrics by hovering over graph points.

Given a historical data graph is shown, when the user hovers over a point in the graph, then the tooltip must include historical comparisons such as previous data point values and trends.

A user is creating a presentation for stakeholders and needs to ensure tooltips function during a live demonstration.

Given the visualizations with interactive tooltips are displayed, when the user navigates using a mouse during the presentation, then the tooltips should reliably appear upon hovering without delays or interruptions.

Customizable Dashboard Layouts

"As a manager, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can prioritize the information that is most relevant to my decision-making process."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Layouts requirement allows users to rearrange, resize, and personalize the layout of their dashboards. This flexibility enables users to create tailor-made views that cater to their specific analytical needs and preferences. By offering this functionality, the system promotes user autonomy and satisfaction as users can prioritize and present information in a way that best suits their workflow. Furthermore, this feature supports varied use cases, enhancing engagement through a more meaningful visualization of data.

Acceptance Criteria

User arranges and customizes their dashboard layout for the first time to reflect their specific metrics and KPIs.

Given a user has access to the dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets, resize them, and save their layout, then the changes should be retained and displayed accurately upon the next login.

User desires to change the layout of their dashboard after a previous session to prioritize certain data visualizations.

Given the user has logged into their account, when they rearrange existing widgets and save the configuration, then the new layout should be immediately updated in the dashboard view without errors.

User wants to reset the dashboard to its default layout after making unsatisfactory customizations.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customizations should be removed, and the dashboard should revert back to its original layout.

User explores the layout customization feature and wishes to understand available options and functionalities.

Given the user is on the dashboard settings page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a tutorial on layout customization options should be displayed, guiding them through the features available.

Multiple users are collaborating and require different dashboard layouts for their analyses.

Given multiple user accounts are accessing the same dashboard settings, when a user customizes their layout and saves it, then the layout should only affect that user's view and not overwrite others' settings.

User tries to add a new data visualization component to their dashboard after arranging several existing components.

Given the user has existing components on their dashboard, when they click to add a new visualization, then the component should be added either in a new section or automatically fit into the existing layout without causing distortions.

Presets for Common Visualizations

"As a marketing analyst, I want to use templates for common visualizations so that I can quickly generate reports and focus on the insights rather than formatting."

Description

The Presets for Common Visualizations requirement provides users with pre-defined templates for frequently used visualizations. This feature aims to save time and improve efficiency by allowing users to quickly create visual representations without starting from scratch. By utilizing these presets, users can maintain consistency across reports and presentations, while also focusing on structure and design rather than data manipulation. This ultimately leads to faster insights generation and improved communication of results to stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a preset visualization template to create a bar chart displaying sales data for the past quarter.

Given the user has accessed the Visual Insight Builder, when they select the 'Sales Data Bar Chart' preset, then the bar chart is displayed correctly with relevant data populated and formatted according to the template specifications.

User customizes a preset pie chart visualization to reflect percentage breakdowns of expenses.

Given the user has chosen the 'Expense Distribution Pie Chart' preset, when they input the specific percentage values and adjust the color scheme, then the pie chart updates accurately to reflect those changes without errors.

User saves a visualization created from a preset template for future use.

Given the user has finalized their customization of the 'Customer Segmentation Bar Chart' preset, when they click the 'Save' button, then the visualization is stored in the user's dashboard and can be retrieved later without loss of formatting or data integrity.

User shares a visualization based on a preset template with team members for collaboration.

Given the user has created a 'Product Performance Line Graph' using a preset, when the user selects the 'Share' option and enters team member emails, then an email is sent to the team confirming that the visualization is shared with permissions to view and comment.

User navigates through the available preset templates to find a suitable template for a sales report.

Given the user is on the preset templates page, when they apply filters like 'Sales' and 'Quarterly Reports', then only the relevant preset templates are displayed, ensuring quick access to suitable options.

User modifies data in a preset visualization and checks the visual representation updates accordingly.

Given the user is editing the data in the 'Sales Growth Area Chart' preset, when the user updates the values for the last two months, then the area chart adjusts in real-time to reflect the updated data with no latency.

Real-Time Data Integration

"As an operations manager, I want real-time data in my visualizations so that I can make informed decisions based on the most current information."

Description

The Real-Time Data Integration requirement allows for the seamless integration of live data sources into the visualizations. This means that as data is updated in real time, the visualizations will automatically reflect the most current information. This capability ensures that users are always working with the latest data, enhancing the accuracy of insights derived from visualizations and allowing for timely decision-making. It fosters a data-driven culture by empowering users to analyze trends and react quickly to market changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User integrates a live data source to visualize sales metrics in real-time during a team meeting.

Given a live sales data source is connected, When the data is updated, Then the visualizations on the dashboard reflect the updated sales metrics within 5 seconds.

An analytical report is generated using real-time data visualizations for the quarterly business review presentation.

Given the real-time data integration is enabled, When the report is generated, Then the visualizations included must display the latest available data without requiring a manual refresh.

A marketing manager wants to track the success of a new campaign using real-time social media analytics visualizations.

Given the integration with social media data is set up, When new engagement data is available, Then the visualizations automatically update to show accurate engagement metrics immediately.

A finance team needs to monitor cash flow in real-time for decision-making purposes.

Given live data for cash flow from multiple sources is connected, When changes occur in any data source, Then all relevant visualizations should update to reflect the new cash flow figures in less than 3 seconds.

An operations manager is reviewing real-time production data to identify bottlenecks during the manufacturing process.

Given real-time production data is integrated, When a bottleneck is detected, Then the related visualization should highlight the issue and update its data representation instantly.

A data analyst is responsible for creating a dashboard that requires up-to-date inventory data for an upcoming sales event.

Given that real-time inventory data is available, When an item is sold or received, Then the dashboard visualizations should automatically update to reflect the current inventory levels within 10 seconds.

A business executive is using real-time visualizations to assess operational efficiency metrics during a strategic meeting.

Given that real-time data integration has been set up, When the efficiency metrics change, Then the relevant visualizations should provide updated insights with no manual intervention needed.

Export and Share Visualization Options

"As a team member, I want to export and share my visualizations with colleagues so that we can collaboratively discuss the insights from our data analyses."

Description

The Export and Share Visualization Options requirement enables users to easily export their visualizations in various formats (e.g., PDF, PNG, etc.) and share them with stakeholders directly through the platform. This feature streamlines collaboration and enhances communication within teams by allowing users to present insights in a professional format quickly. By supporting integration with email and other collaboration tools, this functionality ensures that key insights are effectively disseminated across the organization, enhancing data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User exports a visualization in PDF format to present to stakeholders during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the visualization is open, when the user selects 'Export' and chooses 'PDF', then the PDF file should be generated and downloadable without any errors.

User shares a visualization via email with a colleague immediately after creating it.

Given the visualization has been created, when the user clicks 'Share' and selects 'Email', then a prompt to enter an email address should appear, allowing the user to send the visualization directly from the platform.

User exports a visualization in PNG format for inclusion in a presentation.

Given the visualization is ready, when the user selects 'Export' and chooses 'PNG', then the downloaded image should maintain the original quality and size as displayed on the screen.

User integrates the visualization sharing option with a third-party collaboration tool like Slack.

Given the user has connected their Slack account, when they select 'Share' and choose Slack, then the visualization should be sent as a message to the selected Slack channel without issues.

User attempts to export a visualization in an unsupported format.

Given the visualization is displayed, when the user selects 'Export' and chooses an unsupported format, then an error message should inform the user about the unsupported option clearly.

User customizes the export settings before downloading a visualization.

Given the user is on the export screen, when they change settings like page orientation and file size, then those settings should be saved and correctly applied in the exported file.

Performance Benchmarking

Performance Benchmarking provides users with comparative analytics against industry standards and historical performance metrics. By evaluating their predictive performance, users can identify areas for improvement and optimize strategies based on evidence-driven insights, driving more effective business outcomes.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate real-time data from multiple sources so that I can ensure my performance metrics are always accurate and up-to-date."

Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement involves enabling users to connect and synchronize various data sources instantly, allowing for immediate updates in dashboards and analytics. This ensures that all metrics are based on the most current data available, thereby enhancing decision-making accuracy. By facilitating seamless integration with third-party applications and APIs, users can pull in relevant data without delays, streamlining their analysis processes and driving more timely and informed business decisions. Real-time updates will allow users to identify and react to trends as they happen, maintaining a competitive edge in their performance benchmarking efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time integration of sales data from the CRM is expected to display on the dashboard within seconds of a transaction being completed, enabling users to monitor sales performance immediately.

Given a completed sales transaction in the CRM, when the integration process triggers, then the dashboard should display the updated sales metrics within 5 seconds.

Marketing campaign performance metrics are analyzed through real-time integration of social media data, allowing users to see the effectiveness of their campaigns as it happens.

Given that a marketing campaign is live, when data is pulled from social media platforms, then the dashboard should reflect this data without exceeding a 10-second delay.

Inventory data from third-party suppliers must be integrated in real-time to provide accurate stock levels on the dashboard, ensuring users can make timely purchasing decisions.

Given an update in inventory from a third-party supplier, when the integration is executed, then the dashboard should update the inventory levels within 3 seconds to ensure accuracy.

Users want to see real-time customer feedback data on their dashboard to adjust strategies immediately based on changing customer perceptions.

Given new customer feedback submitted through an external source, when the data sync occurs, then the dashboard should display the updated feedback metrics in less than 5 seconds.

Financial metrics derived from multiple accounting systems should be synchronized in real-time to provide an accurate overview of the business's financial health.

Given that financial data has been updated in any linked accounting system, when the data synchronization is initiated, then the dashboard should reflect the new financial metrics within a maximum of 7 seconds.

Performance benchmarking metrics against industry standards need to be updated in real-time to enable users to instantly assess their positioning in the market.

Given updated industry standard performance data becomes available, when the system pulls this new data, then the performance metrics on the dashboard should be updated within 6 seconds.

Customizable Benchmark Metrics

"As a business manager, I want to customize the benchmark metrics I monitor so that I can evaluate my team’s performance against the most relevant industry standards."

Description

The Customizable Benchmark Metrics requirement aims to provide users with the ability to tailor the benchmark metrics according to their specific industry standards and business needs. Users can select from a set of pre-defined metrics or create their own, allowing for a personalized benchmarking experience that reflects their unique performance indicators. This customization feature empowers users to conduct relevant comparisons, helping them identify specific areas of strength and weakness more effectively. By aligning benchmarks with strategic goals, organizations can derive better insights and foster targeted improvements in performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User customization of benchmark metrics during setup.

Given that a user is setting up their benchmarking metrics, when they access the metrics customization page, then they should be able to view a list of predefined metrics and the option to create new custom metrics.

User modifies existing benchmarks based on specific business needs.

Given that a user has selected a predefined benchmark metric, when they choose to customize it, then changes should be successfully saved and reflected in their benchmarking dashboard.

User selects multiple benchmark metrics for comparative analysis.

Given that a user is in the benchmark metric selection interface, when they select multiple metrics and save their choices, then those metrics should be available for comparative analysis on their dashboard.

User deletes a custom benchmark metric they no longer need.

Given that a user has created custom metrics, when they opt to delete a specific custom metric, then the metric should be removed from the system and should not appear in future selections.

User views benchmarking results with customized metrics applied.

Given that a user has set up and customized their benchmark metrics, when they generate a benchmarking report, then the report should display results based on the user’s selected metrics and configurations.

User receives notifications about performance comparisons against industry standards.

Given that a user has set customized benchmarks, when the system detects significant deviations from industry standards, then the user should receive an alert notification highlighting these differences.

User exports benchmarking data including customized metrics.

Given that a user has customized benchmark metrics, when they choose to export benchmarking data, then the exported report should include all selected customized metrics and corresponding data points in a CSV format.

Automated Reporting

"As a project manager, I want to receive automated performance reports weekly so that I can keep my team aligned with our business goals and strategies without spending time on manual report generation."

Description

The Automated Reporting requirement focuses on providing users with the capability to generate comprehensive reports on performance benchmarking automatically. Users can schedule reports to be created and sent to stakeholders at regular intervals, ensuring that everyone has access to the latest performance insights without manual intervention. This feature not only saves time but also enhances collaboration and communication within teams and across departments. By automating the reporting process, organizations can ensure that critical data is consistently reviewed, supporting data-driven decision-making processes and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a performance benchmarking report to be generated and sent via email weekly.

Given a user is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the Automated Reporting section and select a weekly schedule for the performance benchmarking report, then the system should successfully create the report and send it to the designated stakeholders' email addresses every week.

User edits an existing scheduled report for performance benchmarking.

Given a user has a scheduled performance benchmarking report, when they choose to edit the schedule to a monthly frequency, then the system should update the schedule accordingly and notify users of the change.

User receives an automated performance benchmarking report via email.

Given a user is on the distribution list for a scheduled performance benchmarking report, when the report is generated and sent, then the user should receive an email containing the report within 5 minutes of the scheduled time.

User verifies the accuracy of the automated reporting data.

Given a user accesses the automated report generated on performance benchmarking, when they compare the data presented in the report with the actual performance metrics from the platform, then the data should be accurate and match the expected values within a 5% margin of error.

Admin reviews and modifies user permissions for accessing automated reports.

Given an admin is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the user management section and adjust the permissions for accessing automated reports, then the changes should reflect in user access rights immediately and users should be able to access the reports according to the new permissions.

User cancels a scheduled automated report.

Given a user has a scheduled automated report, when they select the option to cancel the report, then the system should successfully remove the report from the scheduling list and notify the user of the cancellation.

Comparative Analytics Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want to have a comparative analytics dashboard so that I can quickly visualize how my performance metrics stack up against industry standards and historical data."

Description

The Comparative Analytics Dashboard requirement includes creating a dedicated dashboard that visually presents a side-by-side comparison of the user's performance metrics against industry benchmarks and historical data. This dashboard will feature graphs, charts, and visual aids to simplify complex data interpretations, allowing users to quickly identify trends, strengths, and areas needing improvement. By presenting information in an intuitive format, users can easily understand their standings, facilitate discussions on performance, and make informed strategic adjustments as needed.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Comparative Analytics Dashboard to compare their current performance metrics against industry benchmarks after a quarterly review.

Given the user has logged into InsightPro and navigated to the Comparative Analytics Dashboard, when they select the 'Compare Now' button, then the dashboard should display a side-by-side comparison of user performance metrics against relevant industry benchmarks and historical data within 2 seconds.

User customizes the Comparative Analytics Dashboard to include specific metrics they wish to compare.

Given the user is on the Comparative Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Customize' option and select 3 to 5 specific performance metrics to display, then the dashboard should update to show only those selected metrics in the comparison view, maintaining proper alignment with graphs and charts.

User views the Comparative Analytics Dashboard and needs to download the comparison results for a presentation.

Given the user is viewing the Comparative Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Download Report' button, then the system should generate a PDF report of the current comparison data that includes graphs, charts, and textual explanations, which the user can download without errors within 30 seconds.

User identifies a significant deviation from industry benchmarks in the Comparative Analytics Dashboard.

Given the user is viewing their performance metrics on the dashboard, when the system detects any metric that is more than 20% below the respective industry benchmark, then an alert should be displayed at the top of the dashboard to highlight the deviation and suggest actionable insights based on this data.

User accesses the Comparative Analytics Dashboard on a mobile device during a meeting.

Given the user accesses the Comparative Analytics Dashboard from a mobile device, when the dashboard loads, then it should be fully responsive and visually legible, displaying all metrics accurately and allowing for interaction such as selecting different metrics and downloading reports.

User wants to analyze performance trends over the past year on the Comparative Analytics Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Comparative Analytics Dashboard, when they select the time period filter and set it to 'Last 12 Months', then the dashboard should refresh to display updated comparison metrics against industry benchmarks and historical data for the selected time frame, including appropriate visual representations such as graphs and charts.

Predictive Performance Insights

"As a strategist, I want to receive predictive insights on future performance trends so that I can make informed decisions to help optimize our business strategies."

Description

The Predictive Performance Insights requirement aims to incorporate advanced AI and machine learning algorithms to generate forecasts based on current and historical performance data. Users will receive insights into potential future performance trends, helping them to proactively address areas at risk or capitalize on opportunities for improvement. This feature enhances strategic decision-making by providing a forward-looking perspective, allowing businesses to make informed adjustments and optimize their strategies in anticipation of market changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive Performance Insights feature to analyze historical data and generate predictions for future performance trends during the quarterly review meeting.

Given that the user has input relevant historical performance data, When the user clicks on 'Generate Insights', Then the system should display predictions for the next quarter based on the input data and past trends with a confidence level of at least 80%.

User customizes the forecast parameters to assess various scenarios during strategic planning sessions.

Given that the user is on the Predictive Performance Insights dashboard, When the user adjusts the forecast parameters (like time period or key metrics), Then the system should recalculate and present updated predictive insights reflecting the new parameters within 3 seconds.

User wants to compare predictive insights with current performance metrics to identify gaps.

Given that the user has generated predictive performance insights, When the user selects the 'Compare with Current Metrics' option, Then the system should overlay current metrics on the predictive trends, highlighting any discrepancies visually using color coding.

User accesses the help feature to understand how predictive analytics are generated and utilized within the platform.

Given that the user is on the Predictive Performance Insights page, When the user clicks on the 'Help' button, Then the system should display a detailed explanation of the predictive model, including data sources, algorithms used, and how to interpret the results.

User utilizes the export functionality to share predictive insights with their marketing team.

Given that the user has generated predictive insights, When the user clicks on the 'Export' button, Then the system should allow the user to download the insights in a PDF format with proper formatting and with all graphical representations intact.

Narrative Flow Creator

The Narrative Flow Creator allows users to seamlessly design and organize their data stories by guiding them through a step-by-step process. This feature provides templates for common storytelling formats, ensuring that users can present their insights in a logical and engaging sequence. By simplifying the narrative structure, it enables users to effectively capture their audience's attention and convey complex data narratives with ease.

Requirements

Template Library

"As a data analyst, I want to access a library of customizable storytelling templates so that I can quickly create engaging narratives that effectively convey insights to my audience."

Description

The Template Library requirement allows users to access a diverse range of storytelling templates tailored for various data presentation formats. This feature enhances user experience by providing ready-to-use layouts that simplify the creation of data narratives, ensuring consistency in style and structure. It integrates seamlessly with the Narrative Flow Creator, enabling users to choose and customize templates that best fit their data story, thereby increasing engagement and clarity. Users can easily browse, select, and apply these templates, streamlining the narrative-building process and ensuring that presentations effectively communicate key insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a storytelling template from the Template Library while creating a new narrative flow.

Given the user is in the Narrative Flow Creator, when they access the Template Library, then they can view a list of available templates sorted by categories and popularity.

User customizes a selected template to fit their data story requirements.

Given the user has selected a template, when they modify elements (such as text and images) within the template, then the changes are reflected in real-time and saved automatically.

User saves their narrative flow with the applied template for future access.

Given the user has completed their narrative flow using a template, when they click the 'Save' button, then the system saves the flow with its selected template and displays a confirmation message.

User searches for a specific template by keyword in the Template Library.

Given the user is on the Template Library page, when they input a keyword into the search bar, then the system filters and displays templates that match the keyword criteria.

User previews a selected template before applying it to their narrative flow.

Given the user has selected a template, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then a modal window displays a full preview of the template layout and structure without making any changes to the current flow.

User shares their completed narrative flow with others.

Given the user has a completed narrative flow, when they click the 'Share' button, then the system generates a sharable link that can be sent via email or shared on social media.

User integrates data from multiple sources into the template.

Given the user has selected a template and is in the customization interface, when they choose to integrate new data sources, then they can map data fields from those sources into the template successfully.

Step-by-Step Guidance

"As a novice data storyteller, I want a guided process for creating data narratives so that I can build a cohesive story without feeling lost or making mistakes."

Description

The Step-by-Step Guidance requirement provides users with an intuitive walkthrough while designing their data stories. The guidance adapts to the user's progress, suggesting the next logical step or component to include based on their previous selections. This ensures that the user remains focused and doesn't miss critical elements in their storytelling process. The feature supports users of varying expertise, from beginners to advanced users, assisting them in structuring their narratives and drawing connections between data points without feeling overwhelmed. This functionality integrates directly with existing analytics features to provide inline support contexts.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Narrative Flow Creator to create a new data story and receives step-by-step guidance tailored to their initial selection.

Given a user has selected a storytelling format, when they start the Narrative Flow Creator, then they should receive contextual guidance recommending the next steps based on their format choice.

As a beginner user, they progress through creating a data story and seek help on specific sections they find challenging.

Given a beginner user is at a point of confusion, when they request help, then the system should provide relevant examples and tips for that specific section without overwhelming them.

An advanced user is using the Narrative Flow Creator and wants to skip steps they find unnecessary based on their expertise.

Given an advanced user is creating a data story, when they opt to skip a step, then the system should allow them to proceed to the next logical step without hindrance while still offering optional guidance if desired.

A user completes a data story and wants to review the guidance provided throughout the process to ensure all critical elements were covered.

Given a user has finished their data story, when they review the guidance history, then it should display all suggestions made during the creation process, indicating which were followed and which were skipped.

Users of various expertise levels use the Narrative Flow Creator and need the guidance option to adapt dynamically based on their interactions.

Given users of varying expertise levels are engaged with the Narrative Flow Creator, when they interact with the guidance, then it should analyze their responses and adapt to provide either more fundamental or advanced tips accordingly.

A user interacts with the interface to add specific data insights into their narrative and requires contextual suggestions based on their input.

Given a user is inputting data insights into their story, when they enter new data points, then the guidance system should provide suggestions for connecting those insights to previously entered components logically.

Interactive Visualization Tools

"As a presentation creator, I want to include interactive visualizations in my data stories so that my audience can explore the data insights in real-time and understand the narrative better."

Description

The Interactive Visualization Tools requirement allows users to embed interactive charts and graphs directly into their narratives. This integration enables stakeholders to engage with the data actively, rather than passively reading static representations. Users can select from various visualization types that are dynamically tied to their data, ensuring that the visual elements appropriately represent the insights being communicated. This feature enhances the Narrative Flow Creator by enabling users to illustrate trends and relationships interactively, promoting deeper audience engagement and understanding.

Acceptance Criteria

User integrates interactive charts into a narrative to illustrate sales trends during a quarterly business review.

Given a user has access to the Narrative Flow Creator and interactive visualization tools, when they embed a chart in their narrative, then the embedded chart should display accurate real-time sales data related to the defined parameters.

A stakeholder engages with an interactive graph within a narrative presentation during a strategy meeting.

Given a narrative containing interactive visualizations, when a stakeholder hovers or clicks on the chart elements, then the visualization should provide tooltips or pop-ups with detailed data points.

The user customizes a chart type to match the data being presented in their narrative.

Given a user selects a specific visualization type from the available options, when they populate the chart with data, then the chart should appropriately reflect the data changes instantaneously.

The user needs to save and share their narrative that includes embedded interactive visualizations with the team.

Given a user completes their narrative with interactive visualizations, when they select the 'save' or 'share' option, then the narrative should be stored securely and shared with the designated team members while retaining all interactive functionalities.

The user needs assistance with using the interactive visualization tools within the Narrative Flow Creator.

Given a user accesses the help section of the Narrative Flow Creator, when they search for tutorials on interactive visualization tools, then they should see clear, step-by-step guidance and examples.

The user wants to view analytics on how often engaged with the interactive visualizations in their narrative.

Given a user has published their narrative, when they visit the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics on user engagement with each interactive element, such as views and interaction counts.

Version Control System

"As a collaboration team member, I want to be able to save and restore previous versions of my data stories so that I can experiment with different narratives without losing my original insights."

Description

The Version Control System requirement allows users to save multiple iterations of their data narratives. This function ensures that users can revert to previous versions if necessary, facilitating experimentation without the risk of losing earlier work. This feature is particularly beneficial in collaborative environments where multiple stakeholders may contribute to the narrative. Users will be able to view revision history, compare different versions, and easily restore any previous state of their data story. The version control capability reinforces the platform's reliability and supports iterative refinements, ultimately enhancing the user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User saves their narrative flow template after making several changes to the data story structure and content.

Given the user has made changes to their narrative flow, when they click on the 'Save' button, then the system saves the new version of the narrative flow and updates the revision history accordingly.

A user wants to view the history of their narrative flow revisions to understand the changes made over time.

Given the user accesses the version control section, when they select a previous version of their narrative flow, then the system displays the correct content and structure of that version.

Multiple users are collaborating on a data narrative and want to be able to revert to an earlier version if needed.

Given multiple users are editing the same narrative flow, when one user selects 'Restore' on a previous version, then the system successfully reverts to that version and informs all collaborators of the change.

A user needs to compare two versions of their narrative flow to identify what changes were made.

Given the user has selected two versions of the narrative flow, when they choose to compare them, then the system highlights the differences between the two versions clearly and accurately.

Users need to see a summary of the changes made in the latest version compared to the previous version.

Given the user is in the version control interface, when they check the latest version details, then the system provides a concise summary of all changes made since the last save.

A user wants to ensure that their narrative flow can handle large datasets while maintaining version control.

Given the user uploads a large dataset and begins creating the narrative flow, when they save multiple versions, then the system efficiently manages the versions without performance degradation or errors.

Audience Feedback Integration

"As a data storyteller, I want to collect feedback from my audience regarding my presentations so that I can enhance my future narratives based on their responses."

Description

The Audience Feedback Integration requirement allows users to incorporate audience responses and feedback directly into their narratives. This feature facilitates the gathering of insights on how effectively the data story resonates with viewers, providing quantitative and qualitative feedback. By integrating audience polls, rating systems, or comment sections, users can refine their narratives based on real-time viewer feedback. This capability not only strengthens the engagement but also fosters a continuous improvement loop for future storytelling efforts. The collected feedback will be analyzed to offer users actionable insights to improve their data communication strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Audience Feedback Mechanism in Live Presentation

Given a user has designed a data narrative using the Narrative Flow Creator, when the presentation is live, then the audience should be able to submit feedback through polls, ratings, or comments, and the feedback should be visible to the user in real-time.

Reporting Audience Feedback Summaries

Given that audience feedback has been collected for a completed narrative session, when the user requests a summary report, then the system should generate a report that includes average ratings, common feedback comments, and response trends over time.

Incorporating Feedback into Future Narrative Edits

Given that a user has received audience feedback for a specific narrative, when the user reviews the feedback, then they should be able to easily implement suggested changes or adjustments in future narratives using the Narrative Flow Creator.

User Interface for Submitting Feedback

Given an ongoing presentation, when an audience member accesses the feedback section, then the user interface should allow for an easy and intuitive process for submitting ratings and comments without disrupting their viewing experience.

Real-Time Adjustment Based on Audience Feedback

Given that the user is presenting their narrative, when immediate audience feedback is submitted through ratings or polls, then the user should have the capability to dynamically adjust their presentation or narrative approach based on the feedback received.

Data Storage and Access for Audience Feedback

Given audience feedback has been collected, when the user looks for historical feedback data, then the system should securely store all feedback and allow users to access past data for analysis at any time.

Automated Feedback Insights Generation

Given that audience feedback has been collected, when the feedback is analyzed, then the system should automatically generate insights and trends that are actionable for improving future data narratives.

Multimedia Integration

This feature enables users to enrich their data stories with multimedia elements such as images, videos, and audio clips. By allowing the incorporation of diverse media types, users can create visually engaging narratives that cater to different learning styles. This not only enhances the storytelling experience but also makes data insights more relatable and impactful for stakeholders.

Requirements

Multimedia Upload Support

"As a data analyst, I want to upload multimedia elements to my dashboards so that I can create more engaging and informative presentations that resonate with my audience."

Description

The Multimedia Upload Support requirement allows users to easily upload and incorporate various multimedia elements, such as images, audio, and videos, into their data stories within the InsightPro platform. This capability enables users to create more engaging and dynamic presentations of their data narratives. By supporting multiple file formats and ensuring that uploaded content integrates seamlessly with existing data visualizations, this feature enhances the storytelling aspect of data analytics, making insights more relatable and memorable for end-users. The implementation of this requirement will not only elevate the user experience but also broaden the range of communication styles that can effectively convey analytical insights, catering to diverse audience preferences and increasing the overall impact of the presentations.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully uploads a multimedia file to a data story in the InsightPro platform.

Given the user is on the upload page, when they select a supported multimedia file and click 'Upload', then the file should be successfully added to the data story and visible in the content library.

User attempts to upload an unsupported multimedia file type.

Given the user selects an unsupported file type and clicks 'Upload', then an error message should appear indicating the file type is not supported, and the upload should not proceed.

User wants to see the uploaded multimedia files before integrating them into their data story.

Given the user has uploaded multimedia files, when they access the content library, then all uploaded files should be displayed with a thumbnail preview and file details.

User uploads a video and integrates it into a visualization on the InsightPro platform.

Given the user has uploaded a video file, when they drag and drop it into their visualization and save the changes, then the video should play correctly when the visualization is accessed by end-users.

User uploads an image and wants to remove it from the content library.

Given the user has uploaded an image, when they click the 'Remove' option next to the image in the content library, then the image should be deleted from the library and no longer appear in their uploads list.

User uploads multiple multimedia files at once.

Given the user has selected multiple supported multimedia files and clicks 'Upload', then all selected files should be processed and added to the content library without errors, maintaining consistent upload times.

Interactive Media Elements

"As a business owner, I want to include interactive multimedia elements in my reports so that my stakeholders can explore insights in a more engaging and meaningful way."

Description

The Interactive Media Elements requirement enables users to incorporate interactive multimedia components, such as clickable videos and audio clips, directly into their data visualizations. This feature allows users to enhance engagement by providing stakeholders with a more immersive experience as they interact with the data stories. The interactive elements should respond to user actions, providing additional information or explanations about the data in context. This capability promotes greater understanding and retention of insights, facilitating better decision-making. The interaction design must be intuitive and synchronize with the overall dashboard functionality to maintain a cohesive user experience, ensuring that users can navigate seamlessly between data points and rich media content.

Acceptance Criteria

User incorporates an interactive video into a data visualization dashboard, which showcases real-time sales performance metrics.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the video, then the video should play, and users should be able to pause, rewind, and adjust volume settings while viewing it alongside the data metrics.

User adds an audio clip to support a complex data report that explains the context surrounding key metrics to stakeholders.

Given the audio clip is uploaded, when the user clicks on the audio icon, then the audio should play seamlessly and continue playing even if the user interacts with other data points on the dashboard.

User creates a visual story that combines images and interactive elements to present quarterly performance in a compelling way.

Given the user has uploaded images and added interactive markers, when stakeholders hover over the markers, then relevant images should display alongside associated data insights in an intuitive layout without any lag.

User wants to ensure multimedia elements are operational across different devices and browsers for diverse stakeholder access.

Given the multimedia elements are integrated, when accessed through various browsers and mobile devices, then all elements should function consistently without distortion or loss of functionality.

User builds a presentation of data insights using interactive elements and wants to ensure the user experience is cohesive and fluid.

Given the interactive media is added to the dashboard, when users navigate through data points and interactive media, then transitions should animate smoothly, and the interface should respond without errors or unexpected behavior.

User collaborates with team members by sharing a dashboard that includes multimedia elements for feedback.

Given the user shares the dashboard, when collaborators access the dashboard, then all interactive media should load within 2 seconds and respond to user input without any glitches preventing engagement.

User tests the integration of interactive multimedia elements under different network conditions to ensure performance reliability.

Given a network simulation tool is available, when the user tests under low bandwidth conditions, then the interactive elements should adapt appropriately, providing lo-fi alternatives without compromising accessibility.

Multimedia Export Options

"As a manager, I want to export my dashboards with multimedia content so that I can present my findings effectively to my team during meetings."

Description

The Multimedia Export Options requirement allows users to export their data stories, including all embedded multimedia elements, into various formats such as PDF, PowerPoint, and HTML. This requirement enhances the utility of reports and presentations by ensuring that all multimedia components are preserved in the exported versions, allowing users to share their insights easily. This functionality should support high-quality formats for images and videos, ensuring that the visual integrity is maintained across different output formats. The successful implementation of this feature will contribute to the platform's overall value proposition by facilitating improved communication of insights outside the platform, reinforcing the narrative created within InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

User exports a data story with embedded images, videos, and audio clips to PDF format for a client meeting, ensuring all multimedia elements are retained.

Given a data story containing images, videos, and audio clips, When the user selects 'Export to PDF', Then the output PDF must include all multimedia elements as they appear in the application, maintaining high-quality resolution.

User needs to create a PowerPoint presentation from a data story that includes multimedia elements for a sales pitch, checking if all components are exported correctly.

Given a data story with multimedia content, When the user chooses 'Export to PowerPoint', Then the generated PowerPoint must contain each multimedia element in its respective slide, with functionality intact (e.g., videos should be playable).

A user wants to share a data story on a public website and chooses to export it in HTML format, verifying that all multimedia components are integrated.

Given a data story that includes embedded multimedia, When the user selects 'Export to HTML', Then the HTML file must include all multimedia elements with correct paths and be viewable in standard web browsers without loss of quality.

User is creating a data report for stakeholders, using various multimedia sources, and must ensure that the export feature supports quality formats.

Given a data story with high-resolution images and HD videos, When the user exports it in any supported format (PDF, PowerPoint, HTML), Then the exported files must preserve the original quality of images and videos without compression artifacts.

A user requires to print reports that include multimedia elements, and they need to verify if these elements are retained in the printed output.

Given a data story that contains multimedia elements, When the user selects 'Print', Then the printed report must include all multimedia components clearly visible and formatted correctly, allowing for a full presentation of the data story.

A user wants to confirm that error handling works properly when they attempt to export a data story with missing media files.

Given a data story that references missing multimedia files, When the user selects 'Export', Then an error message must notify the user of missing media elements, and the export should not proceed until the issue is resolved.

Searchable Multimedia Library

"As a content creator, I want to have a searchable multimedia library so that I can find and reuse my media assets quickly, making my reporting process more efficient."

Description

The Searchable Multimedia Library requirement provides users with the ability to store and categorize uploaded multimedia files for easy access and organization. This feature should include tagging, filtering, and search functionalities, allowing users to quickly find relevant media for their data stories. An organized library reduces the time spent searching for assets, streamlining the content creation process. Users will also benefit from the ability to create a consistent branding presence across their reports by reusing multimedia elements, enhancing overall storytelling quality. This requirement supports collaborative work by ensuring team members can access shared resources efficiently, contributing to a more productive workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific multimedia file by using tagged keywords within the multimedia library to include it in a data story.

Given that the user has uploaded multimedia files with tags, when the user searches using relevant keywords, then the search results should return all matching files.

User uses filters to view multimedia files by media type and date of upload.

Given that the multimedia library contains files of various types and has date filters, when the user applies filters for media type and a specific date range, then only files that match the selected criteria should be displayed.

User categorizes a newly uploaded multimedia file into an existing category in the database.

Given that a multimedia file has been uploaded, when the user selects an existing category for the upload, then the file should be correctly categorized within the library.

User reuses a multimedia file from the library in a different data story.

Given that a multimedia file exists in the library, when the user selects and inserts the file into a new data story, then the insertion should be successful without duplicates being created.

User accesses the multimedia library collaboratively with team members for a project.

Given that the multimedia library is shared among team members, when one member uploads a file, then it should be visible to all authorized team members in real-time.

User tags a multimedia file with multiple relevant tags during upload.

Given that the user is uploading a multimedia file, when they enter multiple tags, then each tag should be successfully saved and retrievable during a future search.

Interactive Visualization Suite

The Interactive Visualization Suite provides users with advanced tools to create dynamic and interactive data visualizations that evolve as users narrate their stories. By allowing stakeholders to engage with the data in real-time—such as filtering, zooming, or drilling down into specific details—this feature transforms passive storytelling into an interactive exploration, promoting deeper understanding and retention of insights.

Requirements

Data Filtration Options

"As a data analyst, I want to filter data visualizations by specific parameters so that I can focus on relevant insights without sifting through unrelated information."

Description

The Data Filtration Options requirement enables users to filter data based on various parameters such as date ranges, categories, and specific values. This functionality enhances the Interactive Visualization Suite by allowing users to refine their data views, making it easier to focus on specific aspects of their analysis. By providing flexible filtering options, users can quickly isolate the data relevant to their specific inquiries or reports, leading to more tailored insights and decision-making capabilities. Integration with existing data sources is key, ensuring these filters work seamlessly across different datasets within InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies date range filters to visualize sales data for a specific quarter in the Interactive Visualization Suite.

Given the user is on the Interactive Visualization Suite, when they select a date range for Q1 2025, then the visualizations should update to display only the sales data within that date range.

User filters data by category to analyze performance metrics of different product lines in real-time.

Given the user has selected a category filter for 'Electronics', when they apply the filter, then the displayed metrics should reflect only those associated with the Electronics category, while all other categories are hidden.

User drills down into data insights by applying multiple filters to narrow down the analysis scope.

Given the user has applied filters for 'Region: East' and 'Product Type: Laptops', when they activate the filters, then only the data relevant to Laptops sold in the East region should be displayed in the visualizations.

User interacts with a visualization to isolate data by entering specific values in filter parameters.

Given the user inputs 'Sales > $5000' in the filter parameters, when they confirm the filter, then only data points with sales greater than $5000 should be displayed in the Interactive Visualization Suite.

User tests the integration of data filters across multiple datasets to ensure seamless functionality in the platform.

Given the user has access to different datasets, when they apply filters from one dataset, then those filters should also reflect accurately in visualizations derived from other integrated datasets.

User saves a custom filter setting for future use within the Interactive Visualization Suite.

Given the user creates a custom filter with specific criteria, when they choose to save it, then the custom filter should be stored and available for selection in the filter options for future sessions.

User resets all applied filters to return to the default view in the Interactive Visualization Suite.

Given the user has multiple filters applied, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should be cleared, and the visualizations should revert to the full dataset view immediately.

Dynamic Data Zooming

"As a business user, I want to zoom into visualizations to analyze data at different levels of detail so that I can uncover specific trends and insights that matter to my decisions."

Description

The Dynamic Data Zooming requirement facilitates the ability for users to zoom in and out of visualizations, providing a more granular view of the data. This feature allows stakeholders to explore large datasets at different levels of detail, enhancing the ability to identify trends and anomalies. Users can seamlessly transition from an overview to a detailed perspective, making it easier to derive actionable insights. It is essential that this zoom functionality is intuitive and integrates smoothly with the interactive elements of the visualization suite, maintaining performance across various devices.

Acceptance Criteria

User Navigates Through Data Visualizations with Dynamic Zooming.

Given a user is viewing a data visualization, when they use the zoom in functionality, then the visualization should display a more detailed view of the data without lag or performance issues.

User Interactively Explores Data Trends with Zooming Features.

Given a user applies zoom in to a specific data point, when they hover over that point, then contextual information should be displayed, aiding their understanding of the data.

Cross-Device Functionality of Dynamic Zooming in Visualizations.

Given a user accesses the platform from a tablet or mobile device, when they utilize the zoom out feature, then the responsiveness and clarity of the visualization should remain consistent across all devices.

Return to Overview After Detailed Zooming.

Given a user has zoomed into a detailed view, when they select the zoom out button, then the visualization should immediately return to the original overview state while retaining their previous zoom level option.

User Seeks Anomaly Detection Using Zooming Capability.

Given a user zooms into a section of the visualization, when they analyze the data, then they should be able to detect anomalies or trends that were previously unnoticed in the broader view.

Ease of Use for Zoom Functionality in Visualization Suite.

Given users of varying technical skills are using the platform, when they attempt to use the zoom functionality, then they should be able to do so without requiring extensive training or support documentation.

Performance Metrics of Dynamic Data Zooming During Heavy Usage.

Given multiple users are simultaneously using the dynamic zoom functionality, when they zoom in or out, then the system should maintain performance levels with no crashes or slowdowns observed.

Drill-Down Capability

"As a stakeholder, I want to drill down into visualization details to understand the context of high-level data points, so that I can make informed decisions backed by comprehensive datasets."

Description

The Drill-Down Capability requirement allows users to click on elements within visualizations to access more detailed underlying data. This feature transforms data presentations from static formats into interactive explorations, enabling users to navigate from high-level summaries to detailed records. It serves as a powerful tool for data exploration, revealing the story behind the numbers and facilitating deeper analysis. Ensuring this capability works reliably across all visualization types and that the underlying data is accurately represented is critical for user trust and effective analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User clicks on a segment of a bar chart to view detailed sales data for a specific product during the last quarter.

Given the user is on the sales performance dashboard, when they click on a bar representing a specific product category, then the system should display detailed sales records including transaction dates, amounts, and customer information relevant to that product category.

User interacts with a pie chart and selects a segment to explore customer demographic data.

Given the user is viewing a pie chart of customer demographics, when they click on a segment representing a specific demographic group, then the application should show a breakdown of that group's purchases over the last year in a detailed table.

User analyzes a line graph showing revenue over time and wishes to drill down into a specific month’s data.

Given the user is viewing a line graph of monthly revenue, when they double-click on a specific month, then the application should provide a detailed report of daily revenue figures for that selected month, including visualizations for better understanding.

A user is reviewing an interactive map showcasing sales by region and wants to see specific transaction details for a selected region.

Given the user is interacting with a sales map, when they click on a specific region, then the system should present a detailed listing of transactions, including date, amount, and customer name for each sale in that region.

An executive wants to see the impact of marketing campaigns on product sales through interactive visualizations.

Given the executive is on the marketing dashboard, when they click on the campaign section of a visualization, then the tool should display comparative sales data before and after the campaign's implementation, including a drill-down into product-specific impacts.

A stakeholder is interested in assessing the performance of various product lines and seeks detailed insights.

Given the stakeholder is viewing a performance overview dashboard, when they click on a line representing a product line, then the application should generate a detailed report with sales volume, returns, customer feedback, and other relevant metrics for that product line.

A client service rep wants to resolve a customer query and needs to access order history through a visual representation.

Given the service rep is on the customer query resolution interface, when they click on a visualization representing a customer's purchase history, then the system should provide a detailed view of all orders made by that customer, including dates and amounts, in a user-friendly format.

Customizable Visualization Templates

"As a marketing manager, I want to create customizable templates for data visualizations to maintain brand consistency and save time on reporting across different campaigns."

Description

The Customizable Visualization Templates requirement empowers users to create and save their own visualization templates based on their preferred designs and data displays. This capability enhances user engagement by enabling them to tailor visual presentations in accordance with their specific business needs and aesthetic preferences. These templates can be reused across different projects, promoting consistency and saving time for users. The feature must ensure that saving and loading templates is intuitive and that they can be easily modified as user needs evolve over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to create a new visualization template based on existing data in the dashboard.

Given a user is on the visualization creation page, when they select an existing chart type and input relevant data parameters, then they should be able to save the chart as a new template with a customizable name and description.

Users need to modify an existing visualization template for a new project.

Given a user has access to previously saved templates, when they select a template and make changes to its attributes or data sources, then the system should allow them to save these changes as a new version of the template or overwrite the existing one.

A user wants to quickly load a visualization template to use in a presentation.

Given a user is on the dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Load Template' section, then they should be able to view, select, and apply the saved templates to their current data view without any errors or delays.

A user wishes to delete a visualization template that is no longer needed.

Given a user is viewing their list of saved templates, when they select a template and confirm the delete action, then the system should remove the template from the user's saved items and display a success message.

Users want to see a preview of the saved visualization template before applying it to their data.

Given a user is in the 'Load Template' section, when they hover over a template, then a visual preview of the template should be displayed, allowing the user to assess its design and content.

A user wishes to share a visualization template with team members for collaborative editing.

Given a user has created a visualization template, when they use the 'Share' feature and enter team members' email addresses, then those team members should receive an invitation to access and edit the template.

Real-Time Collaboration Tools

"As a team leader, I want real-time collaboration tools in the visualization suite so that my team can work together more effectively when analyzing data during meetings."

Description

The Real-Time Collaboration Tools requirement integrates features that allow multiple users to interact with visualizations simultaneously, enhancing teamwork and collective analysis. This functionality is particularly beneficial in collaborative environments where decision-making relies on team insights. Users can share visualizations, comment directly within the context of the data, and discuss findings in real time, promoting a shared understanding of data narratives. Ensuring this tool functions effectively without performance degradation during heavy usage is a critical aspect of its design.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple team members are collaborating on a live data visualization during a strategy meeting, needing to filter data and make annotations for collective analysis.

Given users are logged into InsightPro, when multiple users access the same visualization, then they must be able to interact with the visualization simultaneously without any delay or performance issues.

A marketing team is reviewing interactive data visualizations to make decisions based on recent campaign performance metrics, while discussing their insights in real time.

Given a data visualization shows real-time metrics, when users make comments on specific data points, then all other users must see these comments instantly and be able to reply.

A project manager is utilizing the visualization tools to present project progress to stakeholders, ensuring everyone can understand the data representation collaboratively.

Given the project manager shares a visualization, when stakeholders zoom in or filter data, then the visual changes must be reflected for all users in real-time without lag.

During a training session, a coach uses an interactive visualization to explain trends in performance data while participants ask questions and request specific data views.

Given a shared visualization, when participants request a specific data filter or view, then the visualization updates instantly for all users according to the new filter applied.

The sales team wants to analyze quarterly performance trends in a shared workspace where each team member interacts and comments on the data visualizations.

Given team members are collaborating on the sales visualization, when any user modifies the data filters or comments, then the changes must be saved and visible to all users without requiring a refresh.

A finance department is holding a live session to review budget allocations using a shared visualization tool, needing to ensure all input and discussions are recorded.

Given users are engaging on a shared finance visualization, when users add comments, then these comments must be logged and retrievable for future reference after the session ends.

A research and development team uses the visualization tool to explore test results, requiring the ability to collaborate and delve into specific data subsets during their analysis.

Given the R&D team is analyzing test results, when users drill down into specific data points, then all users must have access to the same level of detail and data context without data loss.

Exportable Visualization Reports

"As a product manager, I want to export visualizations as reports so that I can share the insights with stakeholders who do not use the platform."

Description

The Exportable Visualization Reports requirement allows users to easily export their visualizations and associated data into various formats such as PDF, Excel, and image files. This functionality is critical for users who need to share insights outside the platform with clients or within their organizations. By ensuring the export process is straightforward and supports multiple formats, users can maintain the integrity of visual data while making it accessible for presentations or reports. This feature must also ensure that exported content is accurate and retains the quality of the visualizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to export a dashboard visualization to a PDF format for a client meeting.

Given the user has created a dashboard visualization, when the user selects 'Export' and chooses 'PDF' as the format, then the visualization is downloaded as a high-quality PDF file without any data distortion.

A team member wants to export a chart to Excel for further analysis.

Given the user has a chart displayed, when the user selects 'Export' and chooses 'Excel' as the format, then the exported file contains all data points accurately represented in an Excel spreadsheet, allowing for further manipulation.

The user attempts to export a visualization with multiple data filters applied.

Given the user has applied multiple filters to a visualization, when the user exports the visualization, then the exported file reflects the same filtered data that is displayed in the platform.

A stakeholder requires an image of a complex visualization for a presentation.

Given the user has a complex visualization open, when the user selects 'Export' and chooses 'Image' as the format, then the image should retain the clarity and detail of the visualization, suitable for high-resolution printing.

The user needs to ensure that all visual elements are correctly represented in the exported files.

Given the user has completed visualizations, when the user exports the visualization, then all labels, legends, colors, and other visual elements match exactly what is displayed on the screen in the exported format.

An admin wants to ensure that the export function is user-friendly and accessible.

Given various user roles access the export feature, when the user interfaces with the export options, then the process must be intuitive, requiring no more than three clicks to complete the export action across all file formats.

A user needs to export a batch of reports in one action.

Given the user has multiple visualizations open, when the user selects 'Export All', then all visualizations should be downloaded in their respective formats (PDF, Excel, and Image) in a single zip file without errors or omissions.

Audience Engagement Metrics

This feature offers users analytics and feedback on audience engagement during storytelling presentations. By tracking how stakeholders interact with the narratives—such as time spent on each section or interactions with visual elements—users can assess the effectiveness of their data storytelling and make informed adjustments for improving future presentations.

Requirements

Engagement Tracking Dashboard

"As a data storyteller, I want to see real-time engagement metrics during my presentations so that I can gauge my audience's interest and improve my storytelling effectiveness for future presentations."

Description

The Engagement Tracking Dashboard enables users to visualize real-time audience engagement metrics during presentations. It provides key insights into how stakeholders are interacting with the presentations by displaying data such as time spent on each section, interaction frequency with visual elements, and overall engagement scores. This dashboard integrates seamlessly within the InsightPro platform, allowing users to quickly assess the effectiveness of their storytelling. By leveraging these insights, users can make informed adjustments to enhance the impact of future presentations, directly influencing their data storytelling effectiveness and engagement outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Engagement Tracking Dashboard during a presentation and seeks to view real-time engagement metrics for stakeholders.

Given the user is in a presentation session, when they access the Engagement Tracking Dashboard, then they should see real-time metrics for time spent on each section and interaction frequency with visual elements.

A user wants to assess the overall engagement score of their presentation after its completion using the Engagement Tracking Dashboard.

Given the presentation has concluded, when the user checks the Engagement Tracking Dashboard, then the overall engagement score should be displayed accurately based on real-time data collected during the presentation.

Users need to customize the view of the Engagement Tracking Dashboard to focus on specific metrics relevant to their audience.

Given the user is on the Engagement Tracking Dashboard, when they select which metrics to display, then the dashboard should update to show only the chosen metrics without any delay.

After a presentation, a user wants to download the engagement metrics for further analysis.

Given the user has completed their presentation, when they click on the 'Download Metrics' button, then a CSV file containing all relevant engagement data should be generated and downloaded within 5 seconds.

A user is presenting and notices metrics indicating low engagement with a specific section of their presentation.

Given the user is presenting with the Engagement Tracking Dashboard open, when they observe low engagement metrics for a section, then they should be able to pause and address this section in real-time to improve audience interaction.

Users want to compare engagement metrics from multiple presentations to identify trends and inform future strategies.

Given the user is on the Engagement Tracking Dashboard, when they select multiple past presentations, then the dashboard should display a comparative analysis of the engagement metrics in a visual format, such as graphs or charts.

A user requires help understanding a particular metric displayed on the Engagement Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is viewing a metric on the dashboard, when they click on the help icon next to the metric, then an explanatory tooltip should appear, detailing what the metric represents and how to interpret it.

Interactive Feedback Mechanism

"As a presenter, I want to gather real-time feedback from my audience during presentations so that I can adjust my content dynamically based on their reactions and improve engagement for next time."

Description

The Interactive Feedback Mechanism allows users to collect direct feedback from the audience during storytelling presentations. This feature promotes engagement through polls, quick surveys, or reactions, enabling stakeholders to communicate their thoughts real-time. The feedback collected is aggregated and accessible for later review, helping users understand audience perceptions and preferences better. With this feature, InsightPro enhances the narrative experience by creating a loop of interaction that fosters greater audience involvement and richer insights for future storytelling.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a storytelling presentation through InsightPro and incorporates the Interactive Feedback Mechanism to gather audience responses.

Given the audience is present during the presentation, when the presenter activates the Interactive Feedback Mechanism, then the audience should be able to submit their feedback via polls or quick surveys in real-time.

Audience members participate in a poll designed to collect their sentiments on different aspects of the presentation.

Given that the poll is live during the presentation, when the audience selects their responses, then the feedback must be displayed on the presenter's interface within 5 seconds.

The presenter reviews aggregated feedback from audience engagement after completing the storytelling session.

Given the presentation has ended, when the presenter accesses the feedback section, then the collected audience feedback should be displayed in a clear format including visual charts for easy comprehension.

Audience members provide reaction emojis during key moments of the presentation to express their thoughts.

Given the reaction feature is enabled, when audience members react with emojis, then the reactions should be updated in real-time on the presenter's dashboard, reflecting total reactions for each moment presented.

Audience feedback is exported after the presentation for analysis and strategy planning.

Given the presentation has concluded and feedback has been collected, when the presenter chooses to export the feedback data, then a downloadable report should be generated in CSV format containing all audience feedback and responses.

The presenter customizes and sends a quick survey to the audience post-presentation for further insights.

Given the presentation has concluded, when the presenter submits a quick survey request, then all audience members should receive the survey link within 1 minute.

Detailed Engagement Analytics Report

"As a presenter, I want to receive a detailed report on audience engagement after my presentations so that I can analyze the effectiveness of my storytelling and make improvements for future presentations."

Description

The Detailed Engagement Analytics Report provides a comprehensive analysis of audience engagement after storytelling presentations. This report summarizes various metrics such as average time spent on each section, most interacted visuals, and overall engagement level. It's designed to offer insights into audience behavior and areas of improvement. By incorporating this feature within InsightPro, users can evaluate the effectiveness of their narratives in depth and extract actionable strategies for future presentations based on solid data.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a Detailed Engagement Analytics Report after a storytelling presentation to evaluate audience reactions.

Given the user has completed a storytelling presentation, when the user selects 'Generate Engagement Report', then the report should include average time spent on each section, most interacted visuals, and the overall engagement level displayed in an easy-to-read format.

User reviews the Detailed Engagement Analytics Report to identify strengths and weaknesses in their presentation.

Given the report is generated, when the user accesses the report, then they should be able to see metrics that indicate which sections had the highest and lowest engagement clearly marked for easy reference.

User compares engagement metrics across multiple presentations to identify trends over time.

Given the user has multiple engagement reports, when the user selects 'Compare Reports', then they should be able to see a side-by-side comparison of metrics for the chosen presentations, highlighting any trends and changes in audience engagement.

User modifies their presentation based on insights gained from the Detailed Engagement Analytics Report.

Given the user has accessed the report, when the user decides to edit the presentation, then they should be able to see specific sections that received low engagement highlighted to guide their modifications.

Stakeholders receive summaries of engagement metrics for team discussions.

Given the user wants to share engagement metrics, when they generate a summary report, then the summary should automatically compile the key engagement metrics into a concise report format suitable for sharing with stakeholders.

Customizable Engagement Alerts

"As a presenter, I want to receive alerts when audience engagement metrics fall below expectations during my presentation so that I can adjust my delivery or content in real-time to improve audience involvement."

Description

Customizable Engagement Alerts allow users to set up notifications based on specific engagement thresholds during their presentations. For example, a user can receive alerts if audience engagement drops below a predetermined level or if a particular section of their presentation is receiving significant interaction. This feature enhances the ability to respond to audience dynamics in real-time, ensuring that presenters can address disengagement or capitalize on high-interest areas promptly. Integrating this functionality makes InsightPro a more interactive and responsive platform for data storytelling.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes engagement alerts for their presentation session with multiple visual elements and narrative sections.

Given a user has set specific engagement thresholds for their presentation, When audience engagement metrics are calculated during the presentation, Then the user receives alerts if engagement drops below the set threshold or if any section surpasses significant interaction levels.

A user tests the engagement alert system during a live presentation with a predetermined engagement level for audience interaction.

Given the user is actively presenting, When audience engagement falls below the specified minimum threshold, Then an alert notification is triggered and displayed on the user’s screen.

A presenter wants to assess interactivity in specific sections of their presentation after concluding it.

Given the user has finished their presentation, When the user reviews the engagement alert history, Then the user can see detailed statistics of audience engagement per section, including timestamps and interaction metrics.

A user configures their presentation to automatically adjust alerts based on real-time audience feedback.

Given the user has set up dynamic engagement thresholds, When the presentation is being viewed and audience participation changes, Then the alert system should adapt and reflect these new thresholds in real-time.

An admin wants to ensure the engagement alerts feature works seamlessly across different presentation types and formats.

Given that the user has uploaded multiple presentation formats (e.g. PDF, PowerPoint), When the user initiates the engagement alert feature, Then the alerts should trigger accurately regardless of presentation type.

A user wishes to modify engagement thresholds mid-presentation based on ongoing audience feedback.

Given the user is in the middle of a presentation, When the user modifies the engagement thresholds through the dashboard, Then those changes should immediately reflect in the alert settings and notify the user if triggered.

Visual Engagement Heatmaps

"As a data storyteller, I want visual heatmaps of audience engagement so that I can identify which parts of my presentation captivate my audience and optimize my storytelling accordingly."

Description

Visual Engagement Heatmaps provide a unique graphical representation of where audience engagement peaks occur during presentations. By depicting areas on slides or visuals that attract the most attention and interactions, this feature enables users to understand which elements resonate best with their audiences. This data is crucial for optimizing presentation content, as it allows the user to refine their visuals and storytelling strategies based on proven audience preferences. As part of the InsightPro suite, this feature enhances the overall storytelling process with actionable visual insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User examines audience engagement during a storytelling presentation using the Visual Engagement Heatmaps feature.

Given the presentation is live and being displayed, When the audience interacts with the presentation, Then the heatmap should update in real-time to reflect areas of engagement on the slides.

User accesses a recorded presentation to analyze past audience engagement.

Given the recorded presentation, When the user applies the Visual Engagement Heatmaps feature, Then the system displays a heatmap based on the recorded audience engagement data, accurately representing viewer interactions and attention peaks.

User customizes visual components of a presentation based on insights from the heatmap.

Given the heatmap data showing areas of high engagement, When the user modifies the presentation visuals, Then the user can save and export the updated presentation, ensuring it includes the revised content informed by the heatmap analysis.

User seeks to evaluate the effectiveness of different storytelling techniques based on heatmap data.

Given multiple presentations with different storytelling techniques, When the user generates heatmaps for each presentation, Then the user can compare heatmaps side by side to assess which techniques resulted in higher audience engagement.

User requires reporting on audience engagement analytics derived from multiple presentations.

Given the user selects a range of presentations, When the user generates an engagement report, Then the report should include aggregated heatmap data and key insights about audience interactions across the selected presentations.

User wishes to receive alerts or notifications for low engagement during a presentation.

Given that the Visual Engagement Heatmap feature is active, When engagement drops below a defined threshold, Then the system should notify the user in real-time to address the presentation strategy.

User needs to translate heatmap data into actionable strategies for future presentations.

Given the user has access to the heatmap, When the user reviews insights from the heatmap, Then the user should be able to draft a list of recommended changes or enhancements to improve audience engagement in subsequent presentations.

Story Preview Mode

The Story Preview Mode allows users to experience their narratives as an audience member would, enabling them to evaluate flow, clarity, and engagement. This feature simulates the final presentation format, offering insights into potential improvements before sharing with stakeholders. By ensuring stories are polished and compelling, it elevates the overall impact of the data presentation.

Requirements

Narrative Simulation

"As a data analyst, I want to preview my narratives in Story Preview Mode so that I can ensure the flow and engagement before presenting to stakeholders."

Description

The Narrative Simulation functionality enables users to preview their data narratives as if they were being presented to an audience. This feature allows users to experience the flow and clarity of their stories, facilitating a deeper understanding of how stakeholders may perceive the presentation. By immersing users in the final presentation format, the Narrative Simulation feature provides valuable insights into engagement levels and areas needing enhancement. It is integrated within the existing dashboard of InsightPro, offering a seamless transition between story creation and evaluation. Ultimately, this leads to higher-quality presentations that are polished, impactful, and effectively communicate data-driven insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Story Preview Mode from the Dashboard and initiates a narrative simulation for their data presentation before sharing it with stakeholders.

Given the user has created a data narrative, when they click on 'Preview', then the Story Preview Mode should display the full narrative in a presentation format without any errors or broken layouts.

A user wants to analyze the engagement of their data story by previewing it in the Story Preview Mode and comparing it with previous presentations.

Given the user has entered Story Preview Mode, when they play the narrative, then all interactive elements should respond correctly and the average viewing time per slide should be tracked to show engagement metrics.

Admin needs to ensure that the Story Preview Mode can adapt to various screen sizes and resolutions when used on different devices by users.

Given the user accesses the Story Preview Mode on devices with different screen sizes, when the presentation is rendered, then it should maintain readability and functionality across all devices without loss of data or interactivity.

A user accesses the Story Preview Mode after finalizing a narrative and seeks feedback from colleagues.

Given the user is in Story Preview Mode, when they use the 'Share Feedback' feature, then they should be able to send a feedback request via email to the selected colleagues with the correct narrative details included.

The user previews a data narrative in Story Preview Mode and wants to pause, rewind, or fast-forward the presentation while assessing its clarity and flow.

Given the user is in the Story Preview Mode, when they utilize the play controls, then the presentation should respond accurately to pause, rewind, and fast-forward commands with seamless transitions and no lag.

Engagement Feedback Mechanism

"As a presenter, I want to receive feedback during the story preview so that I can identify areas for improvement before the final presentation."

Description

The Engagement Feedback Mechanism collects real-time feedback from users as they experience the Story Preview Mode. This requirement involves mechanisms that allow users to interactively indicate which parts of their narratives resonate, lose interest, or require clarification. Implementing this feature not only enhances the storytelling process but also provides valuable data on audience engagement. The feedback will be aggregated and presented as insights within the dashboard, allowing users to refine their narratives based on actionable data. This ensures more compelling presentations that effectively communicate key insights and foster better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback while experiencing the Story Preview Mode.

Given the user is in Story Preview Mode, when they click on the feedback button, then they should see options to rate different sections of the story as engaging, neutral, or disengaging.

Aggregated feedback is displayed in the dashboard for the user to review.

Given feedback has been submitted by the user, when they access the dashboard, then they should see a summary of feedback aggregated by section with insights into which areas received the most engagement.

Users can submit additional comments alongside their ratings in the feedback mechanism.

Given the user is providing feedback in Story Preview Mode, when they select 'Other' for feedback, then they should be prompted to enter their comment in a text box before submitting.

The feedback mechanism is tested for accessibility compliance.

Given the feedback mechanism is live, when it is assessed using accessibility standards, then it should meet WCAG 2.1 guidelines for compliance.

Real-time updating of feedback is available in the dashboard.

Given feedback is submitted by any user, when another user accesses the dashboard, then they should see the updated feedback in real-time without needing to refresh.

Feedback submission process captures user identification for analysis.

Given a user submits feedback, when the feedback is recorded, then the system must log the user’s identifier to analyze the data based on user role and engagement.

Interactive Annotation Tool

"As a user, I want to annotate my story during the preview so that I can capture suggestions and thoughts to improve my narrative."

Description

The Interactive Annotation Tool allows users to add comments and notes directly onto the visualizations during the Story Preview Mode. This requirement empowers users to mark specific data points or visuals that require enhancement or further explanation. This collaborative feature supports team engagement and enhances the revision process, as multiple users can contribute to the narrative improvement. The annotations will be saved and can be revisited for future revisions, ensuring that all insights are captured efficiently. By integrating these annotations within the existing platform, users can create a more refined narrative that appropriately addresses stakeholder needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Story Preview Mode allows users to interact with the content they have created and see how it will look to the audience before finalizing it.

Given the user is in Story Preview Mode, When the user adds an annotation to the visualization, Then the annotation should be visible on the screen and linked to the corresponding data point.

Multiple users want to provide feedback on a visualization during the Story Preview Mode.

Given the user is in Story Preview Mode, When a second user adds an annotation, Then both annotations should be visible and must not interfere with each other.

Revisiting previously created annotations ensures users can track feedback on visualizations over time.

Given the user has previously created annotations, When the user reopens the Story Preview Mode, Then all previous annotations should be displayed as they were left.

Users need to ensure that annotations can be edited for clarity and accuracy.

Given the user is viewing an annotation, When the user selects the annotation and edits its text, Then the updated annotation should reflect the changes immediately on the visualization.

Users require confirmation that their annotations are saved successfully for future sessions.

Given the user has added annotations, When the user exits Story Preview Mode, Then the system should prompt a confirmation message indicating that the annotations have been saved.

Visualizations should allow for annotations to be deleted if they are no longer relevant to the narrative.

Given an annotation exists on a visualization, When the user selects the annotation and chooses to delete it, Then the annotation should be removed from the visualization permanently.

Export Preview Feature

"As a team lead, I want to export my narrative preview so that I can share it easily with stakeholders who do not have access to InsightPro."

Description

The Export Preview Feature allows users to generate a report or presentation export of their narrative previews in multiple formats, including PDF and PPT. This requirement is aimed at providing users with the ability to share high-quality previews with colleagues or stakeholders who are not using InsightPro. By enabling easy export options, this feature enhances collaboration and dissemination of insights, as users can prepare for meetings without requiring live access to the platform. The expectation is that this will improve communication within teams and support strategic decisions based on insights derived from data narratives.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the export preview feature to generate a report for a data narrative they created, specifically targeting a meeting with stakeholders next week.

Given the user has an active session in InsightPro with a completed data narrative, when they click on the 'Export Preview' button, then a selection of formats (PDF, PPT) should be displayed for the user to choose from.

The user selects PDF as the desired format for their narrative report and proceeds to export it for review before sharing it with their team.

Given the user selects 'PDF' from the export options, when they click 'Export,' then the system should generate a downloadable PDF file of the narrative that retains all formatting and visual elements from the preview mode.

After exporting their data narrative as a PPT, the user wants to ensure the exported slides accurately reflect the content and styling seen in InsightPro's preview mode before the stakeholder meeting.

Given the user has exported their narrative as a PPT, when they open the PPT file, then all slides should match the format and layout as seen in the InsightPro preview mode, including all text, images, and graphs.

A user wants to test the performance of exporting a lengthy and complex narrative to evaluate the system's efficiency and response time.

Given the user initiates the export process for a complex narrative comprising multiple sections, when the export process is complete, then the time taken for the export should not exceed 3 minutes, demonstrating efficient processing.

The user encounters an error during the export process and needs to confirm that appropriate error handling mechanisms are in place to assist in resolution.

Given the user attempts to export a narrative and an error occurs, when the user views the error message, then the system should display a clear and concise message outlining the issue along with suggested steps for resolution.

Performance Optimization

"As a user, I want the Story Preview Mode to load quickly so that I can efficiently evaluate my narratives without interruptions."

Description

The Performance Optimization requirement focuses on enhancing the loading speed and responsiveness of the Story Preview Mode, ensuring a smooth user experience while assessing narratives. As users simulate their presentations, it's crucial that the system performs efficiently to prevent any delays in feedback and evaluation. This optimization will involve refining the underlying algorithms and data handling; thus, reducing loading times and improving overall performance. A reliable and efficient Story Preview Mode contributes to streamlined workflows and a more satisfying experience for users, ultimately leading to better narrative refinement and presentation quality.

Acceptance Criteria

Performance Optimization for Story Preview Mode during user presentations.

Given a user prepares a narrative in Story Preview Mode, when they click 'Preview', then the loading time must not exceed 3 seconds for any narrative of up to 1000 data points.

Usability of the optimized Story Preview Mode in a live demo environment.

Given a user is demonstrating a narrative using Story Preview Mode, when they navigate through different sections, then every transition should occur with minimal perceived delay, ideally within 1 second.

Robustness of Performance Optimization under peak usage conditions.

Given multiple users are simultaneously using Story Preview Mode, when each user initiates a preview request, then the system should maintain a performance standard that allows 80% of requests to load under 3 seconds.

Real-time data interaction capability in Story Preview Mode.

Given a user is interacting with the data within Story Preview Mode, when they apply filters or adjust parameters, then the changes in the visualizations should reflect within 2 seconds.

Integrating new data sources while using the Story Preview Mode.

Given a user uploads a new data source, when they initiate the Story Preview Mode, then the system should process and present the data without exceeding 5 seconds of loading time.

Assessment of narrative clarity and engagement during optimization testing.

Given the performance optimization is implemented, when users review their narratives in Story Preview Mode, then at least 90% of users should rate their experience as 'engaging' or higher in post-session feedback surveys.

Collaborative Storytelling Platform

This feature supports teamwork by enabling multiple users to contribute to data narratives in real time. Users can collaborate on building data stories, providing feedback and annotations directly on visualizations and text, fostering a co-creative environment. This collaboration enhances the depth and accuracy of insights presented while ensuring a unified message across team members.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

"As a data analyst, I want to collaborate with my team in real-time on data narratives, so that we can combine our insights and experiences to create more comprehensive and accurate reports."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration feature allows multiple users to work on data storytelling concurrently, facilitating dynamic inputs and interactions. This requirement ensures that team members can view updates instantly, make contributions, and see changes live. By integrating chat and commenting functionalities directly into the workspace, it enhances the collaborative environment, allowing teams to brainstorm ideas and refine narratives collectively. This increases the accuracy and quality of data insights by promoting ongoing dialogue and feedback during the creation process.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users collaborating on a data story about recent sales performance during a team meeting.

Given that multiple users are working on a data narrative, when one user makes a change to the text or a visualization, then all other users should see the update in real time without needing to refresh the page.

A user adds annotations to a shared visualization to highlight trends and insights during a collaborative session.

Given that a user has added an annotation, when other users view the visualization, then they should see the annotation displayed immediately and be able to reply or provide feedback directly on that annotation.

Team members are brainstorming ideas and discussing them using the integrated chat feature while reviewing the evolving data story.

Given that the chat feature is active, when users type a message in the chat, then all other users should see the new message instantly in the chat window and be notified of new messages in real time.

A user wants to revert a change made to a visualization during a collaborative session.

Given that a change has been made to a visualization, when a user selects the 'revert' option, then the visualization should return to its previous state, and all users should see the reverted visualization immediately.

During a collaborative session, a user wants to pause collaboration to plan independently.

Given that user collaboration is ongoing, when a user selects the 'pause collaboration' option, then all other users should receive a notification that collaboration is paused and should not be able to edit the narrative until collaboration is resumed.

A team member receives a notification of a new comment on a visualization they are actively reviewing.

Given that a comment has been made on a visualization by another user, when the team member views that visualization, then they should see a notification of the new comment and be able to read and respond to it in real time.

A user wants to share the collaborative data story with stakeholders outside the team.

Given that the data story has been completed, when the user selects the 'share' option, then a unique link should be generated that allows external stakeholders to access the data story without compromising team members' ability to edit it.

Feedback Annotations

"As a project manager, I want to leave feedback on data visualizations, so that my team can address specific issues and improve the quality of our analysis together."

Description

Feedback Annotations enable users to leave comments, suggestions, and critiques directly on visualizations or specific data points. This requirement supports targeted discussions around particular elements of the data stories, allowing team members to highlight areas of concern, noteworthy findings, or opportunities for improvement. By organizing feedback contextually, it simplifies the review process and ensures all voices are heard, leading to enhanced quality control and deeper insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on a specific data point in a visualization during a team review meeting.

Given the user is viewing a visualization, when they click on a data point and add a comment, then the comment should be saved and visible to all team members during the session.

A user wants to view all feedback annotations related to a specific section of a data story.

Given the user is viewing a data story, when they click on the 'View Feedback' button for a specific section, then all related feedback annotations should be displayed in a clear and organized manner.

Multiple users are providing feedback on different visualizations simultaneously.

Given multiple users are active in the collaborative story space, when one user adds an annotation to a visualization, then all other users should see this annotation in real time without needing to refresh the page.

A user is reviewing feedback received over the past week for a specific visualization.

Given that feedback annotations are time-stamped, when the user filters feedback by the past week, then only annotations made within that timeframe should be displayed.

A team member wants to edit a comment they made previously on a data point.

Given the user has permission to edit comments, when they select their previous comment and choose to edit it, then the comment should update with the new text and reflect the changes instantly for all users.

A user wants to delete an inappropriate or unhelpful comment from the feedback thread.

Given the user has delete permissions, when they select the delete option on a comment, then that comment should be removed from the visualization and no longer visible to other users.

A user tries to leave a feedback annotation without sufficient permissions.

Given the user does not have comment permissions, when they attempt to add a comment, then they should receive an error message stating they lack the required permissions to comment.

Version Control for Data Stories

"As a content creator, I want to track changes in our data stories so that I can reference prior versions and ensure we can undo any unwanted edits."

Description

Version Control for Data Stories allows users to save and track multiple versions of their narratives as they evolve. This requirement provides a clear history of changes, enabling users to revert to previous iterations if necessary. It enhances the collaborative storytelling process by fostering a sense of security in experimentation. Users can explore creative solutions without the fear of losing original insights, ensuring an organized approach to content development.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can view and access the history of their data stories, including a list of all saved versions, timestamps, and the user who made each change.

Given the user opens a data story, when they select the 'Version History' tab, then they should see a list of all saved versions with corresponding timestamps and user details.

Users can restore a previous version of their data story from the version history, ensuring the restored version reflects exactly as it was at the time of saving.

Given the user selects a specific version from the version history, when they click 'Restore', then the current data story should revert to the content of the selected version.

When a version is restored, the system should log this action, providing a new entry in the version history indicating the restoration event.

Given the user has restored a previous version, when they check the version history, then there should be a new entry recorded with the action 'Restored' along with the timestamp.

Users can create a new version of their data story manually, ensuring that the new version is clearly differentiated from the previous ones.

Given the user clicks 'Save as New Version', when they name the new version and confirm, then the data story should be saved as a new version with a unique identifier.

The system automatically creates versions at regular intervals while the user is actively editing their data story, enhancing real-time tracking.

Given the user is editing a data story, when a predefined time interval elapses, then the system should auto-save and create a new version in the version history.

Users can view a diff comparison between two versions of their data story to determine what changes were made over time.

Given the user selects two versions from the version history, when they click 'Compare', then a side-by-side view should display the differences between the selected versions.

Users receive a notification confirming a successful version save or restoration, ensuring they are informed of their actions.

Given the user saves a new version or restores a previous one, when the action is completed, then a notification should pop up confirming the success of the action.

Integrated Data Source Linking

"As a business analyst, I want to connect various data sources easily, so that I can enrich our data narratives and draw insights without getting bogged down by technical setups."

Description

Integrated Data Source Linking streamlines the process of connecting various data inputs into the storytelling platform. This requirement ensures that users can quickly source and combine data from different databases and services without needing extensive technical knowledge. By making data integration seamless and straightforward, users can focus on deriving insights rather than wrestling with data accessibility issues, ultimately increasing productivity and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates data source linking within the Collaborative Storytelling Platform to integrate data from a CRM system and an analytics database for a joint team project.

Given the user is logged into InsightPro and navigates to the Integrated Data Source Linking feature, when they select a data source from the CRM and click 'Link', then the data from the CRM should be successfully integrated and displayed in the dashboard without error messages.

A team member needs to provide feedback on the integrated data visualization while collaborating with other users in real time.

Given that multiple users are collaborating on a data story, when one user adds a comment or annotation to a visualization, then all team members should see the change within 2 seconds without needing to refresh their browser.

A user attempts to link a data source that requires an authentication key, ensuring that only authorized connections are allowed.

Given the user has attempted to link a restricted database without providing the proper authentication credentials, when they submit the link request, then they should receive a clear error message indicating that authentication is required.

The user tries to link multiple data sources simultaneously to enhance the richness of the data story.

Given the user selects multiple data sources (e.g., CRM, ERP, and social media analytics), when they initiate the linking process, then all selected sources should be integrated, and a summary report of the linked sources should be displayed within 5 seconds.

The user needs to edit or remove a data source that was previously linked to the data storytelling platform.

Given the user views the current linked data sources, when they click on the 'Edit' button next to a linked source and choose to either update or remove it, then the changes should be applied successfully and reflected in the dashboard immediately.

A team member utilizes a predefined report template while linking data sources to create a new data story efficiently.

Given the user has selected a predefined report template, when they link the necessary data sources while using this template, then the report should automatically populate with relevant data points corresponding to the linked sources without manual intervention.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a team leader, I want to customize my dashboard to show the most relevant data visualizations, so that I can monitor team progress and insights at a glance."

Description

Customizable Dashboard Widgets allow users to select and tailor the types of visualizations displayed in their collaborative workspace. This requirement gives users the flexibility to prioritize the most relevant metrics and insights to their narratives. By enabling users to personalize their dashboard with different data views, it enhances user experience and encourages engagement with the platform, further connecting users to the stories they create.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes their dashboard upon their first login to InsightPro.

Given a user is logged into InsightPro for the first time, When they access the dashboard customization section, Then they should be able to select at least three different visualization types and add them to their dashboard.

User collaborates with team members to create a data narrative using customized widgets.

Given multiple users are viewing the same dashboard, When one user customizes a widget and saves the changes, Then the changes should be instantly visible to all other users viewing that dashboard.

User removes a visualization from their customized dashboard.

Given a user has previously added visualizations to their dashboard, When they choose to remove a specific visualization, Then the visualization should be removed and not displayed on their dashboard.

User modifies the displayed metrics within a dashboard widget.

Given a user is viewing their customized dashboard, When they click on a widget and select different metrics to display, Then the widget should update to reflect the new metrics chosen by the user.

User saves their dashboard settings for future sessions in InsightPro.

Given a user has customized their dashboard, When they click the 'Save' button, Then their dashboard configuration should be stored and retrieved on their next login without requiring any additional input from the user.

User receives feedback on their collaborative data narrative using dashboard widgets.

Given a user has shared their dashboard with peers, When their peers provide feedback or annotations on a specific visualization, Then the original user should receive a notification and see the feedback linked to that visualization.

Exportable Story Formats

This feature allows users to export their interactive data stories into various formats, including PDF, HTML, and slide presentations. Such versatility ensures that users can share their narratives across different channels and platforms without losing the interactive elements. This capability enhances the reach of their insights and ensures effective communication to diverse audiences.

Requirements

Export to PDF

"As a data analyst, I want to export my interactive reports to PDF format so that I can easily share my findings with team members who may not have access to the platform."

Description

This requirement entails the functionality for users to export their interactive data stories into PDF format. The exported PDF will retain the design and layout of the original story while ensuring that static visuals are clear and properly formatted. This feature is essential as it allows users to easily share reports and presentations with stakeholders and clients, ensuring that valuable insights can be communicated effectively in a widely recognized and accessible format. The PDFs should be generated quickly and include the option for users to select specific data elements to be included or excluded as necessary. Additionally, users should be able to customize the title and introduction for the exported document to add context to the information presented.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to export an interactive data story to PDF after customizing the title and introduction.

Given that the user has selected a data story, when the user exports it to PDF, then the PDF should reflect the customized title and introduction accurately on the cover page.

User needs to include or exclude specific data elements in the PDF export before sharing it with stakeholders.

Given that the user has customized selections for data elements, when the user exports the data story to PDF, then only the selected data elements should appear in the exported document.

User requires that the exported PDF maintains the original design and layout of the interactive data story for consistent branding.

Given that the user exports a data story to PDF, when the PDF is opened, then the layout and design should match the original interactive story with all visuals clear and properly formatted.

User expects the PDF export process to be efficient and quick when exporting a large interactive data story.

Given that the user initiates the export of a large data story to PDF, when the export is completed, then the process should take no longer than 5 minutes.

User wants to ensure the PDF is exported to a specific file name format for easy identification.

Given that the user has provided a custom file name during the PDF export, when the export is finalized, then the PDF file should be saved with the specified file name and the correct .pdf extension.

User needs to verify that the PDF document is accessible and properly formatted for stakeholders who may use screen readers.

Given that the PDF has been exported, when the file is opened with screen reading software, then all text should be readable and properly structured for accessibility compliance.

Export to HTML

"As a marketing manager, I want to export my data stories to HTML format so that I can embed them on our website and reach a broader audience."

Description

This requirement provides users with the ability to export their interactive data stories into HTML format. The HTML export will maintain all interactive elements such as filters and drill-down capabilities, allowing recipients to experience the data story dynamically within their web browsers. This feature is vital for sharing insights on company websites or through email as it enhances user engagement and interaction with the data. The HTML version should be responsive and compatible across various devices and browsers, ensuring that no information is lost in translation. Additionally, users will have the option to customize the layout and include metadata for better organization and clarity.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully exports an interactive data story to HTML format for sharing with stakeholders.

Given the user has created an interactive data story, when they select the export option and choose HTML format, then the system should generate an HTML file maintaining all interactive elements such as filters and drill-down capabilities.

The HTML export of the data story displays correctly across different web browsers.

Given the user exports an interactive data story to HTML, when they open the HTML file in various web browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge), then the interactive elements should function properly and the layout should remain consistent across all browsers.

User customizes the layout and includes metadata in the exported HTML.

Given the user has the option to customize the layout and add metadata to the HTML export, when they complete these actions and export the data story, then the resulting HTML file should reflect the user's layout customizations and properly display the associated metadata.

HTML export is responsive and functions properly on mobile devices.

Given the user exports an interactive data story to HTML, when they open the HTML file on a mobile device, then the layout should adjust appropriately to fit the screen size, ensuring that all interactive elements remain accessible and functional.

User assesses the ease of sharing the HTML export via email.

Given the user exports an interactive data story to HTML, when they share the HTML file via email, then the recipients should be able to open the file directly in a web browser without issues, and all interactive features should remain intact.

User verifies the integrity of the exported HTML file's interactivity before sharing.

Given the user has exported an interactive data story to HTML, when they open the HTML file, then they should be able to interact with all components (such as filters and drill-downs) without errors, confirming that the export maintains the intended functionality.

User receives confirmation of successful HTML export process.

Given the user initiates the export of an interactive data story to HTML, when the process is completed, then the system should provide a success message indicating that the export was successful and the file is ready for sharing.

Export to Slide Decks

"As a business consultant, I want to export my data stories into slide decks so that I can deliver impactful presentations to my clients during our meetings."

Description

This requirement involves enabling users to export their interactive data stories into slide presentation formats such as PowerPoint and Google Slides. The exported presentations will include key visuals and insights pulled directly from the interactive story, allowing users to present their findings in a professional manner. This capability is crucial for users who need to present data in meetings or seminars, providing an easy way to craft compelling presentations without having to recreate the visuals manually. The slides should maintain the quality and aesthetic of the original interactive elements and allow users to add speaker notes and titles for each slide before export.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to export an interactive data story to create a professional presentation for an upcoming team meeting.

Given that the user is on the interactive data story page, when they select the option to export to slide decks and choose PowerPoint, then the export process should initiate without errors, and a confirmation message should appear indicating a successful export.

A user wants to ensure that the key visuals from their interactive story are correctly transferred to the slide presentation format.

Given that the user has exported the data story to PowerPoint, when they open the downloaded presentation file, then all key visuals and insights from the interactive story should be accurately represented on corresponding slides, maintaining their original quality and aesthetic.

User requires the ability to add titles and speaker notes to slides before exporting to enhance the presentation utility.

Given that the user is in the export setup interface, when they input titles and speaker notes for each slide, then these elements should be correctly embedded in the PowerPoint slides upon export, ensuring they are visible when the slides are opened.

A user needs to share the exported presentation with team members to gather feedback before the final presentation.

Given that the user has exported the data story to a slide deck format, when they share the exported PowerPoint file with their team via email, then all shared recipients should be able to open the file without any compatibility issues and access all included visuals and notes.

User wants to validate the export process by reviewing the exported slide presentation against the original interactive story to confirm accuracy.

Given that the user has successfully exported their interactive data story to a slide presentation, when they compare each slide with the original story, then all content including visuals, data points, titles, and notes should match the original story without discrepancies.

A user is exporting to Google Slides for a collaborative presentation and needs to ensure the process works seamlessly.

Given that the user selects the Google Slides export option, when the export is initiated, then the user should be redirected to Google Slides with a new presentation created that includes all key visuals and insights, maintaining original formatting throughout.

Interactive Story Sharing

"As a project manager, I want to share the links to my interactive data stories with my team members so that they can access the insights without needing an account."

Description

This requirement emphasizes the ability for users to share links to their interactive data stories directly from the platform. Users should be able to generate secure, shareable URLs that grant access to their insights without requiring others to log in to the platform. This feature enhances collaboration and enables stakeholders to review the stories on-demand, fostering engagement with the data in real-time. The sharing options should also include the ability to set viewing permissions and expiration dates for the shared links, ensuring sensitive information is adequately protected while still being accessible to authorized individuals.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates sharing an interactive data story from the dashboard

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select an interactive data story and click the 'Share' button, then a secure, shareable URL is generated and displayed to the user.

User sets viewing permissions for shared links

Given the user has generated a shareable URL, when they access the permissions settings, then they must be able to choose between 'Anyone with the link', 'Only people added', or 'Password protected' options successfully.

User sets an expiration date for a shared link

Given the user is in the sharing settings of an interactive data story, when they set an expiration date and time, then the link should automatically become inactive after the specified date and time.

Non-logged in user attempts to access a shared interactive data story

Given a non-logged in user accesses the shared URL, when they enter the link, then they should be granted access to view the interactive data story without needing to log in, unless specific permission settings restrict access.

User tracks the access statistics of a shared data story

Given the user has shared a link to an interactive data story, when they check the access statistics, then they should see the number of views, unique viewers, and time spent on the story within the last 30 days.

User revokes access to a previously shared link

Given the user has previously shared a link to an interactive data story, when they select the revoke access option, then the link should become inactive, and the system should notify the user that the link is no longer accessible.

User-customizable Export Options

"As a user, I want to have customizable options when exporting my data stories so that I can tailor the outputs to suit different audiences and contexts based on their needs."

Description

This requirement provides users with customizable options when exporting interactive data stories. Users should be able to select various parameters, such as which elements to include in the export, layout options like portrait or landscape orientation, and whether to include metadata or not. This flexibility is essential as it allows users to tailor their exports to fit specific needs, whether for formal presentations, informal sharing, or archival purposes. Providing these options enhances the usability of the export feature and caters to diverse user preferences, ensuring each user can produce the most relevant output for their audience.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects specific elements to include in the export.

Given a user is on the export options page, When they choose to include specific elements for export and finalize their selections, Then only the selected elements should be present in the exported file.

User selects the layout orientation for export.

Given a user is on the export options page, When they choose between portrait or landscape layout orientation, Then the exported document should reflect the selected orientation accurately.

User chooses to include metadata in the export.

Given a user is on the export options page, When they opt to include metadata in their export, Then the exported file must contain the relevant metadata as specified by the user.

User exports to PDF format.

Given a user has configured their export options, When they select the PDF format and confirm the export, Then the system should generate and download a PDF file that reflects the user's selections.

User exports to HTML format.

Given a user has configured their export options, When they select the HTML format and confirm the export, Then the system should generate an HTML document that includes interactive elements based on the user’s selections.

User exports as a slide presentation.

Given a user has configured their export options, When they select the slide presentation format and confirm the export, Then the system should generate a presentation that maintains the layout and selected elements accurately.

Role-Based Learning Paths

Role-Based Learning Paths provide tailored education modules specific to each user’s role within the organization. By dynamically creating a learning curriculum focused on the most relevant features and best practices, this feature enables new users to accelerate their learning curve, ensuring they grasp essential functionalities that directly apply to their responsibilities.

Requirements

Personalized Learning Dashboard

"As a new employee, I want a personalized dashboard that shows my recommended learning modules so that I can quickly find the training relevant to my role and enhance my job performance."

Description

The Personalized Learning Dashboard requirement focuses on creating a dedicated space for users where they can view recommended learning modules and resources tailored to their specific role. This dashboard will aggregate insights on user progress, completion rates, and suggested next steps to enhance the learning experience. It aims to provide easy navigation for users to access customized learning paths based on their skill levels and job responsibilities. By offering a centralized location for learning resources, users can streamline their training process and ensure they are engaging with the most relevant content that will help them excel in their roles.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Personalized Learning Dashboard for the first time to view their recommended learning modules based on their specific role.

Given the user is logged into InsightPro, when the user navigates to the Personalized Learning Dashboard, then the dashboard should display learning modules tailored to the user's role, including module titles, descriptions, and completion statuses.

User completes a learning module and wants to see their updated progress reflected in the Personalized Learning Dashboard.

Given the user has completed a learning module, when the user refreshes the Personalized Learning Dashboard, then the completion percentage and progress metrics should be updated accurately to reflect this change.

User wants to navigate to a specific learning module from the Personalized Learning Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Personalized Learning Dashboard, when the user selects a learning module link, then the system should redirect the user to the specific module page with all relevant content available for that module.

User seeks recommendations for next steps after completing a learning module from the Personalized Learning Dashboard.

Given the user has completed the current module, when the user views their Personalized Learning Dashboard, then the system should display suggested next modules based on the user's learning path and role-specific requirements.

User is looking for a filter option to view learning modules by skill levels in the Personalized Learning Dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Personalized Learning Dashboard, when the user applies the skill level filter, then the dashboard should refresh to show only those modules that match the selected skill level criteria.

An admin wants to ensure users have access to learning resources based on their roles.

Given the admin is managing user roles, when the admin reviews the access settings for the Personalized Learning Dashboard, then it should display that users are assigned respective learning modules based on their job responsibilities.

Interactive Assessments

"As a learning path participant, I want to be able to take interactive quizzes that assess my understanding of the material so that I can measure my progress and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Interactive Assessments requirement entails the development of quizzes and practical assessments that users can engage with at various stages of their learning paths. This functionality will allow users to test their understanding of the material and gain immediate feedback on their performance. The integration of interactive elements will make learning more engaging and provide users with a more effective educational experience. By incorporating assessments, the learning paths can be adjusted dynamically based on user performance, ensuring that they are receiving the support they need to successfully develop their skills and knowledge.

Acceptance Criteria

User engages with interactive assessments after completing a module of the Role-Based Learning Paths to test their knowledge retention and skills application.

Given a user has completed a module, when they access the interactive assessment, then they should be able to view a quiz relevant to the module, submit their answers, and receive immediate feedback on their performance.

A user attempts an interactive assessment and achieves a passing score, which adjusts their learning path accordingly.

Given a user has completed an assessment with a passing score, when the assessment results are processed, then the learning path should automatically progress to the next relevant module, reflecting the user's new proficiency level.

A user completes an interactive assessment but does not pass, prompting a review of the material before they can retake it.

Given a user has completed an assessment and received a failing score, when they attempt to retake the assessment, then they should be required to review the associated module's content before being allowed to retake the assessment.

An admin needs to monitor user performance metrics from completed assessments to adjust training resources as needed.

Given an admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they filter for user assessment results, then they should be able to view aggregated scores, pass rates, and areas where users struggle, helping them make data-driven curriculum adjustments.

Users want to access multiple types of interactive assessments (quizzes, practical tasks) relevant to their learning path.

Given a user is in a specific learning path, when they navigate to the interactive assessments section, then they should see a variety of assessment formats available for each module, ensuring they can engage with the material in diverse ways.

The system should provide detailed feedback for each question on an interactive assessment to enhance user learning.

Given a user completes an assessment, when the results are displayed, then they should receive detailed feedback for each question answered, including correct answers, rationales, and links to relevant material for further study.

Progress Tracking and Reporting

"As a user, I want to track my learning progress and access reports on my performance so that I can understand my strengths and areas where I need further training."

Description

The Progress Tracking and Reporting requirement involves the implementation of a feature that allows users to monitor their learning progress over time. Users will receive insights through visual reports detailing completion rates, time spent on learning modules, and scores on assessments. This functionality will empower users to take charge of their learning journeys, enabling them to set and achieve personal goals. It not only fosters a sense of accomplishment but also provides management with valuable data regarding user engagement and training effectiveness, leading to informed decisions on training investments.

Acceptance Criteria

User views progress reports for the learning modules they have completed and checks completion rates, time spent, and assessment scores in real-time.

Given the user is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking section, then they should see a visual report displaying completion rates, time spent on learning modules, and assessment scores.

A manager reviews the aggregated progress reports of their team members to assess overall engagement and training effectiveness.

Given the manager has access to the team’s progress reports, when they open the team Progress Tracking report, then they should see a summary of individual completion rates and average assessment scores for the team.

A user seeks to set personal learning goals based on their current progress and wants to track their achievements over time.

Given the user views their progress report, when they select the option to set a personal learning goal, then they should be able to define the goal and see it reflected in their progress tracking dashboard.

The system sends email notifications to users when they reach specific milestones in their learning paths, such as completing a module or achieving a high score in an assessment.

Given a user completes a learning module, when the completion is recorded in the system, then the user should receive an email notification confirming the achievement.

A user wants to filter their progress reports to only show data for specific learning modules or time frames to evaluate their performance more closely.

Given the user is in the Progress Tracking section, when they apply filters for specific modules or time frames, then the report should update to reflect only the selected data.

A user desires to compare their progress with that of their peers to identify areas for improvement.

Given the user accesses a comparative progress report, when they view the comparison, then they should see their completion rates and scores alongside an average of their peers.

Management is interested in using the data from progress tracking to make decisions regarding further training investments based on user engagement levels.

Given the management accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the summary reports, then they should see metrics on user engagement, module completions, and perceived training effectiveness to guide investment decisions.

Feedback Mechanism

"As a learner, I want to provide feedback on the learning modules I complete so that I can contribute to improving the training content for future users."

Description

The Feedback Mechanism requirement is aimed at incorporating a system where users can provide feedback on the quality and relevance of the learning materials. This feature will allow learners to rate modules, leave comments, and suggest improvements. By implementing a feedback loop, the organization can continually improve the learning experiences offered, ensuring they remain relevant and valuable to users. This integration will not only increase user engagement by giving them a voice but also help in curating high-quality content that meets the evolving needs of the workforce.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on a learning module after completion.

Given a user has completed a learning module, when they click on the 'Provide Feedback' button, then they should be able to rate the module on a scale of 1 to 5 and add a comment.

Admin reviews feedback submissions for learning modules.

Given an admin accesses the feedback dashboard, when they select a specific learning module, then the admin should see a summary of all feedback ratings and comments submitted by users.

User suggests improvements for a learning module.

Given a user is on the feedback page of a learning module, when they enter suggestions in the 'Improvements' text box and submit, then the suggestion should be logged in the database for review.

Users receive confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given a user has successfully submitted their feedback on a learning module, when they submit the feedback form, then they should see a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been received.

Users can edit their feedback responses after submission.

Given a user has previously submitted feedback, when they click on the 'Edit Feedback' option, then they should be able to update their rating and comments and resubmit the feedback.

Analytics team assesses feedback data for patterns and insights.

Given the feedback mechanism has collected data for 30 days, when the analytics team generates a report, then the report should include trends in feedback ratings and common themes from comments.

Role-Specific Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about new training materials related to my role so that I can stay updated and continuously improve my skills."

Description

The Role-Specific Notifications requirement involves developing a notification system that alerts users when new learning modules, assessments, or resources specific to their role are available. This feature ensures users remain informed about the latest offerings that can aid their development. By keeping users engaged with timely updates, the system enhances their learning experience and encourages ongoing professional growth. It fosters a proactive learning environment where employees can stay ahead of necessary skills and knowledge relevant to their positions.

Acceptance Criteria

New users receive notifications about available learning modules and resources that are directly relevant to their job roles within the first week of their onboarding process.

Given a new user has completed their profile and specified their role, when a new learning module is available, then the user receives a notification via the platform and email.

Existing users regularly receive updates regarding newly released assessments tied to their specific job functions to facilitate their ongoing professional development.

Given an existing user has a defined role within the system, when new assessments related to that role are released, then the user receives a notification every time an assessment is launched.

Managers can view a summary of notifications sent to their team members regarding learning resources and modules, ensuring they can guide their professional development effectively.

Given a manager accesses the notifications dashboard, when they request to view team notifications, then they should see a list of all notifications sent to their team members, including the date and content of each notification.

Users can customize the frequency of role-specific notifications based on their preferences to manage their learning engagement effectively.

Given a user settings page, when the user selects their preferred frequency for learning notifications, then the system should record this preference and adjust the notification schedule accordingly.

Users can easily access previously received notifications regarding learning modules, ensuring they can review missed opportunities for professional growth.

Given a user views their notification history, when they select the 'view past notifications' option, then they should see a complete list of all notifications received related to learning modules and assessments.

Notifications sent to users must be easily identifiable and actionable, encouraging them to engage with the learning resources provided.

Given a user receives a notification, when they view the notification, then the message should clearly indicate the action they need to take and provide direct links to the relevant learning modules or assessments.

The notification system functions properly across various devices (desktop and mobile) so that users can remain informed regardless of the device they are using.

Given a user receives a notification on a mobile device, when they log in to the platform on a desktop, then they should see the same notifications available through the mobile application.

Interactive Tutorials

Interactive Tutorials offer hands-on learning experiences, guiding users through key functionalities of InsightPro via step-by-step walkthroughs. These tutorials use real data scenarios to help new users become comfortable with the platform in an engaging manner, significantly enhancing their confidence and proficiency.

Requirements

Step-by-Step Guidance

"As a new user, I want interactive tutorials that guide me through the key features of InsightPro so that I can quickly become proficient and comfortable using the platform."

Description

The Interactive Tutorials requirement involves the development of a guided learning system that provides users with step-by-step walkthroughs of various functionalities within InsightPro. These tutorials will utilize real data scenarios to enhance understanding and engagement, allowing users to interactively learn through practical examples. The requirement aims to empower new users with the confidence to navigate the platform effectively, thereby reducing the learning curve and increasing overall user proficiency. By integrating these tutorials into the existing system, users can quickly grasp essential features, leading to increased satisfaction and utilization of the InsightPro tools.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Interactive Tutorials feature for the first time and begins a step-by-step guidance session on creating a dashboard.

Given the user is on the Interactive Tutorials page, when they select a tutorial related to dashboard creation, then they should see a clear step-by-step guide that they can follow, including tooltips and interactive elements.

A user completes a tutorial on filtering data using real data scenarios.

Given the user has followed all steps in the tutorial, when they finish the tutorial, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating successful completion and have the option to explore more tutorials.

User interacts with the tutorial and points out confusion with the instructions provided.

Given the user is engaged in the tutorial, when they click on a 'Need Help?' button, then they should receive contextual assistance or the option to send feedback regarding the tutorial content.

An experienced user tries to navigate the tutorial system for advanced functions without prior tutorials.

Given the user is experienced but has never viewed the tutorials, when they access the Interactive Tutorials section, then they should see an advanced guide option that skips basic tutorials.

A user wants to re-access a previously completed tutorial at a later date.

Given the user has completed one or more tutorials, when they log back into the system, then they should have access to a 'My Completed Tutorials' feature that lists all tutorials they've finished, with a replay option.

A new user wants to understand how to integrate data sources into InsightPro using the tutorials.

Given the new user selects the tutorial for integrating data sources, when they start the tutorial, then they should be guided through each integration step using clearly defined prompts and visual aids.

Real Data Scenarios

"As a user, I want to engage with real data scenarios in the tutorials so that I can better understand how to apply InsightPro to my business needs and challenges."

Description

This requirement focuses on the incorporation of real data scenarios within the Interactive Tutorials, where users will work with actual or simulated data relevant to their business context. By utilizing real-world data, users will be able to see how the features of InsightPro apply to their specific situations, thus making the learning experience more relatable and effective. The aim is to enable users to understand the practical applications of insight generation and visualization by navigating through authentic scenarios during their learning process.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are guided through the Interactive Tutorials by interacting with real data scenarios relevant to their business.

Given a user accesses an Interactive Tutorial, when they are presented with a real data scenario, then they should be able to manipulate the data and see the expected outcomes based on their inputs.

Users complete the Interactive Tutorial and receive feedback on their performance and understanding of the real data scenarios.

Given a user finishes an Interactive Tutorial, when the evaluation is completed, then they should receive a detailed performance report indicating their strengths and areas for improvement based on interactions with real data.

Users can easily toggle between simulated data and real-world data within the Interactive Tutorials.

Given a user is within an Interactive Tutorial, when they switch between simulated and real data scenarios, then the tutorial should update without errors, providing relevant instructions for both data types.

Users should be able to save their progress in the Interactive Tutorials and return to it later without data loss.

Given a user is midway through an Interactive Tutorial, when they choose to save their progress, then they should be able to resume the tutorial from the same point on their next login.

Users can provide feedback on the relevance and effectiveness of the real data scenarios used in the Interactive Tutorials.

Given a user completes an Interactive Tutorial, when they submit feedback through a provided form, then their feedback should be recorded and analyzed for future improvements of the tutorial content.

The Interactive Tutorials should adapt to the user's previous experience and knowledge level regarding data analytics.

Given a user logs into the Interactive Tutorial for the first time, when the system assesses their prior knowledge, then the tutorial should tailor the complexity of the scenarios to match the user's experience level.

User Progress Tracking

"As a returning user, I want to track my progress through the Interactive Tutorials so that I can pick up where I left off and see my improvement over time."

Description

The User Progress Tracking requirement entails developing a feature that monitors and displays the progress of users as they navigate through the Interactive Tutorials. This functionality will include a dashboard view that shows users their completed tutorials, areas that need further focus, and overall proficiency levels. By reflecting their learning journey, users will gain insights into their improvement, helping them to stay motivated and engaged. This feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing user account system to provide personalized learning experiences and encourage continuous usage of InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

User Navigates Completion Dashboard After Finishing a Tutorial

Given a user has completed an Interactive Tutorial, when they access the User Progress Tracking dashboard, then the completed tutorial should be marked as complete and reflected in their proficiency level.

User Reviews Areas Needing Focus on the Dashboard

Given a user has partially completed multiple tutorials, when they access the User Progress Tracking dashboard, then the areas needing focus should be clearly displayed as recommendations based on their tutorial history.

User Sees Overall Progress Over Time

Given a user has been using the Interactive Tutorials over a period, when they return to the User Progress Tracking dashboard, then the dashboard should display a graph indicating their overall progress in completed tutorials over time.

User Account System Integration

Given a user is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they navigate to the User Progress Tracking section, then their progress data should sync with their user account seamlessly without requiring manual input.

User Receives Completion Feedback after Tutorial

Given a user finishes an Interactive Tutorial, when they view their progress dashboard, then the system should provide instant feedback highlighting the skills learned and encouraging further tutorials.

User Accesses Progress Tracking on Mobile Device

Given a user is accessing InsightPro on a mobile device, when they open the User Progress Tracking dashboard, then the layout should adapt to the mobile interface and display all progress information clearly without loss of functionality.

Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to give feedback on the tutorials so that I can contribute to improving the learning experience for myself and others."

Description

The Feedback Mechanism requirement aims to implement a system where users can provide feedback on the effectiveness and clarity of the Interactive Tutorials. This will involve a simple interface for rating the tutorials and space for comments or suggestions. The collected feedback will be essential for continuous improvement and refinement of the tutorial content, ensuring that it meets user needs effectively. This mechanism will help in identifying areas for enhancement and understanding user satisfaction, ultimately enhancing the product's value proposition.

Acceptance Criteria

User Rating Submission for Interactive Tutorials

Given a user views an interactive tutorial, when they finish the tutorial, then they should see a prompt to rate the tutorial on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and provide any comments needed.

Feedback Visibility for Tutorial Authors

Given a tutorial author has submitted a tutorial, when they check the feedback section, then they should see all ratings and comments submitted by users related to their specific tutorial.

Feedback Data Collection for Analytics

Given the feedback mechanism is operational, when users submit feedback, then the system should automatically log this data into a centralized database for analysis and reporting.

User Feedback Acknowledgment

Given a user submits feedback on a tutorial, when they submit this, then they should receive a notification acknowledging their feedback submission successfully.

Real-Time Feedback Analysis for Improvement Decisions

Given that feedback has been collected, when the analytics team reviews the feedback data, then they should be able to identify at least 3 actionable insights for improving tutorial content.

Feedback Mechanism User Interface Accessibility

Given the user is on the Interactive Tutorials page, when they look for the feedback mechanism, then it should be easily identifiable and accessible without any clutter.

Feedback Submission Confirmation Email

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the submission is successful, then the user should receive a confirmation email summarizing their feedback submission details.

Multi-Language Support

"As a non-English speaking user, I want the tutorials available in my language so that I can fully understand and engage with InsightPro without language barriers."

Description

The Multi-Language Support requirement involves providing translations of the Interactive Tutorials into multiple languages to cater to a diverse user base. This will ensure that non-English speaking users can benefit from the tutorials without language barriers, making learning accessible to a broader audience. The translations will be accurate and culturally relevant, enhancing user engagement and satisfaction. This feature is vital for the platform's expansion into international markets and the promotion of an inclusive learning environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Language Support for Interactive Tutorials - User Access

Given a user selects a language option from the tutorial settings, when they initiate an Interactive Tutorial, then the tutorial content should be displayed in the selected language with 100% accurate translations for all text.

Multi-Language Support for Interactive Tutorials - Culturally Relevant Content

Given a user is engaging with an Interactive Tutorial in their selected language, when they view any culturally specific examples or illustrations, then these should be appropriate and relevant for the user’s culture, avoiding any potential insensitivity.

Multi-Language Support for Interactive Tutorials - User Feedback

Given that a user has completed an Interactive Tutorial in their chosen language, when they provide feedback on the tutorial's effectiveness, then at least 80% of users should report satisfaction with the translation quality and understanding of the tutorial content.

Multi-Language Support for Interactive Tutorials - Language Selection Persistence

Given a user has previously selected a preferred language for the tutorials, when they log in on subsequent visits, then the Interactive Tutorials should automatically display in the previously selected language without requiring further user intervention.

Multi-Language Support for Interactive Tutorials - Testing for Each Language

Given the Interactive Tutorials have been translated into multiple languages, when testing is conducted, then all language versions should pass a comprehensive validation process, confirming that all content is accurately translated and correctly displayed across all supported languages.

Multi-Language Support for Interactive Tutorials - Accessibility Features

Given a user is accessing an Interactive Tutorial in non-English, when they use accessibility features (such as screen readers), then the translated content should be compatible and provide a seamless experience for users with disabilities.

Interactive Widgets

"As a user, I want to have interactive widgets during the tutorials so that I can practice what I learn in real-time and reinforce my understanding of the platform's functionalities."

Description

This requirement seeks to develop interactive widgets that allow users to directly apply what they learn in the tutorials through hands-on activities. These widgets will simulate real features of InsightPro, enabling users to practice creating visualizations or manipulating data in a controlled environment. By integrating these interactive elements into the tutorials, users will gain practical experience that complements their theoretical understanding, leading to enhanced retention of knowledge and better preparation for real-world application of the platform's features.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an interactive tutorial session to learn about visualization features in InsightPro.

Given the user has selected the 'Interactive Tutorials' option, when they choose a visualization tutorial, then they should see a widget that allows them to create a basic bar chart based on provided sample data.

A user completes an interactive tutorial focused on data manipulation features within InsightPro.

Given the user has successfully completed the data manipulation tutorial, when they interact with the widgets, then they should be able to change data values and see the updated visualizations in real-time.

Users are testing their skills with the interactive widgets after completing the tutorials.

Given the user is on the interactive tutorial page with widgets, when they complete a series of tasks using the widgets, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including which tasks were completed successfully or incorrectly.

Users want to save their progress in the interactive tutorials and return later.

Given the user is using the interactive tutorials with widgets, when they complete a widget activity, then they should see an option to save their progress and be able to retrieve it upon returning to the tutorial.

A user is completing the assessment at the end of the interactive tutorials.

Given the user finishes the interactive tutorials, when they take the assessment, then they should be evaluated based on their interactions with the widgets, and receive a score reflecting their understanding of the tutorial content.

An admin needs to monitor user engagement with the interactive widgets.

Given the interactive widgets are deployed, when an admin views the engagement dashboard, then they should see analytics on user interactions, including task completion rates and average time spent on each widget.

Goal-Oriented Resources

Goal-Oriented Resources align training content with the user’s specific goals, whether they're focused on analytics, reporting, or strategic planning. By mapping resources to user objectives, new entrants can access the most pertinent information exactly when they need it, streamlining their development process.

Requirements

Dynamic Resource Mapping

"As a new user, I want to receive personalized training resources aligned with my specific goals so that I can quickly learn the necessary skills to maximize my use of InsightPro."

Description

The Dynamic Resource Mapping requirement facilitates the intelligent alignment of training content with user-specific goals, ensuring that users can access resources tailored to their focus areas, such as analytics, reporting, or strategic planning. This functionality enhances the user experience by minimizing search time and streamlining the learning process, allowing users to evolve their skills effectively as they interact with the platform. Seamless integration with the existing content database will enable auto-updates as new materials become available, ensuring users always have access to the most relevant information for their growth.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the training section and selects a goal related to analytics.

Given a user selects a goal related to analytics, When they access the resource mapping feature, Then they can see a list of resources specifically tailored for analytics, categorized by skill level.

User updates their profile with new training goals after completing a course.

Given a user updates their profile with new goals, When they access the resource mapping feature, Then it should reflect the updated training goals and present the most relevant resources accordingly.

New training materials are added to the content database.

Given new training materials are added, When users access the dynamic resource mapping feature, Then they should automatically see the new materials included in their goal-specific resource lists without needing to refresh.

User interacts with the platform for the first time.

Given a user is new to the platform, When they log in and set their initial training goals, Then the system should provide a guided walkthrough of resources tailored to their selected objectives.

User wants to track their progress on selected training goals.

Given a user has selected multiple training goals, When they revisit the resource mapping feature, Then they should see updates on their progress indicators for each goal, including completed and pending resources.

User navigates between different focus areas like analytics, reporting, and strategic planning.

Given a user wants to switch focus areas after completing analytics training, When they select a new focus area, Then the resource mapping should dynamically update to show only the resources relevant to the new focus area.

Interactive Goal Tracker

"As a user, I want to track my progress towards my learning goals so that I can stay motivated and adjust my plan as needed to improve my skills in using InsightPro."

Description

The Interactive Goal Tracker is a feature that allows users to set, monitor, and adjust their learning objectives within the platform. By providing real-time progress updates and customizable milestones, users can effectively manage their personal development in relation to the analytics capabilities of InsightPro. This feature not only empowers users to take control of their learning path but also integrates with the Goal-Oriented Resources to ensure that the resources available remain relevant to the user's evolving goals, thereby enhancing engagement and retention.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user with specific learning objectives in analytics, I want to set my goals in the Interactive Goal Tracker so that I can monitor my progress toward achieving them effectively.

Given that I am a logged-in user, when I set a new learning goal in the Interactive Goal Tracker, then it should be displayed on my dashboard with an option to edit or delete it.

As a user who has set multiple goals, I want to receive real-time progress updates in the Interactive Goal Tracker so that I can see how close I am to achieving my objectives.

Given that I have set a learning goal with milestones, when I achieve a milestone, then the progress bar associated with that goal should update to reflect the change immediately.

As a new user who is navigating the platform, I want to access Goal-Oriented Resources suggesting relevant materials based on my current objectives, enhancing my learning experience.

Given that I have selected a specific goal in the Interactive Goal Tracker, when I access the Goal-Oriented Resources section, then it should show resources that are aligned with that goal.

As a user of InsightPro, I want to adjust my goals in the Interactive Goal Tracker to reflect my evolving objectives so that I can stay aligned with my learning needs.

Given that I have an existing goal, when I modify the goal's details in the Interactive Goal Tracker, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the dashboard immediately.

As a user who prefers a visual representation of my progress, I want the Interactive Goal Tracker to provide graphical insights into my milestones and overall achievements.

Given that I have set multiple goals, when I view the Interactive Goal Tracker, then it should present a graphical representation of my progress with color-coded milestones indicating completion levels.

Contextual Help System

"As a user, I want to access contextual help relevant to my current task so that I can quickly find answers to my questions without disrupting my workflow."

Description

The Contextual Help System requirement aims to provide users with immediate assistance and guidance based on their current activity within InsightPro. By offering tooltips, FAQs, and video tutorials relevant to the user’s ongoing tasks and the specific content they are accessing, this feature enhances user experience by reducing friction and improving understanding. This requirement is critical to support users at every interaction with the platform, thereby driving higher satisfaction and promoting the effective use of all platform features.

Acceptance Criteria

User accessing a dashboard in InsightPro seeks immediate assistance while setting up a custom report and triggers the Contextual Help System.

Given the user is on the custom report setup page, when they hover over specific fields, then relevant tooltips should display explaining each field's purpose and requirements.

A new user is trying to understand how to interpret the visualizations on their dashboard and initiates the Contextual Help System for support.

Given the user is viewing a dashboard visualization, when they click on the help icon, then a relevant FAQ should appear, providing guidance on how to read different data visuals.

A user watching a tutorial video on using advanced analytics tools in InsightPro encounters a section that needs clarification and decides to utilize the Contextual Help System.

Given the user is watching a video tutorial, when they pause the video, then a pop-up should offer a link to additional resources related to that specific section of the tutorial.

An administrator is configuring user settings and looks for help integrating data sources through the Contextual Help System.

Given the user is on the data source integration page, when they search for help, then the Contextual Help System should display multiple video tutorials and articles related to data source integration.

During a training session, a user is working on setting goals and wants to understand how to track their progress through the Contextual Help System.

Given the user is on the goal setting page, when they request help, then the Contextual Help System should provide a live chat option with a support representative for real-time guidance.

A user is utilizing the predictive analytics features of InsightPro and needs help understanding the predictions being presented.

Given the user is viewing predictive analytics results, when they click the help icon, then context-specific help should explain the meaning of the predictive metrics being used.

Feedback Loop Integration

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the training resources I use so that I can contribute to improving the quality and relevance of the materials available to other users."

Description

The Feedback Loop Integration will enable users to provide feedback on training resources, allowing the platform to collect valuable inputs on the effectiveness of content and the alignment with user goals. This requirement integrates a feedback mechanism directly into the resource interface, facilitating continuous improvement of the training materials based on user experience. By leveraging this data, InsightPro can enhance the relevancy and quality of resources offered, thereby increasing their usability and impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a training resource after completing a module on strategic planning.

Given the user is on the training resource page, when the user clicks on the 'Provide Feedback' button and submits their comments, then the feedback is recorded and a confirmation message is displayed.

Users can view the collected feedback on training resources to understand its effectiveness and relevance.

Given feedback has been submitted by users, when an admin accesses the feedback report page, then all submitted feedback should be listed with timestamps and user identifiers, ensuring transparency and accountability.

Users receive a notification when their feedback has led to updates in the training materials they commented on.

Given the user has submitted feedback, when the training materials are updated based on user feedback, then a notification is sent to the user confirming the changes made in response to their input.

The feedback interface is accessible and user-friendly for all users, including those with disabilities.

Given the user accesses the feedback interface, when they attempt to provide feedback using a screen reader or other accessibility tools, then the interface must allow input without any navigational issues or barriers.

The platform collects data on the type and frequency of feedback provided by users.

Given users submit feedback, when feedback is aggregated, then the system should categorize feedback by type (positive, negative, suggestion) and provide analytics on the frequency and trends over time.

Users can edit their feedback within a specific timeframe after submission.

Given the user has submitted feedback, when the user navigates back to the feedback section within 24 hours, then they should have the option to edit or delete their feedback before finalizing it.

Personalized Dashboard Customization

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard to reflect my personal learning objectives so that I can have quick access to the information and tools that are most relevant to me."

Description

This requirement encompasses the ability for users to customize their dashboards based on individual preferences and specific learning goals. By allowing users to add, remove, or rearrange widgets and data visualizations as per their interests, this feature enhances user engagement and satisfaction. It ensures that users have a personalized interaction that reflects their objectives, thus increasing the likelihood of active usage of the platform as users feel more in control of their learning environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard Widgets

Given a logged-in user who is on their dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange them and select the 'Save' option, then their dashboard layout should reflect the new arrangement upon refresh.

User Removes Dashboard Widget

Given a logged-in user who has a widget on their dashboard, when they click on the 'Remove' button for that widget, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard and no longer appear on subsequent visits.

User Adds New Data Visualization

Given a logged-in user viewing their dashboard, when they add a new data visualization widget from the resource library and click 'Add', then the new widget should appear on their dashboard immediately without errors.

User Saves Personalized Dashboard Settings

Given a logged-in user who has made changes to their dashboard, when they select 'Save Settings', then a confirmation message should appear, and their settings should persist across session logins.

User Accesses Customized Dashboard on Different Devices

Given a logged-in user who has customized their dashboard, when they log in on a different device, then their personalized settings should be consistent and reflect the recent changes they made.

User Reverts to Default Dashboard Settings

Given a logged-in user who has customized their dashboard, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customizations should be removed and the dashboard should return to its original default state.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

The Feedback Loop Mechanism allows users to provide input on their onboarding experience, enabling the Assistant to continuously improve and adapt the training resources. This ensures that users receive the best possible onboarding experience tailored to their evolving needs and preferences.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Collection

"As a new user, I want to easily provide feedback during the onboarding process so that I can express my needs and suggestions for improvement based on my experience."

Description

The Real-time Feedback Collection feature allows users to seamlessly provide feedback during their onboarding experience through an integrated interface. By incorporating this mechanism, InsightPro can gather valuable insights on user satisfaction, identify potential pain points, and track user engagement. The collected feedback can drive ongoing improvements to the onboarding process, ensuring users receive pertinent training and support that aligns with their needs. This functionality plays a crucial role in enhancing user satisfaction and retention, ultimately leading to a more effective onboarding experience and increasing the platform's value proposition.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates onboarding process on InsightPro and receives a prompt to provide feedback on the onboarding experience.

Given a user in the onboarding process, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should be successfully recorded and reflected in the database within 2 seconds.

User selects options from a pre-defined feedback form while completing onboarding steps.

Given a predefined feedback form for onboarding, when a user selects options and submits the form, then all selected options should be saved correctly and displayed in the feedback report.

User provides feedback through a free-text input field after completing their onboarding.

Given a free-text feedback input available post-onboarding, when a user submits a text response, then the response should be stored without data loss and allow for a maximum of 500 characters.

Users view their previously submitted feedback on their onboarding experience.

Given users who have submitted feedback, when they navigate to the feedback review section, then they should see a list of their previously submitted feedback entries with timestamps.

Admin user reviews collected feedback to identify common pain points in the onboarding process.

Given an admin user accessing the feedback dashboard, when they filter feedback entries based on keywords, then they should see a corresponding set of feedback that matches the search criteria in under 3 seconds.

An alert system notifies users of the successful recording of their feedback.

Given a user submits their feedback, when the feedback is recorded, then an acknowledgment message should be displayed confirming the successful submission.

System handles invalid feedback input gracefully during the feedback submission process.

Given a user submits feedback with invalid characters, when the system processes the input, then it should reject the submission and provide an error message indicating the issue without crashing the system.

Automated Insights on Feedback Trends

"As a product manager, I want to receive automated insights on user feedback trends so that I can understand common issues and adapt our onboarding resources accordingly."

Description

The Automated Insights on Feedback Trends requirement focuses on leveraging AI algorithms to analyze the feedback collected through the Feedback Loop Mechanism. This feature will continuously monitor user input, identify common themes, and provide actionable insights to product managers and training teams. With this capability, InsightPro will not only respond to user feedback but also proactively anticipate user needs and improve training content as necessary. By transforming raw feedback into strategic insights, it enhances the product's adaptability and user-centered approach.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on their onboarding experience through the Feedback Loop Mechanism and expects automated insights to be generated based on their feedback.

Given a user has submitted feedback via the Feedback Loop Mechanism, when the automated insights process runs, then the system should generate a report outlining the top three common themes from the feedback within 24 hours.

Product managers review the insights report generated by the Automated Insights on Feedback Trends to identify areas for improvement in the onboarding process.

Given the automated insights report has been generated, when product managers access the report, then they should be able to view actionable insights that include user sentiment scores and recommendations for content adjustments.

Training teams need to utilize the insights to update training resources based on the analysis of feedback trends.

Given the training team has received the insights report, when they review the document, then they should be able to implement at least two significant changes to the onboarding content based on the feedback themes identified in the report.

Users consistently provide feedback over a period of time to determine if the automated insights improve based on continual inputs.

Given feedback has been collected over one month, when the automated insights feature is analyzed, then the system should show a 20% improvement in the relevance of identified themes compared to the previous month’s report.

The system must ensure data privacy and compliance with regulations while processing user feedback for insights.

Given user feedback is collected, when the data is processed for insights, then the system should ensure that all user identifiers are anonymized in compliance with GDPR and other relevant regulations.

The feedback mechanism needs to display real-time insights to users after submission to enhance engagement and transparency.

Given a user submits their feedback, when they view the feedback loop interface, then they should see a summary of insights derived from this feedback in real-time, indicating how their input contributes to overall trends.

The automated insights should provide a mechanism for users to view historical feedback trends over time.

Given users are interested in historical insights, when they access the feedback trends feature, then they should be able to select date ranges and view graphical representations of feedback trends over that period.

Feedback Acknowledgment Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive confirmation notifications after I submit feedback so that I know my input is appreciated and considered in future updates."

Description

The Feedback Acknowledgment Notifications feature ensures that users receive timely notifications acknowledging the feedback they have provided during onboarding. This requirement aims to enhance user engagement by confirming that their input is valuable and will be acted upon. By implementing this feature, InsightPro establishes a connection with users, making them feel heard and appreciated. This acknowledgment plays a significant role in fostering a positive relationship between users and the platform, increasing user satisfaction and trust.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback through the onboarding survey.

Given that a user has submitted feedback, when the submission is successful, then the user should receive a notification acknowledging their feedback within 5 minutes.

User checks their email for acknowledgment of feedback submitted during onboarding.

Given that a user has received a feedback acknowledgment email, when they open the email, then it should clearly state their feedback was received and will be utilized for improvements.

User logs into InsightPro and views the onboarding progress dashboard after submitting feedback.

Given that a user has provided feedback, when they access their onboarding progress dashboard, then a section indicating that their feedback has been acknowledged should be displayed visibly.

User experiences delays in receipt of feedback acknowledgment notifications.

Given that feedback was submitted and no acknowledgment notification was received, when the user checks the system, then there should be a log indicating the feedback was received but the notification failed to send.

User wants to ensure their feedback was considered in system updates.

Given that a scheduled system update has occurred, when the user reviews the update notes, then there should be a specific mention of feedback that was implemented based on user suggestions.

Multiple users provide feedback simultaneously during onboarding.

Given that multiple users submit feedback at the same time, when the system processes the submissions, then all users should receive individual acknowledgment notifications within the stipulated timeframe.

Customizable Feedback Parameters

"As a product manager, I want to customize the feedback parameters for onboarding so that I can focus on gathering relevant data that informs our training improvements and aligns with business goals."

Description

The Customizable Feedback Parameters requirement allows product managers to define and configure the specific aspects of the onboarding experience they wish to gather feedback on. This feature provides flexibility, enabling stakeholders to tailor feedback collection methods based on evolving goals and user needs. By giving the team control over what to measure, InsightPro can focus on key areas that align with strategic objectives and ensure feedback is relevant and actionable, thereby optimizing the entire onboarding experience.

Acceptance Criteria

As a product manager, I want to set specific feedback parameters for the onboarding experience so that I can gather targeted insights from new users.

Given that I am logged into InsightPro, When I navigate to the Feedback Loop settings page and configure feedback parameters for onboarding, Then I should see the new parameters saved successfully and reflected in the system.

As a product manager, I need to ensure that users can easily respond to the customized feedback prompts related to their onboarding experience.

Given that a user is experiencing the onboarding process, When they receive a feedback prompt based on configured parameters, Then the user should be able to submit their feedback without any errors and receive a confirmation message.

As a product manager, I want to analyze the feedback collected from users about the onboarding process to make data-driven improvements.

Given that feedback has been collected, When I generate a report from the feedback collected through the custom parameters, Then I should be able to view actionable insights and trends that can inform onboarding strategy changes.

As a stakeholder, I want to customize the frequency with which feedback prompts are delivered during the user onboarding process.

Given that I am on the Feedback Loop settings page, When I adjust the frequency of feedback prompts and save the changes, Then the new frequency settings should be applied to the feedback delivery schedule and confirmed in the system.

As a product manager, I need to ensure that I can modify existing feedback parameters to keep up with evolving user experience needs.

Given that I have previously set feedback parameters, When I navigate to edit those parameters, Then I should be able to modify, add, or remove parameters and save those changes successfully.

As a product manager, I want to ensure that the feedback collection methods can adapt to various onboarding scenarios based on user roles.

Given I am configuring feedback parameters, When I select user roles for tailored feedback, Then the system should allow for different parameter setups based on selected user roles, with these options clearly displayed for review.

User Feedback Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want to access a user feedback dashboard to visualize feedback trends and make data-driven decisions about our onboarding process improvements."

Description

The User Feedback Dashboard requirement provides an interactive visual representation of user feedback data collected during the onboarding process. This dashboard will feature various metrics, analytics, and visualizations that summarize user sentiment and engagement. By presenting data in an easily digestible format, stakeholders can quickly gauge the success of onboarding initiatives and identify areas for enhancement. This functionality not only contributes to data democratization within InsightPro but also supports informed decision-making based on user feedback.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with User Feedback Dashboard

Given that the user has accessed the User Feedback Dashboard, when they interact with the dashboard elements (like filters, date ranges, and visual representations), then the dashboard should update to reflect the user’s selections in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Visualization of Feedback Metrics

Given that the user is viewing the User Feedback Dashboard, when they look at the feedback metrics section, then the metrics displayed must show the following: overall user satisfaction score, number of feedback submissions, and the percentage of positive feedback, all updated in real-time based on collected data.

Integration with Data Sources

Given that the user is utilizing the User Feedback Dashboard, when new feedback data is uploaded from the onboarding process, then the dashboard should automatically pull and display this new data without manual intervention and reflect it accurately in all relevant metrics.

User Sentiment Analysis Representation

Given that the user is analyzing feedback data, when they view the sentiment analysis chart, then the chart must clearly categorize user feedback into at least three sentiment labels (positive, neutral, negative) and display the percentage of feedback in each category visually. Each category should be color-coded for clarity.

User Onboarding Insights Identification

Given that the user is using the User Feedback Dashboard, when they navigate to the insights section, then it must provide at least three actionable insights based on user feedback trends, indicating areas for potential improvement in the onboarding process.

User Role Accessibility Restrictions

Given that a user with restricted access roles attempts to view the User Feedback Dashboard, when they access the features, then they should only see metrics and visualizations they are permitted to view, ensuring sensitive data is protected according to their role.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

Progress Tracking Dashboard enables users and managers to monitor learning milestones and engagement with onboarding materials. By allowing visualization of progress, new users stay motivated, while supervisors can intervene when progress is slower than expected, ensuring a smooth transition into the platform.

Requirements

Milestone Visualization

"As a new user, I want to see my progress towards learning milestones so that I feel motivated and can identify areas where I need improvement."

Description

The Milestone Visualization requirement enables users to see their progress towards predefined learning milestones within the onboarding process. It offers graphical representations such as progress bars or charts to display completion rates, which helps users gain immediate feedback on their learning journey. This functionality benefits users by providing a clear understanding of their advancement, while also allowing supervisors to easily identify and address any areas where users may be struggling. The integration of this feature is essential in promoting user engagement and motivation, thereby enhancing the overall onboarding experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Onboarding progress monitoring for new users engaging with onboarding materials.

Given a new user has started their onboarding process, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of their current progress towards predefined learning milestones, including completion percentages for each milestone.

Supervisor intervention based on user progress tracking.

Given a supervisor is reviewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they observe a new user whose progress is slower than expected, then they should have the capability to receive an alert and initiate contact with the user to offer assistance.

User motivation through visual feedback on learning achievements.

Given a new user has completed a milestone, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see an updated progress bar or chart reflecting their completion and receive a congratulatory message for their achievement.

Cross-device accessibility for the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user is accessing the Progress Tracking Dashboard from different devices, when they log in using their credentials, then they should see consistent progress visualization data across all devices without discrepancies.

Integration with other data sources for comprehensive progress overview.

Given the integration of external data sources, when users view their onboarding progress, then the Progress Tracking Dashboard should display all relevant data points, including completion rates and time spent on each module, consolidated into one visual format.

Engagement Metrics

"As a manager, I want to access engagement metrics for onboarding materials so that I can tailor support for new users based on their interactions."

Description

The Engagement Metrics requirement involves tracking user interactions with onboarding materials, including time spent on resources, number of modules completed, and quiz performance. This data will be compiled into a dashboard view that provides managers with insights into user engagement levels. The benefits of this feature include the ability to assess which materials are most effective and which may require enhancement, as well as recognizing users who may need additional support. The integration of this feature is vital for adaptive learning strategies, ensuring users receive training that meets their needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can view their individual engagement metrics on the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing their onboarding modules.

Given a user has completed at least one onboarding module, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see their total time spent on resources, number of modules completed, and quiz performance displayed correctly.

Managers can identify users who are falling behind in their onboarding process through the dashboard metrics.

Given a manager has access to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they look for users with less than 60% module completion, then they should see a list of such users with their corresponding engagement metrics.

The Engagement Metrics dashboard dynamically updates to reflect the latest user interactions with onboarding materials.

Given a user completes a module or takes a quiz, when their engagement data is recorded, then the Progress Tracking Dashboard should update the metrics within 5 minutes to reflect the new data accurately.

Users receive personalized feedback based on their quiz performance via the dashboard.

Given a user has finished a quiz, when they view their results on the dashboard, then they should see personalized feedback tailored to their performance and suggestions for improvement.

Supervisors can filter engagement metrics by time periods to analyze trends.

Given a supervisor is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select a specific time range filter, then the displayed metrics should update to show user engagement data only for that selected period.

Users can download their individual engagement reports from the dashboard.

Given a user is on their Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they click on the download report button, then they should receive a PDF with their engagement metrics and progress information emailed to them.

Engagement metrics indicate the effectiveness of onboarding materials based on quiz performance averages.

Given multiple users have taken quizzes on different modules, when the average quiz scores are calculated, then the dashboard should display an average score for each module, allowing managers to assess material effectiveness.

Real-time Alerts

"As a supervisor, I want to receive alerts about new users lagging in their onboarding journey so that I can intervene and support them promptly."

Description

The Real-time Alerts requirement is designed to notify supervisors when a new user is falling behind in their onboarding progress, based on established thresholds for engagement and completion. The alerts can be configured to trigger automatically through the platform, providing immediate feedback to supervisors so they can take proactive measures to assist users before they become disengaged. This feature is critical in ensuring timely intervention, enhancing user retention, and facilitating a smoother onboarding process by addressing issues as they arise.

Acceptance Criteria

New user demonstrates slow onboarding progress through the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a new user is at risk of falling behind, when their onboarding progress drops below the configured threshold, then a real-time alert should be triggered and sent to their supervisor.

Supervisor receives alerts for users who are not engaging with onboarding materials.

Given a supervisor is monitoring multiple new users, when any user does not interact with onboarding materials for a specified period, then the system should send an alert to the supervisor regarding that specific user.

Supervisor takes action based on the alert received for a new user.

Given a supervisor receives a real-time alert, when they view the alert, then they should see the relevant details about the user's progress and an option to initiate direct communication with the user.

System thresholds for engagement and completion are configured correctly by an administrator.

Given an administrator configures the engagement and completion thresholds, when the settings are saved and applied, then they should accurately reflect in the alert system for real-time monitoring.

Real-time alerts are logged in an audit trail for accountability.

Given that an alert is triggered, when the alert is generated, then it should be recorded in the system log along with the timestamp and user details for future reference.

Alerts are configurable for different user groups based on their onboarding track.

Given a user belongs to a specific onboarding group, when the supervisor configures alert thresholds for that group, then alerts should be tailored to the group's specific engagement and completion criteria.

Alerts are sent to the supervisor's preferred communication channel.

Given a supervisor has a preferred communication channel set in their profile, when a real-time alert is triggered, then the alert should be sent through the designated channel (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notification).

Customizable Dashboards

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard so that I can see the most relevant information at a glance and tailor my learning experience."

Description

The Customizable Dashboards requirement allows users and managers to tailor their dashboard views to prioritize the information and data visualizations that are most relevant to their roles. Users can choose from widgets including progress tracking, engagement metrics, and milestone achievements, enabling a personalized experience that reflects individual goals and needs. This flexibility enhances user satisfaction and ensures that critical information is easily accessible, improving decision-making and strategic planning within the onboarding process.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard with Progress Tracking Widget

Given the user is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they navigate to the dashboard settings and select the progress tracking widget, then the widget should be added to their dashboard, displaying their current learning milestones and engagement status.

Manager Reviews Dashboard Customization for Team Members

Given the manager is logged into InsightPro, when they access their team's dashboards, then they should be able to view each team member's customized dashboards, ensuring that all relevant metrics are displayed appropriately.

User Removes a Widget from Their Customized Dashboard

Given the user is viewing their personalized dashboard, when they choose to remove a widget from their dashboard, then the widget should be successfully removed, and the dashboard should update to reflect this change immediately.

Multiple Users Customize Their Dashboards Simultaneously

Given multiple users are logged into InsightPro, when they customize their dashboards at the same time, then each user's dashboard should independently reflect their customizations without affecting others' dashboards.

User Saves Custom Dashboard Layout

Given the user has customized their dashboard by adding and arranging widgets, when they click the 'Save Layout' button, then their dashboard layout should be saved, and it should persist across future logins.

User Edits a Widget's Data Source on Their Dashboard

Given the user is on their customized dashboard with a specific widget, when they choose to edit the data source for that widget, then the widget should reflect the new data source and update its displayed information accordingly.

User Shares Their Custom Dashboard Configuration

Given the user has built a customized dashboard, when they choose to share their configuration with another user, then the targeted user should receive a link to access the same dashboard configuration for viewing.

Feedback Collection Tool

"As a new user, I want to easily provide feedback on the onboarding materials so that I can contribute to improvements and share my experiences."

Description

The Feedback Collection Tool requirement offers a mechanism for users to provide feedback on onboarding materials and processes. This could include quick surveys or rating systems embedded within the platform post-interaction with training modules. Gathering user feedback is crucial for continuous improvement, allowing the organization to adapt and revise onboarding content based on real user experiences and suggestions. This feature facilitates a user-centric approach to onboarding, ensuring that the materials remain effective and engaging.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on onboarding material after completing a training module.

Given a user has completed a training module, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then they should be able to select a rating from 1 to 5 stars and write a comment, and the feedback should be successfully submitted.

Manager views aggregated user feedback on onboarding processes via the dashboard.

Given that feedback has been collected from multiple users, when the manager accesses the feedback section of the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a summary report including average ratings and common comments.

User receives confirmation after submitting feedback to ensure their response was recorded.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the submission is complete, then they should see a confirmation message thanking them for their input.

Feedback submission includes required fields as mandated by the platform.

Given the feedback interface, when a user attempts to submit feedback without filling in the rating or comment, then they should receive an error message indicating which fields are required.

The system tracks the number of feedback submissions received per month.

Given that feedback collection has been implemented, when a user submits feedback, then the system should log this submission and update the count of total submissions for the current month.

Users can easily access the feedback collection tool within the onboarding process.

Given that a user is going through the onboarding process, when they complete each training module, then they should be provided with a clear and accessible link to provide feedback immediately afterward.

Feedback comments are categorized into themes for easier analysis by the management team.

Given that multiple feedback submissions have been received, when the manager reviews the feedback, then they should see categorized themes or topics summarizing qualitative feedback for more straightforward analysis.

Personalized Recommendations Engine

The Personalized Recommendations Engine utilizes AI algorithms to suggest additional resources and training modules based on users’ interactions and progress. By presenting only the most relevant content, users can focus on areas that require further development, enhancing their learning efficiency.

Requirements

Dynamic Content Personalization

"As a user, I want to receive personalized content recommendations based on my previous interactions so that I can efficiently focus on improving my skills and knowledge in areas where I need more development."

Description

The Dynamic Content Personalization requirement involves the implementation of advanced algorithms that analyze user behavior, preferences, and progress. This feature will utilize AI to curate and recommend personalized training modules and resources, delivering tailored content to users based on their interaction history and learning needs. By providing relevant recommendations, this functionality will enhance user engagement and learning outcomes, ensuring that users spend less time sifting through irrelevant materials and can focus on areas that require growth. Additionally, this personalization engine will integrate seamlessly with existing dashboards, allowing users to receive real-time suggestions while they engage with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives personalized training recommendations based on their recent interactions with the platform.

Given a user has completed at least 5 training modules, When the user accesses their dashboard, Then the user should see at least 3 personalized recommendations tailored to their progress and interaction history.

User can view and interact with recommended content directly from their dashboard.

Given the user has received personalized recommendations, When the user clicks on a recommended training module, Then the user should be taken directly to that training module's content.

User interacts with the platform over a week, and the system updates their recommendations accordingly.

Given the user has logged in daily for a week, When the user checks their recommendations on the seventh day, Then the system should show updated recommendations based on their interactions during the week.

User's preferences are accurately captured and reflected in the recommendations provided by the system.

Given the user has specified their training preferences in their profile, When the user reviews their recommended content, Then at least 80% of the recommendations should align with the user's stated preferences.

Users can provide feedback on the recommendations they receive to improve future suggestions.

Given a user has interacted with a recommended module, When the user submits feedback on the recommendation, Then the feedback should be saved and used to adjust future recommendations for that user.

System seamlessly integrates with existing dashboards to provide a unified user experience.

Given the user is on their dashboard, When they navigate to the recommendations section, Then the loading time of recommended content should be less than 2 seconds.

Feedback Loop Integration

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the recommendations I receive so that the platform can improve the accuracy and relevance of future suggestions."

Description

The Feedback Loop Integration requirement focuses on creating mechanisms for users to provide feedback on the personalized recommendations they receive. This functionality will include options for users to rate the relevance and usefulness of the suggested training materials and resources directly within the interface. By collecting user feedback, the system will continuously refine the recommendation algorithms, learning from user preferences and improving future suggestions. This iterative process will enhance the accuracy of the recommendations, ultimately leading to better user satisfaction and learning outcomes. Furthermore, the feedback data will contribute to an overarching analytics strategy within InsightPro, informing broader content development.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on the relevance of recommended training materials after completing a module.

Given a user has completed a training module, when they receive the recommendation feedback prompt, then the user should be able to rate the relevance of the training material on a scale of 1 to 5 and submit the feedback.

Feedback is analyzed and used to adjust future recommendations.

Given multiple feedback entries have been collected, when the system processes this data, then the recommendation algorithm should be updated to reflect user preferences within 24 hours of feedback submission.

User requests to view feedback history regarding their past interactions with recommendations.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should see a list of all their submitted feedback with corresponding ratings and timestamps.

User provides feedback on the usefulness of the recommended resources and receives confirmation.

Given the user rates the usefulness of a resource, when they submit this rating, then the user should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback was successfully recorded.

User experiences a recommendation that significantly improves their learning experience and provides feedback on it.

Given the user has adapted their study plan based on the personalized recommendations, when they submit rating feedback for the recommended course, then the system should log the feedback and identify the recommendation that caused this positive change.

An administrator reviews aggregated feedback data for system evaluation and improvement.

Given that feedback data has been collected over a month, when the administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view trends in user ratings and comments segmented by training module and topic.

Enhanced User Profiles

"As a user, I want my profile to reflect my training history and goals so that I receive more relevant recommendations and can track my progress effectively."

Description

The Enhanced User Profiles requirement involves the development of more comprehensive user profiles that gather and analyze detailed information about users' skills, training history, and learning objectives. This will include options for users to manually input their goals and areas of interest, as well as automated data collection based on user interactions with the platform. The enhanced profiles will play a crucial role in the personalization engine, allowing it to deliver more specific and effective training suggestions. Additionally, these profiles will serve to track user progress over time, enabling the platform to celebrate milestones and achievements, thus enhancing user motivation.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Enhanced Profiles

Given a user accesses their profile, when they input their learning objectives and areas of interest, then the changes should be saved successfully and reflect in their profile immediately.

Automated Data Collection from User Activity

Given a user engages with the platform, when they complete a training module, then the system should automatically update their user profile with the new training completion status within 5 minutes.

Personalized Content Recommendations

Given a user with an updated enhanced profile, when the Personalized Recommendations Engine generates suggestions, then the recommendations should align with the user's stated learning objectives and recent activities.

Tracking User Progress Over Time

Given a user completes multiple training modules, when they view their progress dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of completed modules and milestones achieved over time.

Celebrating User Achievements

Given a user meets a predefined milestone, when they log into the platform, then they should receive a notification congratulating them on their achievement and suggesting next steps for learning.

Manual Input Validation for Enhanced Profiles

Given a user submits their skills and training history manually, when they review their profile, then the information should be displayed accurately without errors.

Integration with External Learning Resources

"As a user, I want to access recommendations from external learning platforms so that I have a wider range of training options and resources tailored to my learning path."

Description

The Integration with External Learning Resources requirement aims to allow the platform to connect with and incorporate content from external learning platforms and resources. This integration will enable the Personalized Recommendations Engine to suggest not only internal modules but also relevant materials from other educational platforms and services. By broadening the range of learning opportunities available to users, the platform will deliver a more holistic learning experience. Additionally, this functionality will include options for users to bookmark or save external resources for easy access later.

Acceptance Criteria

External Learning Resource Integration - User accesses external learning resources through the platform dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into their InsightPro account, when they navigate to the Personalized Recommendations Engine, then they should see a list of recommended external learning resources integrated from various educational platforms.

Bookmarking External Resources - User bookmarks an external learning resource for later reference.

Given that the user has viewed an external learning resource, when they select the bookmark option, then the resource should be saved to their personal bookmarks list, accessible from their profile.

Viewing Recommendations Based on Progress - User receives recommendations tailored to their learning progress.

Given that the user has completed several internal training modules, when they check the Personalized Recommendations Engine, then they should receive suggestions for external resources that correlate with their completed modules.

Removing Bookmarked Resources - User removes a bookmarked external learning resource.

Given that the user has previously saved an external resource, when they choose to remove it from the bookmarks list, then the resource should be deleted from their bookmarks without any errors.

Feedback on Recommendations - User provides feedback on the relevance of recommended external resources.

Given that the user has engaged with an external learning resource, when they submit feedback indicating whether the recommendation was helpful, then the feedback should be recorded and used to refine future recommendations.

Onboarding Q&A Chatbot

The Onboarding Q&A Chatbot provides immediate assistance to new users by addressing common questions and concerns in real time. This interactive support feature enhances user confidence by helping users resolve issues quickly, without waiting for guidance from other team members.

Requirements

Interactive User Guidance

"As a new user, I want to have access to an interactive guide that helps me navigate the platform so that I can quickly learn how to use InsightPro effectively without troubleshooting assistance from support."

Description

The Interactive User Guidance requirement strives to enhance user onboarding by providing a self-service, interactive guide integrated within the dashboard. This feature will allow users to explore key functionalities of InsightPro step-by-step, ensuring they can navigate the platform effectively and utilize its capabilities to the fullest. Users will benefit from an immersive learning experience, decreasing the time to proficiency with the platform, reducing the number of support inquiries, and increasing overall user satisfaction and retention. By incorporating this feature, InsightPro can foster a smoother transition for new users and promote deeper engagement with the platform’s functionalities from the outset.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the onboarding process and accesses the interactive user guidance tool from the dashboard.

Given a new user is logged into the InsightPro dashboard, When they click on the 'Interactive User Guidance' icon, Then the user should be presented with a step-by-step tutorial to navigate basic features of the platform.

User navigates through the interactive guide to learn about key functionalities.

Given the user selects the 'Data Import' section in the interactive guide, When they complete the tutorial, Then they should have the ability to successfully import data from at least one external data source with guidance provided through the chatbot.

User seeks help with common issues during the onboarding process.

Given a user encounters an issue while following the interactive guide, When they click the 'Help' button, Then the Q&A Chatbot should provide relevant solutions based on the user's current tutorial stage.

User completes the interactive guide and provides feedback on their experience.

Given a user completes the entire interactive guide, When prompted for feedback, Then they should be able to submit a rating and comments that are recorded for future improvements.

User wants to revisit specific parts of the interactive guidance after initial onboarding.

Given a user has completed onboarding, When they navigate back to the interactive guide, Then they should have the option to select and revisit any section of the guide they previously completed.

System tracks user engagement with the interactive guidance.

Given the user interacts with various sections of the interactive guide, When the session is completed, Then the system must log entries on which sections were accessed and the duration of engagement for analytics purposes.

AI-Driven Help Suggestions

"As a new user, I want to receive real-time help suggestions based on my actions so that I can solve my problems quickly and enhance my learning experience without delay."

Description

The AI-Driven Help Suggestions requirement focuses on incorporating machine learning algorithms that analyze user interactions and predict potential questions or issues users may face during onboarding. This proactive feature will display context-specific help suggestions and resources in real-time, allowing users to address their inquiries instantly without needing to search manually. By delivering intuitive and timely assistance, this feature will improve user confidence and decrease the time required to resolve issues, ultimately enhancing the user experience and increasing product adoption rates.

Acceptance Criteria

New users are engaging with the onboarding Q&A chatbot during the initial setup of InsightPro, asking various questions about the platform's features and capabilities.

Given a new user interacting with the onboarding Q&A chatbot, when the user types in a question, then the chatbot should provide relevant, context-specific help suggestions within 2 seconds.

A user expresses confusion about how to customize their dashboard within InsightPro's interface during the onboarding process.

Given the user is in the dashboard customization section, when they ask about dashboard features, then the AI should suggest at least 3 relevant help resources tailored to dashboard customization.

During onboarding, a user encounters an error while trying to connect their data sources to InsightPro and asks for help via the chatbot.

Given the user has encountered an error message, when they inquire about resolving data connection issues, then the AI-driven help suggestions should include a step-by-step troubleshooting guide specific to their error type.

Users want to understand how to generate reports using the platform, and they interact with the chatbot to seek guidance.

Given a user inquiring about report generation, when they ask how to create a report, then the chatbot should provide an instant, actionable suggestion that leads them to a relevant tutorial or FAQ.

A user is looking for help navigating the main features of InsightPro as they get started with the platform.

Given the user expresses interest in platform features, when they ask about getting started, then the AI should present a curated list of the top 5 features with links to detailed explanations or demos.

During the onboarding phase, a user seeks clarification on subscription plans and associated features offered by InsightPro.

Given the user inquiries about subscription options, when they ask which plan they should choose, then the AI should respond with a comparison table of subscription plans and their features that is easy to understand.

A user is frustrated and unsure about how to save their settings after customization in InsightPro.

Given the user asks how to save their settings, when they inquire about saving changes, then the AI should provide clear instructions on saving settings along with a confirmation message indicating successful completion.

Multi-Language Support

"As a non-English speaking user, I want the onboarding chatbot and resources to be available in my preferred language so that I can understand and utilize InsightPro effectively."

Description

The Multi-Language Support requirement aims to localize the onboarding experience for users across different regions by supporting multiple languages. Users will have the option to select their preferred language at the start of the onboarding process, which will apply to the Q&A Chatbot and help documentation. By providing a more inclusive and user-friendly experience, this feature will cater to a broader audience, ultimately driving user engagement and satisfaction by ensuring that language barriers do not hinder effective use of InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Language Support in Onboarding Q&A Chatbot

Given a user selects a preferred language during the onboarding process, when they interact with the Q&A chatbot, then all responses should be displayed in the chosen language without any language errors.

Language Selection Accessibility

Given that the onboarding process starts, when the user views the language selection menu, then the menu should be easily accessible and clearly labeled, and should include at least 5 different languages.

Help Documentation Localization

Given a user selects their preferred language, when they access the help documentation, then all content should be fully localized, matching the selected language accurately and completely.

User Confirmation of Language Preference

Given a user selects a language during onboarding, when they proceed to interact with both the Q&A Chatbot and help documentation, then the system should display a confirmation of the selected language at the beginning of the session.

Language Change Flexibility

Given a user is in the onboarding process, when they change their preferred language at any point, then all subsequent chatbot interactions and help documentation should reflect the new selection immediately.

Testing Language Functionality

Given that multiple languages are supported, when the QA team tests the Q&A Chatbot with different languages, then all language functionalities should return accurate responses and no system errors should occur.

User Satisfaction Measurement

Given the implementation of Multi-Language Support, when a survey is conducted post-onboarding, then at least 85% of new users should express satisfaction with their onboarding experience in their selected language.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a new user, I want to provide feedback on my onboarding experience with the chatbot so that my suggestions can help improve the experience for future users."

Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement focuses on enabling users to provide feedback about their onboarding experience and the effectiveness of the Q&A Chatbot. Users will have the ability to rate their interactions and suggest improvements directly within the chatbot interface. This feature facilitates continuous improvement of the onboarding process by allowing the development team to gather valuable insights directly from users, helping to identify common pain points and areas for enhancement, ensuring the onboarding process evolves based on user needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are able to access the Feedback Loop Mechanism immediately after their interaction with the Onboarding Q&A Chatbot.

Given a user has completed their interaction with the Q&A Chatbot, when the user clicks the feedback button, then the feedback form should appear within 2 seconds for the user to fill out.

Users can successfully submit feedback regarding their onboarding experience and Chatbot interaction.

Given the feedback form is visible, when the user fills in the rating and optional comments, then clicking the 'Submit' button should save the feedback and display a confirmation message within 3 seconds.

Users must be able to rate their experience on a scale of 1 to 5.

Given the feedback form is displayed, when the user selects a rating, then all ratings from 1 to 5 should be accessible, and the user should only be able to submit the form after selecting a rating.

Users can suggest improvements for the Q&A Chatbot and onboarding experience.

Given the feedback form is displayed, when the user enters a suggestion in the comments section, then the user should be able to submit the feedback successfully even if the comments field is not mandatory.

The feedback collected through the Feedback Loop Mechanism is stored for future analysis.

Given the feedback has been submitted, when the development team retrieves feedback data, then all user feedback should be stored in the database accurately and be accessible for review.

The system should allow viewing of feedback trends over time for the development team.

Given that feedback data is collected over a specified period, when the development team accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should show trends in user ratings and/or comments over that period in a visual format.

Users must receive notifications regarding improvements made based on feedback.

Given the development team has implemented improvements based on user feedback, when the changes are live, then users should receive a notification via email explaining the changes and thanking them for their input.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a new user, I want to see a personalized dashboard that tracks my onboarding progress so that I can know how far I've come and what I need to focus on next."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement involves creating a personalized dashboard for users that visually tracks their onboarding journey and milestones within InsightPro. Users will be able to see their progression through onboarding stages, including completed modules, remaining tasks, and key achievements. This feature will enhance user engagement by offering a sense of accomplishment and motivation to explore the platform further. By visually representing progress, users will be encouraged to complete onboarding and utilize more advanced features of the product.

Acceptance Criteria

New users access the Progress Tracking Dashboard after logging into InsightPro for the first time.

Given a new user is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their onboarding progress that includes completed modules, remaining tasks, and key achievements.

Users attempt to view updated progress on the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing an onboarding module.

Given a user has just completed a module, when they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then their progress should reflect the completed module in real-time.

Users want to evaluate their onboarding progress at any point during their onboarding journey.

Given a user is at any stage in their onboarding journey, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then it should provide a clear summary of completed tasks, remaining tasks, and a percentage of overall completion.

Users interact with the Progress Tracking Dashboard and wish to receive notifications upon achieving milestones.

Given a user reaches a significant milestone in their onboarding process, when they access the dashboard, then they should receive a notification confirming the achievement and displaying next steps.

Users want to customize their Progress Tracking Dashboard to prioritize specific onboarding modules.

Given a user accesses the settings from the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select specific modules to highlight, then the dashboard should visually adjust to prioritize those modules' progress.

A user wants to share their onboarding progress with a team member using the InsightsPro platform.

Given a user is viewing their Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they click on the share option, then they should be able to send a link to their dashboard that retains their progress information.

Shared Insights Hub

The Shared Insights Hub allows users to centralize and share analytical insights, reports, and visualizations within the workspace. By providing a common platform for all team members to access and contribute their findings, this feature enhances collective intelligence, facilitates informed discussions, and fosters collaborative decision-making, ensuring that everyone is on the same page.

Requirements

User Access Management

"As a team manager, I want to control who can view and edit shared insights so that I can protect sensitive information while fostering collaboration."

Description

This requirement focuses on establishing a secure user access system within the Shared Insights Hub. It includes role-based access control, allowing administrators to define different user roles and permissions, ensuring that sensitive reports and insights are only accessible to authorized personnel. This functionality enhances data security, protects confidential information, and allows for tailored user experiences by segmenting visibility and interaction based on user roles. Implementation will involve the integration of authentication protocols and user role settings, facilitating an organized and safe collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Creation and Assignment

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightPro admin panel, When the administrator creates a new user role and assigns permissions, Then the user role should appear in the user role list with the correct permissions and be assignable to users.

Access Control Validation

Given a user with a specific role, When the user attempts to access a report or insight restricted by permissions, Then the user should receive an access denied message if they do not have the appropriate permissions.

User Login with Role-based Access

Given a user with a defined role, When the user logs into InsightPro, Then the user should only see the insights and reports that are accessible based on their assigned role.

Permission Modification by Administrator

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightPro admin panel, When they modify the permissions of an existing user role, Then the changes should be reflected in real-time across the platform for all users with that role.

Audit Log for User Access Changes

Given an administrator modifies user roles or permissions, When the changes are made, Then an entry should be logged in the audit trail with details of the changes made, including the administrator's username and timestamp.

User Role Deletion

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightPro admin panel, When the administrator deletes a user role, Then the role should be removed from the user role list and users should lose access to reports associated with that role.

Integration of Authentication Protocols

Given the requirement for secure access management, When the integration of authentication protocols is completed, Then all users should be required to authenticate their identity before accessing any part of the Shared Insights Hub.

Insight Annotation Feature

"As a data analyst, I want to annotate insights on shared reports so that I can provide context and facilitate discussions around data analysis."

Description

The Insight Annotation Feature allows users to add comments, notes, or tags to specific data visualizations or reports within the Shared Insights Hub. This functionality promotes interactivity and facilitates more in-depth discussions around data by enabling users to communicate insights directly on the visualizations. It enhances collaboration among team members by allowing them to share perspectives, insights, and recommendations, thus fostering a richer understanding of the data. This feature will implement a user-friendly interface for adding, viewing, and managing annotations.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a comment to a data visualization in the Shared Insights Hub.

Given the user is viewing a data visualization, when the user clicks on the 'Add Annotation' button, then a text input field should appear, allowing the user to enter a comment and submit it successfully.

User views annotations on a specific report within the Shared Insights Hub.

Given the user is viewing a report, when the user clicks on the 'View Annotations' button, then all previously added annotations should be displayed clearly next to the relevant visualizations, along with the author's name and timestamp.

User edits an existing annotation in the Shared Insights Hub.

Given the user has added an annotation to a visualization, when the user clicks on the 'Edit' button next to their annotation, then the text input field should allow changes to be made and saved, replacing the old comment with the new one.

User tags a visualization for better searchability within the Shared Insights Hub.

Given the user is displaying a visualization, when the user clicks on the 'Add Tags' option, then a tagging interface should appear enabling the user to enter multiple tags, and these tags should be saved and displayed alongside the visualization.

User deletes an annotation from a visualization in the Shared Insights Hub.

Given the user has permission to manage annotations, when the user clicks on the 'Delete' button next to their annotation, then the annotation should be removed without affecting other annotations and a confirmation message should appear.

User receives notifications when new annotations are added to visualizations they follow.

Given the user has followed specific visualizations, when a new annotation is added by any team member, then an immediate notification should be sent to the user's system and/or email, informing them of the new comment.

User filters annotations by date or author within the Shared Insights Hub.

Given the user is viewing a collection of annotations, when the user applies a filter for dates or authors, then only the relevant annotations meeting the filter criteria should be displayed, enhancing navigation through prior comments.

Real-time Collaboration Tools

"As a team member, I want to collaborate in real-time with my colleagues on shared insights so that we can make quicker, informed decisions together."

Description

This requirement entails the integration of real-time collaboration tools within the Shared Insights Hub, allowing multiple users to work on reports and visualizations simultaneously. Features like live chat, comment threads, and presence indicators will enable team members to communicate effectively and make collective decisions swiftly. This capability is crucial for enhancing teamwork, reducing response times, and improving the quality of insights, as it allows for immediate feedback and shared input during the analysis process.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time collaboration during a team meeting to discuss data insights and analyze reports.

Given multiple users are in a Shared Insights Hub session, When a user sends a message in the live chat, Then all participants should receive the message in real-time without delay.

Users simultaneously editing a report in the Shared Insights Hub.

Given two or more users are editing the same report, When one user updates a data visualization, Then the changes should reflect in real-time for all users without requiring a page refresh.

Team members providing feedback on visualizations through comment threads.

Given a data visualization in the Shared Insights Hub, When a user adds a comment to the comment thread, Then that comment should be visible to all team members in real-time and allow for threaded replies.

Presence indicators showing which team members are currently active in the Shared Insights Hub.

Given the Shared Insights Hub is open, When users log in or out, Then their presence status should be updated in real-time for all participants to see.

Utilizing collaborative decision-making by voting on insights shared in the hub.

Given a set of insights shared in the hub, When a user votes on an insight, Then the vote should be counted and updated in real-time for all users to view the current voting status.

Collaborating on developing action plans based on data insights.

Given multiple users are discussing an action plan in the hub, When a user makes an edit to the plan, Then all users should see the updated action plan in real-time without any delays.

Automated Report Generation

"As a project manager, I want to automate report generation so that I can save time and ensure my team is focused on strategic tasks rather than manual reporting."

Description

The Automated Report Generation requirement facilitates the automatic creation of reports based on predefined templates and real-time data inputs from the Shared Insights Hub. Users can schedule reports for generation and distribution, reducing the manual workload associated with data analysis and reporting. This feature streamlines the reporting process, ensuring that key stakeholders receive timely insights without requiring additional effort from team members. Implementation will involve developing a system for template management and data integration.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated report generation should allow users to configure and schedule reports based on specific frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and criteria.

Given that a user creates a report template with selected data sources and schedule settings, when they save the template, then the template should allow for automatic report generation as per the specified schedule without manual intervention.

Users must be able to access a history of generated reports within the Shared Insights Hub to review past reports and their data.

Given that a user accesses the Shared Insights Hub, when they navigate to the report history section, then they should see a list of all previously generated reports with timestamps, templates used, and data sources referenced.

Automated reports should be distributed to specified team members via email upon completion of generation.

Given that an automated report is generated according to the scheduled settings, when the report is successfully generated, then it should be sent to all designated email addresses listed in the report settings within 5 minutes of completion.

Users should be able to edit and update report templates to modify the content or schedule as needed.

Given that a user opens an existing report template from the template manager, when they make changes to the template fields or scheduled settings and save the updates, then the changes should be reflected in future automated reports generated from the updated template.

The system should handle errors in data integration dynamically and notify the user of issues related to data source connectivity.

Given that the automated report generation triggers and one or more data sources are inaccessible or erroneous, when the system attempts to gather data, then it should log the error and notify the user via the Shared Insights Hub and email, indicating which data sources failed.

Users must receive confirmation notifications when reports are successfully generated and distributed.

Given that a report has been successfully generated and dispatched to all recipients, when this process completes, then the system should send a confirmation notification to the originating user indicating the report status as 'successful' with pertinent details.

The system should ensure that generated reports adhere to predefined formatting standards and templates set by the organization.

Given that an automated report is generated, when the report is produced, then it should match the formatting standards defined in the report template, including font styles, colors, layout, and logos as stipulated.

Data Source Integration

"As a business analyst, I want to integrate different data sources into the Shared Insights Hub so that I can analyze all relevant data in one place and draw actionable insights."

Description

This requirement ensures that the Shared Insights Hub can seamlessly integrate with various data sources, such as CRM systems, databases, and cloud storage solutions. This integration is vital for providing a comprehensive view of business performance, as it allows users to pull in relevant data from multiple platforms into a single workspace. Facilitating easy connections and data mapping between sources enhances the usability of the platform and empowers users to perform more robust analyses. It will involve creating connectors and APIs for different data solutions.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully connects a CRM system to the Shared Insights Hub and retrieves relevant customer data for analysis.

Given a user has valid credentials for the CRM system, When they connect the CRM to the Shared Insights Hub, Then the data from the CRM should be successfully imported and displayed in the workspace without errors.

User integrates a cloud storage solution into the Shared Insights Hub and accesses files for reporting.

Given a user has permissions to access the cloud storage, When they link the cloud storage solution to the Shared Insights Hub, Then the files from the cloud storage should be accessible for report generation within 5 minutes.

A user maps data fields from a database to the Shared Insights Hub and creates an interactive visualization.

Given a user has connected a database, When they map the database fields correctly, Then an interactive visualization based on the mapped data should be generated in less than 3 minutes.

User attempts to connect an unsupported data source to the Shared Insights Hub, receiving appropriate feedback from the system.

Given a user tries to connect a data source that is not supported, When they initiate the connection, Then an error message should be displayed indicating the unsupported data source.

User updates data source settings in the Shared Insights Hub and sees real-time changes reflected in the analytics.

Given a user modifies the data source settings, When the settings are saved, Then the changes should be reflected in the analytics dashboard immediately.

User accesses help documentation for setting up data source integrations in the Shared Insights Hub.

Given a user clicks on the help section, When they search for data source integration, Then they should find clear, step-by-step documentation on how to set it up.

Real-Time Collaboration Tools

This feature enables users to simultaneously edit and comment on documents, dashboards, and presentations within the workspace. By promoting real-time interaction, users can brainstorm, provide feedback, and iterate ideas quickly, driving innovation and speeding up project timelines. This immediacy fosters a sense of team cohesion, as members can build on each other’s insights seamlessly.

Requirements

Simultaneous Document Editing

"As a team member, I want to edit the same document as my colleagues in real-time so that we can collaborate more efficiently and eliminate delays caused by version discrepancies."

Description

This requirement allows multiple users to edit documents, dashboards, and presentations at the same time. It requires a robust backend that supports real-time data synchronization so that changes made by one user can instantly be reflected for all collaborators. This functionality enhances teamwork, reduces version control issues, and speeds up the decision-making process. Additionally, it integrates with existing project management tools to pull in user permissions and activity tracking, ensuring that team leaders can monitor contributions and changes effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users simultaneously editing a project proposal document in InsightPro's workspace, allowing real-time collaboration with visible updates for all participants.

Given that multiple users are editing a shared document, when one user makes a change, then all other users will see the change updated in less than 2 seconds.

Team members are working on a dashboard to visualize sales data while two members are adding comments and suggestions in real-time.

Given that the dashboard is open for editing, when a user adds a comment, then the comment should appear for all users within 1 second.

A project manager is tracking changes made by team members on a presentation document, ensuring proper version control and activity logging.

Given that multiple users are editing a presentation, when a user submits a change, then a log entry is created with the user's name and the time the change was made.

A user wants to integrate project management tools with InsightPro to manage user permissions for document editing.

Given that a project management tool is connected to InsightPro, when a user attempts to edit a document, then they must have pre-defined permissions from the project management tool to proceed with editing.

Users are editing a shared document, and one user decides to leave the document, affecting the current editing process.

Given that a user has left the document, when the remaining users continue editing, then the editing functionality shall not be interrupted for those users, and the changes made prior to leaving remain visible.

The design team is collaborating on a marketing presentation document while receiving live feedback from stakeholders.

Given that a user in the document is styling text, when they apply a formatting change, then that change should immediately reflect on all users' screens without any delay.

The development team is testing the simultaneous editing feature to ensure reliability and performance under load.

Given that 10 users are editing a document at the same time, when any user makes a change, then the average response time for other users to see that change does not exceed 3 seconds under all optimal performance conditions.

Real-Time Commenting System

"As a project manager, I want to receive real-time comments on project documents so that I can address concerns immediately and keep the project on track."

Description

This requirement implements a live commenting feature that enables users to leave comments and feedback on documents, dashboards, and presentations while viewing them. The comments will be time-stamped and linked to the specific content they refer to, which will enhance clarity and context. This feature is essential for iterative brainstorming sessions, allowing users to express their thoughts immediately without waiting for others to finish their input. Integration with notifications ensures team members will be alerted to new comments in real-time, fostering prompt discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on a dashboard during a team meeting, ensuring that context is preserved and comments can be referred back to later.

Given a user is viewing a dashboard, when they enter a comment and submit it, then the comment should appear in real-time, be time-stamped, and linked to the specific dashboard element.

Multiple users are commenting on a shared document simultaneously, with updates being visible to all participants in real-time.

Given multiple users are accessing the same document, when one user leaves a comment, then all other users should see the comment instantly without needing to refresh.

A user receives a notification about new comments on a document they are collaborating on to maintain engagement.

Given a user has access to a document, when a new comment is made, then the user should receive a notification in real-time indicating a new comment is available.

Users want to reference previous comments to track the evolution of discussions on a presentation they are reviewing.

Given a user is viewing a presentation, when they navigate to the comment section, then all comments should be listed in chronological order with their respective time-stamps.

A user filters comments to see only those made by a specific team member within a dashboard for efficient feedback management.

Given a user is viewing comments on a dashboard, when they filter comments by a specific user, then only comments made by that user should be displayed.

Users need to delete a comment they mistakenly posted to maintain clarity and relevance of feedback.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they choose to delete the comment, then the comment should be removed from the dashboard with a confirmation message appearing to the user.

A team leader reviews comments made on documents before making final decisions on project changes during a strategy session.

Given a team leader is reviewing comments on a document, when they view the comments section, then they should see all comments, their authors, and time-stamps to understand the context of feedback.

Dashboard Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can quickly access the metrics that are most important to me without unnecessary distractions."

Description

This requirement enables users to personalize their dashboards by selecting widgets, adjusting layouts, and modifying themes. Users can drag and drop components to their preferred locations, choose which metrics to display, and adjust color schemes to create a workspace that is tailored to their preferences. This flexibility enhances user engagement and ensures that team members focus on the most relevant information to their roles. Additionally, the customization should be saved automatically to maintain user settings across sessions.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully customizes their dashboard layout to fit their workflow needs.

Given the user accesses the customization menu, When the user drags and drops widgets to their preferred locations and saves the layout, Then the dashboard should display the widgets in the new configuration upon the next login.

User modifies the themes of their dashboard for better visibility and aesthetics.

Given the user selects a theme from the customization options, When the user applies the theme, Then the dashboard should immediately reflect the new color scheme and style without needing to refresh the page.

User selects specific metrics to display on their dashboard to focus on relevant information.

Given the user goes to the widget selection panel, When the user chooses specific metrics and adds them to the dashboard, Then only the selected metrics should appear in the dashboard view during the next session.

User's customization settings are saved automatically across sessions without any data loss.

Given the user modifies dashboard settings, When the user logs out and logs back in, Then the dashboard should retain all previous customization settings without user intervention.

Multiple users customize their dashboards simultaneously without interaction errors.

Given two or more users are editing their dashboards at the same time, When the users save their respective changes, Then all users should see their personalized dashboards without any overlap or loss of their settings.

User can reset their dashboard to the default settings if needed.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, When the user selects the reset option, Then the dashboard should return to its original default layout and settings immediately.

Users can provide feedback on the dashboard customization feature.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, When they access the feedback form, Then they should be able to submit their opinions and suggestions successfully without any technical issues.

Integrated Chat Functionality

"As a user, I want to chat with my team members directly within the platform while collaborating on a project so that I can discuss changes without switching between different applications."

Description

This requirement involves adding a chat feature that allows users to communicate in real-time while collaborating on documents and dashboards. The chat functionality should support text, images, and file sharing, ensuring seamless communication without leaving the workspace. It will include options for private messages and group chats, along with notifications to keep users updated on ongoing discussions. Integration with user status (online/offline) will enhance responsiveness and collaboration timings.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are collaborating on a marketing presentation, and they need to share ideas in real-time while editing the presentation.

Given that the user is logged in to InsightPro, when they click on the chat icon within the collaborative document, then a chat panel should open allowing them to send text messages, images, and files to other collaborators without leaving the workspace.

A user wants to hold a group discussion while working on a shared dashboard, needing to communicate with multiple team members simultaneously.

Given that multiple users are editing the same dashboard, when any user sends a message in the group chat, then all participants should receive the message in real-time and see notifications for new messages.

A team is collaborating on an analytics report and needs to send private messages to discuss sensitive information without alerting other team members.

Given that users are part of a collaboration session, when a user selects another user's name in the chat feature and sends a private message, then the recipient should receive the message privately without it appearing in the group chat.

Users are actively discussing changes to a project plan and want to remain informed about who is currently available to chat.

Given that users are in the chat, when they view the participant list, then they should see the online/offline status of each member, allowing them to know who is available for immediate communication.

A user is collaborating on a report and experiences technical difficulties that prevent them from seeing chat messages in real-time.

Given that a user is experiencing connectivity issues, when they regain access to the chat feature, then they should be able to view all missed messages in chronological order, including timestamps.

Users are using the chat feature during a live session but want to share screenshots and relevant documents quickly.

Given that a user wants to share a document in the chat, when they drag and drop a file into the chat window, then the document should upload successfully and be accessible to all participants in the chat.

Version History Tracking

"As a user, I want to access the version history of a document so that I can review past changes and restore important data if necessary."

Description

This requirement establishes a version control system that allows users to access previous versions of documents and dashboards, providing the ability to view, restore, or compare changes made over time. This feature is critical for ensuring that no valuable insights or data are lost during the collaborative process. It should include detailed version logs showing who made which changes and when, enhancing accountability and transparency within team dynamics.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the version history of a collaborative document to review changes made by teammates.

Given a user is viewing a document, when they click on the 'Version History' button, then a list of all previous versions along with timestamps and user details should be displayed.

A user wants to restore a previous version of a dashboard after an undesired change has been made.

Given a user is on the version history page, when they select a specific version and click 'Restore', then the dashboard should revert to that selected version successfully.

A team member needs to compare the current version of a document with a previous version to see what changes were made.

Given a user selects two versions of a document from the version history, when they click 'Compare', then the differences between the two versions should be highlighted clearly side by side.

An admin needs to review the changes made to a dashboard to ensure compliance with data governance policies.

Given an admin user opens the version history log, when they filter the logs by date and user, then the filtered changes should reflect accurately and allow for easy review.

The platform should automatically log changes made to a document by a user in real-time during collaboration.

Given multiple users are editing a document, when a change is made, then the change should be logged with the corresponding user and timestamp in the version history immediately.

A user is notified when a version is restored by a teammate, ensuring transparency within the team.

Given a version has been restored, when a user restores a previous version, then all team members should receive a notification detailing which version was restored and who performed the action.

Users should be able to easily navigate through the version history without confusion.

Given a user accesses the version history page, when they scroll through the versions, then it should be clear and easy to identify each version by date, time, and author.

Task Management Integration

The Task Management Integration feature allows users to assign tasks, set deadlines, and track progress directly within the collaboration workspace. This functionality ensures that team members can manage their contributions effectively, keeping projects organized and on schedule. By providing visibility into responsibilities and timelines, it improves accountability and enhances overall project efficiency.

Requirements

Task Assignment Automation

"As a project manager, I want to automatically assign tasks based on team member capabilities so that I can enhance productivity and ensure balanced workloads among team members."

Description

The Task Assignment Automation requirement enables users to automatically assign tasks based on team member availability and expertise. This feature will analyze each team member's workload and capabilities, making intelligent suggestions for task assignments. By reducing the manual effort involved in assigning tasks, it helps teams to streamline project management processes, ensure appropriate distribution of work, and enhance operational efficiency. The benefit of this implementation is that it will foster improved efficiency within teams, ensure optimal use of human resources, and lead to timely project completions.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Assignment Automation for Project X Implementation

Given a team member is assigned to Project X with a workload of less than 20 hours per week, when a new task related to Project X is created, then the system should automatically assign that task to the team member based on their expertise and availability.

Evaluation of Task Suggestions

Given multiple team members with varying workloads and expertise, when a new task is created, then the system should analyze at least three eligible team members and suggest the one who is best qualified based on prior task completions and remaining workload.

Notification of Task Assignment

Given a task has been automatically assigned, when the assignment occurs, then the assigned team member should receive a notification via email and in-app alerts confirming the task details including deadline and priority level.

Management of Task Rescheduling

Given a task has been assigned but is not progressing due to an unforeseen event, when the team member informs the system of the issue, then the task should automatically reassign to another available team member based on current workload and expertise.

Administration Dashboard for Task Assignment Overview

Given an administrator accesses the Task Management Integration dashboard, when the dashboard is loaded, then it should display a comprehensive overview of all tasks, including who is assigned, task status, and workload distribution for each team member.

Task Assignment Analytics Report

Given the completion of several tasks over a month, when the analytics report is generated, then it should provide insights into task assignment patterns, including average time to assign tasks and team members' performance metrics.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a team member, I want to view a dashboard that shows project progress and my task status so that I can stay informed and manage my time effectively."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement involves creating a dedicated dashboard that visualizes real-time project progress and task completion rates. Users will be able to see metrics such as tasks overdue, tasks completed, and resources utilized at a glance. This dashboard will allow teams to identify bottlenecks and areas that require immediate attention. By having access to these insights, teams can make informed decisions quickly and enhance project accountability. Ultimately, this feature will help in maintaining transparency and improving overall project management.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard to view ongoing project statuses during a weekly team meeting.

Given the user is logged in and has access to the project dashboard, When the user navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then all real-time metrics related to project progress such as overdue tasks, completed tasks, and resource utilization should be visible and updated in real-time.

Team member views the Progress Tracking Dashboard to identify overdue tasks and plan their work accordingly.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When the dashboard loads, Then the system should display a list of overdue tasks highlighted in red alongside their respective deadlines and responsible team members.

Project manager analyzes the Progress Tracking Dashboard for actionable insights to address bottlenecks in project completion.

Given the project manager is reviewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they click on the 'bottleneck' indicator, Then a detailed view should pop up showing the tasks contributing to the delay, including assigned team members and solution recommendations.

Administrator updates task statuses in the Task Management Integration, which should reflect in the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the administrator updates the status of a task to 'completed' in the Task Management Integration, When they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the updated status should reflect accordingly with the completed task count increasing and overdue task count decreasing.

End user generates a report from the Progress Tracking Dashboard for a specific date range to review project efficiency.

Given the user selects a date range and clicks on the 'Generate Report' button on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When the report is generated, Then the user should receive a downloadable report containing key metrics, including total tasks completed, overdue tasks, and resource allocation for that period.

Stakeholder reviews the Progress Tracking Dashboard during an executive meeting to assess overall project health.

Given that the stakeholder accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When the dashboard is presented, Then it should display summary metrics such as project completion percentage, current progress bars for each task category, and highlight areas that need attention with visual cues.

User interacts with a help tooltip on the Progress Tracking Dashboard for clarification on metrics displayed.

Given the user hovers over the help tooltip next to a metric on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they interact with the tooltip, Then a detailed description of the metric should appear, explaining its significance and how it is calculated.

Deadline Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications for upcoming task deadlines so that I can manage my time better and avoid missing any important due dates."

Description

The Deadline Notifications requirement will deliver automated reminders to team members regarding upcoming deadlines for tasks assigned to them. Notifications will be sent via the collaboration platform and can also be configured to arrive through email or mobile alerts. This feature aims to ensure that team members remain aware of their responsibilities, which increases accountability and minimizes the risk of missed deadlines. By enhancing communication around deadlines, it motivates team members to stay on track and boosts overall project performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member receives a notification for a task deadline that is approaching within 24 hours.

Given a task assigned to the user with a deadline approaching in less than 24 hours, When the deadline reminder is triggered, Then the user should receive a notification via the collaboration platform and selected communication method (email or mobile alert).

A user configures their notification preferences for task deadlines through the settings menu.

Given a user accesses the notification settings page, When the user selects their preferred notification methods (email, mobile, collaboration platform), Then the selected options should be saved and reflected in the user's profile settings immediately.

A team leader checks the deadline notifications for their team to ensure all members are notified.

Given a team leader navigates to the deadline notifications dashboard, When they view the list of task notifications, Then all team members associated with upcoming task deadlines should be displayed along with their notification status (sent/delivered).

Task deadline notifications are sent out for multiple tasks due within the next week.

Given multiple tasks with deadlines within the next 7 days for various team members, When the notification system checks for impending deadlines, Then each team member should receive notifications for all tasks due, ensuring no task is left uncommunicated.

A user acknowledges receiving a deadline notification.

Given a user receives a deadline notification, When they click on the notification to acknowledge it, Then the system should record the acknowledgment and remove the notification from the outstanding list for that user.

A user updates the deadline of a task that is already assigned to them, leading to a new notification being sent.

Given a user has a task with a specific deadline, When the deadline is updated to a new date/time, Then the user should receive an updated notification reflecting the new deadline prior to the new deadline date.

Collaborative Task Editing

"As a team member, I want to collaboratively edit task details with my colleagues so that we can align our efforts and ensure clarity on objectives and responsibilities."

Description

The Collaborative Task Editing requirement enables multiple users to collaborate on task descriptions and requirements in real time. This allows team members to contribute to task details directly, enhancing transparency and improving collaborative efficiency. This feature is intended to foster teamwork by ensuring that all relevant stakeholders can provide inputs and update tasks, leading to a shared understanding of progress and expectations. As a result, this integration can greatly improve communication within teams and streamline project workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Collaboration on Task Details

Given multiple users are editing the same task, When one user updates the task description, Then all other users should see the updated description in real-time without needing to refresh their view.

User Permissions for Task Editing

Given a user attempts to edit a task, When the user’s permission level is checked, Then the system should allow or prevent edits based on the defined permissions for that user role.

Contributors Notifications for Task Changes

Given a task has been edited by a user, When the changes are saved, Then all contributors to that task should receive a notification about the updates made.

Version History Tracking for Task Edits

Given a task has been edited multiple times, When a user requests to view the task history, Then the system should display all previous versions of the task with the corresponding timestamps and editors.

Simultaneous Editing by Multiple Users

Given two or more users are editing a task at the same time, When they save their changes, Then the system should merge the edits intelligently if they do not conflict, ensuring all updates are retained.

Undo Functionality for Task Edits

Given a user has made changes to a task, When the user selects the undo option, Then the last change should be reverted, restoring the task to its previous state while notifying all collaborators of the action.

Audit Logs for Task Changes

Given tasks are being edited collaboratively, When a change is made to any task, Then an entry should be logged in the audit trail showing the change details, the user who made it, and the timestamp.

Customizable Task Views

"As a user, I want to customize my task view so that I can manage tasks in a way that aligns with my personal workflow and preferences."

Description

The Customizable Task Views requirement allows users to personalize their task lists and views within the task management system. Users can choose how to categorize tasks, set filters, and prioritize their view, enhancing individual productivity and satisfaction. This feature contributes significantly to user experience as it accommodates different working styles and preferences, empowering users to tailor their interface to meet their needs. This level of customization leads to more efficient task management and supports diverse workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Task View Based on Project Type

Given a user has access to the Task Management system, When they access the 'Customizable Task Views' feature, Then they should be able to categorize tasks by project type and save those preferences for future use.

User Applies Filters to View Specific Tasks

Given a user is in the Task Management system, When they apply filters (e.g. by deadline or priority), Then only tasks meeting the selected criteria should be displayed on their screen.

User Sets and Saves a Priority Level for Tasks

Given a user wants to prioritize their tasks, When they assign a priority level to a task, Then the task should be visually marked according to the priority selected and saved for future reference.

User Resets Task View to Default Settings

Given a user has made customizations to their task view, When they select the option to reset to default settings, Then the task view should revert to its original display without any saved preferences.

User Shares Customized Task Views with Team Members

Given a user has customized their task view, When they choose to share this view with team members, Then their customizations should be accessible to selected team members as a shared view option.

System Displays Error When Invalid Filters are Applied

Given a user applies a set of filters to their task view that are conflicting or invalid, When they attempt to apply these filters, Then the system should display an error message indicating the filters cannot be applied.

User Receives Confirmation After Saving Custom Task View

Given a user customizes their task view and clicks the 'Save' button, When the action is completed, Then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating their custom view has been saved successfully.

Discussion Forum

The Discussion Forum provides a dedicated space for team members to engage in conversations around specific projects, data insights, or industry trends. Users can post questions, share ideas, and facilitate discussions that can enhance understanding and collaboration. This feature improves communication flow, ensuring that everyone can contribute their knowledge and perspectives, further enriching team outputs.

Requirements

User Authentication

"As a team member, I want to securely log in to the Discussion Forum so that I can participate in discussions with confidence that my data is protected."

Description

The User Authentication requirement involves implementing a secure login mechanism that allows users to create accounts and log in using their credentials. This feature is critical for maintaining the privacy of discussions and ensuring that only authorized users can participate in the forum. It adds trust to the platform as it protects user data and communications. Additionally, incorporating multi-factor authentication can enhance security further. This requirement integrates seamlessly with the overall platform, allowing users to engage freely in discussions while safeguarding sensitive information.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into the platform using their credentials to access the Discussion Forum.

Given a registered user, when they enter correct username and password, then they should be directed to the Discussion Forum.

User attempts to log in with incorrect credentials and receives appropriate feedback.

Given a registered user, when they enter an incorrect password, then an error message should be displayed indicating wrong credentials.

A new user creates an account and receives a confirmation email to validate their email address.

Given a new user, when they fill out the registration form and submit, then they should receive a confirmation email to validate their account.

User enables multi-factor authentication during their account setup process for enhanced security.

Given a user is on the account settings page, when they opt to enable multi-factor authentication, then they should receive a prompt to set it up using their mobile device.

User resets their password after forgetting it and gains access to their account.

Given a user has forgotten their password, when they click on the 'Forgot Password' link and follow the process, then they should be able to reset their password and log in successfully.

User logs out of the platform ensuring that their session is securely terminated.

Given a logged-in user, when they click the 'Logout' button, then they should be logged out and returned to the login page with the session securely terminated.

User receives a warning after multiple failed login attempts to prevent unauthorized access.

Given a user has failed to log in three consecutive times, when they attempt to log in again, then they should see a warning message about suspicious activity and a captcha challenge should be presented.

Threaded Discussions

"As a team member, I want to reply to specific posts in the Discussion Forum so that I can engage in focused conversations with my colleagues."

Description

The Threaded Discussions requirement enables users to reply to specific posts or comments, creating a structured conversation flow. This feature allows team members to engage in meaningful discussions without losing context. Each thread can be expanded, collapsed, or navigated independently, making it easier for users to follow topics of interest. The implementation of threaded discussions will enrich collaborative efforts by fostering clearer communication and enhancing engagement within the team, ultimately leading to better insights and decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

A team member wants to reply to a specific post in the Discussion Forum to add their thoughts without losing the context of the original message.

Given a user is viewing a thread in the Discussion Forum, when they select the 'Reply' option on a specific post, then the user should be able to compose a response directly beneath that post, and see the original post for context.

Users need to navigate through various discussions in the forum effectively to find relevant insights for their projects without getting lost in unrelated posts.

Given a user is in the Discussion Forum, when they collapse or expand a thread, then they should see only the relevant posts with the ability to navigate easily through each thread without affecting other threads' states.

A team member wants to ensure that their reply within a threaded discussion is visible to others and stands out as a direct response to the original post.

Given a user has submitted a reply in a threaded discussion, when another user views that thread, then the reply should be displayed indented under the original post, clearly indicating its relation to the parent message and should include a timestamp.

A user encounters a long discussion thread and wishes to focus on specific responses that are relevant to their query.

Given a user is viewing a threaded discussion, when they use a filtering or searching feature, then the system should allow them to filter or search replies based on keywords or user tags, displaying only the relevant posts.

Teams rely on continuous engagement in discussions to draw valuable insights from their collective knowledge and thoughts.

Given a user replies to a post in the Discussion Forum, when that post is updated with new replies, then all notifications should be sent to users who are following that thread to ensure they stay engaged with the conversation.

Search Functionality

"As a team member, I want to search for keywords in the Discussion Forum so that I can quickly find relevant information and insights from previous discussions."

Description

The Search Functionality requirement allows users to search through past discussions, posts, and comments in the Discussion Forum. Providing this feature enhances users' ability to find relevant information quickly and easily. It will improve efficiency as team members can reference previous conversations and insights without sifting through all forum content. This capability integrates smoothly into the platform, aligning with the product's goal of providing actionable insights through easy access to historical data.

Acceptance Criteria

User is on the Discussion Forum page and wants to find past discussions related to a specific project they are currently working on.

Given the user is on the Discussion Forum page, when they enter a keyword related to the project in the search bar and press enter, then the system should display a list of relevant discussions and comments that match the keyword.

A team member is looking for insights on a particular industry trend discussed in prior conversations.

Given the user has entered the specific industry trend keyword into the search function, when they initiate the search, then the results should include discussions and posts that contain the industry trend keyword, listed in chronological order.

An administrator wants to ensure that the search functionality operates correctly with various data types such as text, images, and links.

Given the administrator inputs a search term that corresponds to multiple data types in the Discussion Forum, when the search is executed, then the system should accurately retrieve and display all relevant posts, comments, and attachments that match the search term.

A user finds the need to filter search results by date to locate relevant discussions from a specific timeframe.

Given the user has executed a search function, when they apply a date filter to restrict results to a specific date range, then the system should update the search results to reflect only discussions and posts from that date range.

A user wants clear feedback indicating that their search yielded no results.

Given the user performs a search with a term that has no matching discussions, when the search is executed, then the system should display a message indicating 'No results found for your search' along with suggested related terms or popular discussions.

A new team member wants to understand how to use the search functionality effectively.

Given the new user accesses the Discussion Forum, when they hover over the search bar, then a tooltip should appear explaining how to use the search function effectively, including examples of keywords and phrases that yield better search results.

A user frequently searches for a specific topic and wants to access it quickly in the future.

Given the user performs a search for a specific topic multiple times, when they search again, then the system should provide an option to save the search criteria as a 'Favorite Search' for quick access in the future.

Notifications System

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about new replies and mentions in the Discussion Forum so that I can stay engaged and participate in timely discussions."

Description

The Notifications System requirement informs users of new replies, mentions, and activity in the Discussion Forum. This feature aims to keep team members engaged and up to date with ongoing discussions that may influence their work. By implementing a customizable notifications system, users can choose their preferred notification methods, whether through email, in-app alerts, or both. This keeps the dialogue alive and encourages continuous interaction, vital for team collaboration and knowledge sharing.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when someone replies to their original post in the Discussion Forum.

Given a user has posted in the Discussion Forum, when another user replies to that post, then the original user receives a notification via their selected method.

User can customize their notification preferences for the Discussion Forum.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select preferred methods of notification (email, in-app alerts, or both), then their preferences are saved successfully.

User receives a direct mention notification in the Discussion Forum.

Given a user is mentioned in a comment or post, when the comment is published, then the mentioned user receives a notification via their chosen notification method.

User receives notifications for new activities in discussions they're following.

Given a user is following a discussion in the Forum, when there are new replies or activity in that discussion, then the user receives timely notifications.

User can view a history of notifications related to the Discussion Forum.

Given a user accesses the notifications history feature, when they view the history, then they can see a complete list of all past notifications related to the Forum.

System performance under high notification volume.

Given a high number of discussions and replies occurring simultaneously, when users are active, then the notifications should be delivered without delays or failures.

User can opt out of notifications for specific threads.

Given a user is engaged in multiple discussions, when they choose to opt out of notifications for a specific thread, then they no longer receive notifications for that thread.

User Profile Customization

"As a team member, I want to customize my user profile in the Discussion Forum so that I can present my expertise and background to my colleagues."

Description

The User Profile Customization requirement allows users to create and manage their profiles, including the ability to add a profile picture, bio, and relevant links to their work. This feature enhances personal branding and enables users to identify themselves better within the team, fostering a sense of community. By allowing users to customize their profiles, it will encourage participation as team members can share their backgrounds and expertise, enriching discussions and collaboration within the forum.

Acceptance Criteria

User Profile Creation and Editing

Given a logged-in user, when they access the profile customization page, then they should be able to upload a profile picture, enter a bio, and add relevant links, and all entered data should be saved successfully upon clicking 'Save'.

Profile Picture Display and Update

Given a user has uploaded a profile picture, when they navigate back to their profile page, then the uploaded picture should be displayed correctly, and any subsequent updates should reflect immediately after saving.

Profile Bio Character Limit Enforcement

Given a user is entering their bio on the profile customization page, when they type more than 200 characters, then an error message should appear indicating the maximum character limit has been exceeded before the user can save their profile.

Profile Links Validation

Given a user wants to add a link to their profile, when they input a URL, then the system should validate the link format and provide an error message for any invalid URLs before allowing the user to save their profile.

User Profile Visibility to Team Members

Given a user has completed their profile customization, when other team members view the user’s profile, then the updated profile information, including the picture, bio, and links, should be visible to them.

User Profile Deletion

Given a logged-in user on the profile settings page, when they choose to delete their profile, then a confirmation prompt should appear, and once confirmed, the profile should be deleted successfully without leaving residual data in the system.

Moderation Tools

"As a moderator, I want to manage discussions in the Discussion Forum by removing inappropriate content and pinning important posts so that the community remains respectful and focused."

Description

The Moderation Tools requirement equips administrators and designated users with the necessary tools to manage discussions effectively. This includes the ability to delete inappropriate comments, pin important threads, and manage user permissions. This feature is essential for maintaining a respectful and productive environment within the forum. Moderation tools ensure that conversations remain on topic and that all participants feel safe and valued. Integrating these capabilities will enhance the overall quality of discussions and user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Ability to delete inappropriate comments in the Discussion Forum.

Given a user is logged in as an administrator, when they select an inappropriate comment, then they should be able to successfully delete that comment from the thread.

Ability to pin important threads for better visibility.

Given a user is logged in as an administrator, when they select a thread to be pinned, then that thread should appear at the top of the Discussion Forum and be visibly marked as pinned.

Ability to manage user permissions for the Discussion Forum.

Given a user is logged in as an administrator, when they access the user management section, then they should be able to add or remove user permissions effectively and receive a confirmation message of the changes made.

Notification system for deleted comments in the Discussion Forum.

Given a comment has been deleted by an administrator, when that comment is removed, then all users involved in the discussion should receive a notification indicating the comment was deleted.

Reports on moderator activities within the Discussion Forum.

Given an administrator requests a report of moderation activities, when they access the reporting feature, then they should receive a detailed report of actions taken including deleted comments and pinned threads.

Ability to block users who violate forum policies.

Given an administrator identifies a user who consistently violates forum policies, when they select the block option, then that user should be blocked from participating in the Discussion Forum and receive a notification of their blocked status.

Document Repository

The Document Repository feature creates a centralized library for all relevant project documents, reports, and presentations. Users can easily upload, access, and organize files within the workspace, ensuring that essential information is readily available to all team members. The repository improves efficiency by reducing the time spent searching for documents and promotes consistency through easy access to finalized materials.

Requirements

File Upload and Management

"As a project manager, I want to upload and organize all project documents in a centralized repository so that my team can easily access the most up-to-date materials and collaborate more effectively."

Description

The File Upload and Management requirement allows users to easily upload various document types into the Document Repository. It ensures that files are organized in a user-friendly manner, including tagging and categorization options for better accessibility. This requirement is crucial for enabling team members to find and manage documents efficiently, reducing the time spent on locating essential files. It integrates seamlessly with the existing interface while providing robust file versioning and access control functionalities, which enhances the overall user experience and data integrity in the InsightPro platform.

Acceptance Criteria

File Upload Success for a Single Document

Given a logged-in user, when they upload a document of a supported file type, then the document should be successfully uploaded and appear in the Document Repository with the correct metadata.

File Version Control Functionality

Given a file that has multiple versions uploaded, when a user views the file in the Document Repository, then they should be able to see a list of all previous versions and download or restore any version.

Document Categorization and Tagging

Given a user uploading a document, when they fill in the categorization and tagging fields, then the document should be stored in the correct category and searchable via the assigned tags.

File Access Control for Different User Roles

Given a user with limited access rights, when they attempt to access a document restricted to a specific role, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Bulk Document Upload Feature

Given an admin user, when they use the bulk upload functionality to upload multiple documents at once, then all selected documents should upload successfully and be organized according to their respective categories.

Document Search Functionality

Given a user in the Document Repository, when they perform a search using keywords from a document's title or metadata, then the relevant documents should appear in the search results within 5 seconds.

Real-time Notifications on Document Changes

Given a user subscribed to document changes, when a document is updated or deleted, then the user should receive a notification within the application immediately after the change occurs.

Search Functionality

"As a user, I want to quickly search for specific documents in the repository using keywords so that I can find the information I need without wasting time browsing through multiple folders."

Description

The Search Functionality requirement implements a powerful search engine within the Document Repository, allowing users to quickly find documents based on keywords, file types, and metadata. This feature enhances the platform's usability by empowering users to retrieve necessary documents with minimal effort, thereby improving productivity and reducing downtime related to document retrieval. This search function must be fast, intuitive, and return accurate results that help users locate specific documents within the repository in seconds, facilitating better research and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific document using a keyword, expecting the search results to include relevant documents based on that keyword.

Given the user is in the Document Repository, when they enter a keyword into the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should return a list of documents containing that keyword in their title or content.

User wants to filter search results by file type to find only PDF documents stored in the Document Repository.

Given the user has initiated a search, when they select 'PDF' from the file type filter, then the system should display only the documents that match the keyword and are of type PDF.

User is looking for a report from a specific date range and wants to use metadata to refine their search.

Given the user has entered a keyword and selected a date range in the search filters, when they click 'Search', then the system should return documents that match the keyword and fall within the specified date range.

User expects immediate feedback on their search query, ensuring that the search functionality does not create downtime.

Given the user initiates a search query, when they submit the search, then the system should process the search and return results within 2 seconds.

User wishes to retrieve documents that they have previously uploaded, using the search functionality to enhance retrieval speed.

Given the user has uploaded documents to the repository, when they search for documents using their username or uploaded date, then the system should return documents uploaded by that user within 2 seconds.

User needs to ensure that the search results prioritize recent documents, reflecting the most relevant information first.

Given the user performs a search, when the results are displayed, then the most recent documents relevant to the search term should appear at the top of the results list.

User would like to receive a message when no search results are found, improving their understanding of the query effectiveness.

Given the user conducts a search and there are no matching documents, when the results are displayed, then the system should show a message stating 'No documents found for your search.'

User Access Controls

"As an admin, I want to set specific access permissions for users in the Document Repository so that I can protect sensitive documents and ensure that team members can only view or edit what is appropriate for their roles."

Description

The User Access Controls requirement implements a security feature that allows administrators to set permissions for accessing, editing, and sharing documents in the Document Repository. It ensures that sensitive information is protected and that users can only view or modify documents relevant to their roles. This requirement enhances data security and compliance while promoting efficient collaboration among team members by regulating access levels. It is essential for maintaining data integrity and confidentiality within the InsightPro platform, ensuring that the right people have the right access at all times.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I want to set specific access permissions for different user roles in the Document Repository so that only authorized team members can view or edit sensitive documents.

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they select a document in the Document Repository and choose to set permissions, then they should be able to assign 'View', 'Edit', or 'No Access' permissions to each user role.

As a user, I want to upload a document to the Document Repository so that it becomes accessible to others based on the permissions set by the administrator.

Given a user with the appropriate permissions has logged into InsightPro, when they upload a document to the Document Repository, then the document should be successfully saved and reflect the specified access controls in its settings.

As an administrator, I want to review access logs to ensure compliance with data security policies concerning document access in the repository.

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they navigate to the access logs section, then they should see a complete list of all user interactions with documents, including who accessed what and when.

As a user, I want to receive a notification when my access to a document has been revoked so that I am aware of the change in my permissions.

Given a user had access to a document in the Document Repository, when an administrator revokes their access, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert informing them of the change in permissions.

As an administrator, I want to ensure that sensitive documents are not accessible by unauthorized users when set up in the Document Repository.

Given an administrator has defined access permissions for a sensitive document in the Document Repository, when a user without appropriate permissions attempts to access that document, then they should receive an access denied message.

As a user, I want to be able to request access to a document that I am currently unable to view, allowing me to collaborate effectively with my team.

Given a user attempts to access a restricted document in the Document Repository, when they click the 'Request Access' button, then a request should be sent to the administrator for review, and the user should receive a confirmation of their request submission.

Document Version Control

"As a team member, I want to be able to track the changes made to documents and revert to previous versions so that I can ensure the integrity of the information and avoid unintentional errors during updates."

Description

The Document Version Control requirement introduces functionalities for tracking changes and maintaining previous versions of documents within the Document Repository. Users will be able to view and revert to earlier versions of a file, ensuring that no important information is lost during updates or modifications. This feature significantly enhances collaboration by allowing users to understand the evolution of a document and makes it easier to audit changes over time for compliance with company policies. It plays a vital role in maintaining a reliable record of document history in the InsightPro ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can upload and version control documents in the Document Repository without any errors.

Given a logged-in user, when they upload a document, then the system should create a new document entry with the latest version number and allow users to view the document version history.

Users can view the history of changes made to a document in the Document Repository.

Given a user views a document's details, when they select the 'Version History' option, then the system should display a list of all previous versions along with timestamps and the usernames of those who made changes.

Users can revert to an earlier version of a document in the Document Repository.

Given a user views the version history of a document, when they select a previous version and click 'Revert', then the system should create a new document version with the contents of the previously selected version and update the version history accordingly.

Users can set permissions on who can view or edit different document versions.

Given a document has multiple versions, when a user manages permissions, then they should be able to restrict access to certain versions based on user roles, with appropriate notifications sent to affected users.

Users can search for documents by version number in the Document Repository.

Given a user types a version number into the search bar, when they execute the search, then the system should return a filtered list of documents that match the specified version number.

Users receive notification alerts when a new version of a document is created.

Given a user is subscribed to document updates, when a new version of a document they are following is uploaded, then they should receive an email notification with a link to the updated document and a summary of changes made.

Integration with External Sources

"As a user, I want to connect my external document storage systems to the Document Repository so that I can easily import and manage all relevant documents from one unified platform."

Description

The Integration with External Sources requirement enables connectivity with various external document management systems and cloud storage services. This functionality allows users to import documents directly from external sources into the Document Repository without needing to download and upload them manually. It streamlines workflows and improves efficiency by allowing users to integrate their existing document libraries with InsightPro. This requirement enhances the user experience by enabling easy migration of data and documents into the InsightPro platform, thus providing a more comprehensive view of business performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Importing Documents from Third-Party Document Management Systems

Given a user is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they select the 'Import from External Source' option and choose a recognized document management system, then they should be able to successfully import documents without any manual upload required.

Real-time Synchronization of External Documents

Given external documents are updated in the source system, when a user accesses the Document Repository in InsightPro, then they should see the most current version of those documents reflected in the repository in real-time.

User Permissions for Document Access

Given a document is imported into the Document Repository from an external source, when a user attempts to access that document, then their access should be based on their role and permissions set within InsightPro.

Error Handling when Importing Documents

Given a user attempts to import a document from an unsupported external source, when the import process is initiated, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the source is not supported.

Bulk Import of Multiple Documents

Given a user has multiple documents in an external source, when they initiate a bulk import process, then all selected documents should be imported successfully into the Document Repository with a progress indicator.

Integration with Cloud Storage Services

Given a user wants to import documents from a cloud storage service, when they authenticate and select documents, then those documents should be imported into InsightPro without data loss.

Audit Trail of Imported Documents

Given documents have been imported from an external source, when an administrator views the Document Repository, then they should see an audit trail that details the source and timestamp of the import.

Document Sharing and Collaboration Tools

"As a team member, I want to collaborate on documents with my colleagues in real-time so that we can improve our teamwork and finalize materials faster."

Description

The Document Sharing and Collaboration Tools requirement facilitates real-time collaboration features such as shared viewing and editing capabilities within the Document Repository. Users will be able to work simultaneously on documents, leave comments, and track changes, thereby fostering teamwork and enhancing productivity. This feature promotes a collaborative environment where team members can contribute to documents in real-time, making the InsightPro platform more dynamic and effective for project management and team interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

Simultaneous Document Editing Session by Team Members

Given multiple users are online in a shared document, when one user makes an edit, then all other users should see the changes reflected in real-time with no more than a 2-second delay.

Commenting on Documents During a Live Collaboration Session

Given a user is collaborating on a document, when they leave a comment on the document, then all participants should receive a notification of the new comment immediately and be able to view it without refreshing the document.

Change Tracking Functionality During Document Edits

Given a user makes edits to a shared document, when another user reviews the document, then they should be able to see a history of changes made, indicating who made specific modifications and when.

Document Locking Mechanism When Editing

Given a user is editing a document, when another user attempts to edit the same document, then they should see a notification that the document is currently being edited and be unable to make changes until the document is unlocked.

Access Controls for Document Sharing and Editing

Given a document is shared within the Document Repository, when a user attempts to access or edit the document, then the system should verify their permissions and allow or deny access based on their assigned role.

Real-time Notifications for Document Changes

Given a user is collaborating on a document, when any other user makes changes to the document, then the first user should receive a notification of the changes within 3 seconds.

Version Control and Document History

Given a document has been edited multiple times, when a user accesses the document's history, then they should be able to view and restore previous versions of the document as needed.

Version Control Tracker

The Version Control Tracker ensures that all changes made within the workspace are logged, allowing users to track modifications, revert to previous versions, and understand the evolution of a project. By offering clarity on document histories, this feature enhances collaboration by reducing confusion over edits and promoting transparency within the workflow.

Requirements

Change Log Visualization

"As a project manager, I want to view a change log of all modifications so that I can understand the project’s evolution and track contributions from team members."

Description

The Change Log Visualization requirement entails the development of a user-friendly interface that allows users to view a chronological history of all modifications made within the InsightPro platform. It should clearly display the date, time, and author of each change, along with a brief description of the modification. This feature is critical as it enables users to easily audit changes, understand project evolution, and enhances transparency in collaborative efforts. By having access to a well-organized change log, users can review past decisions and rationales, fostering better communication and reducing misunderstandings related to document edits across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing the Change Log for Current Project Updates

Given a user is in the Version Control Tracker, when they navigate to the Change Log Visualization section, then the user can see a chronological list of changes made, including timestamps, authors, and descriptions of modifications.

Filtering Change Log by Date and Author

Given a user is in the Change Log Visualization section, when they apply filters for specific dates or authors, then the log displays only the relevant changes based on the applied filters.

Reverting to a Previous Version

Given a user has accessed the Change Log and identified a particular change, when they select the option to revert to the previous version, then the system successfully rolls back to that version and notifies the user of the successful action.

Exporting Change Log Records

Given a user is viewing the Change Log Visualization, when they select the option to export the log, then the system generates and downloads a CSV file containing the displayed change log data.

Accessing Change Log from Multiple Workspaces

Given a user is logged into InsightPro with access to multiple workspaces, when they select another workspace and navigate to the Change Log Visualization, then the log displays the history of changes specific to the selected workspace.

Hovering Over Change Descriptions for Details

Given a user is viewing the Change Log, when they hover over a change description entry, then a tooltip appears showing additional details about the change made, including the reason for the change if available.

User Permissions to View Change Log

Given a user has restricted permissions, when they attempt to access the Change Log Visualization, then the system prevents access and displays a message indicating insufficient permissions to view the change log.

Version Reversion Functionality

"As a content editor, I want to revert to a previous version of a document so that I can quickly undo mistakes and recover original content without losing any information."

Description

The Version Reversion Functionality requires the implementation of a system that allows users to revert their documents to previous versions with ease. This feature should provide an interface to select any past version from the change log and restore it, while also creating a new entry in the log for transparency. This functionality is essential as it aids in recovering from errors or unwanted changes and promotes a sense of security among users, knowing they can easily restore earlier iterations of their work. Furthermore, it integrates seamlessly with the existing version control framework to ensure data integrity and collaborative efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a previous version from the version history log to revert their document.

Given the user is on the document page, When they select a previous version from the change log and click 'Restore', Then the document should revert to that version and a new entry should be added to the change log indicating the restoration action.

User attempts to revert to a version that has been modified by another user.

Given the user is on the document page and there are multiple versions in the change log, When they select a version that was modified by another user, Then the system should allow the revert and log the action correctly in the change log with the user's details.

User reverts a document and confirms the change was successfully applied.

Given the user has reverted to a previous version, When they open the document post-reversion, Then the content should match the selected version and no data should be lost in the restoration process.

User needs to view the change log before performing a revert action.

Given the user is on the document page, When they click on 'View Change Log', Then the system should display all previous versions with timestamps and modification details in an accessible format.

User reverts a document and the system logs the action.

Given the user has restored a previous version, When they check the change log, Then there should be a new entry specifying the revert action, the version number, the user who performed the action, and the date and time of the revert.

User tries to revert to a version that does not exist in the change log.

Given the user is on the document page, When they select a version from the change log that is unavailable, Then the system should display an error message indicating the selected version is no longer available for reversion.

User wants to ensure the restoration process is user-friendly.

Given the user is performing a revert action, When they interact with the 'Restore' function, Then there should be clear prompts and confirmations ensuring they understand the action they are taking and its implications for the document.

Collaborative Commenting System

"As a team member, I want to comment on changes made in the document history so that I can provide feedback and collaborate effectively with others on the project."

Description

The Collaborative Commenting System requirement focuses on implementing a feature that enables users to leave comments and suggestions directly on specific changes within the change log and document versions. This system should allow for threaded discussions, tagging relevant team members, and offering context to changes made. By facilitating dialogue around edits, this feature enhances collaborative efforts, ensuring that all stakeholders are involved and aware of the rationale behind modifications. Moreover, it supports a more engaged workflow, reducing ambiguity and aligning team members on document objectives and revisions.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to leave comments on specific changes in the change log so that I can provide feedback and discuss the edits made.

Given I have access to the change log, when I click on a specific change, then I should be able to leave a comment associated with that change.

As a team member, I want to tag relevant colleagues in a comment thread so that they can be notified and participate in the discussion regarding document modifications.

Given I am writing a comment, when I use the tagging feature to mention a team member, then that team member should receive a notification about the comment.

As a user, I want to access a threaded discussion on a particular change so that I can follow the conversation and context behind edits.

Given there are comments on a specific change, when I click to view the comments, then I should see the threaded discussions visually represented.

As a user, I want to view the version history of comments on a document so that I can understand the evolution of the feedback provided.

Given I am viewing the version history, when I select a version, then I should see the comments made for that version clearly displayed.

As a project manager, I want to filter comments by status (resolved, unresolved) so that I can prioritize follow-ups on ongoing discussions.

Given I am viewing comments, when I apply a filter for comment status, then I should only see comments that match the selected status.

As a user, I want to receive a summary of comments on a document before a project meeting so that I can prepare adequately for discussions.

Given I have access to the document, when I request a summary of comments, then I should receive an organized list of all comments made, along with their status.

Notification Alerts for Changes

"As a team leader, I want to receive notifications about significant changes in documents I oversee so that I can stay informed and coordinate follow-up actions promptly."

Description

The Notification Alerts for Changes requirement aims to develop a system that informs users via email or in-app notifications whenever significant changes are made to documents they are watching or involved with. Users should be able to customize their notification preferences based on the type or severity of changes. This feature is vital as it keeps team members informed and engaged with ongoing changes, thus fostering proactive communication and timely responses to document alterations, enhancing the collaborative experience on the InsightPro platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives email notifications for changes to documents they are actively involved with.

Given a user is watching a document, when significant changes are made to that document, then the user receives an email notification detailing the changes.

Users can customize their notification preferences for different types of changes.

Given a user has access to notification settings, when they update their preferences, then the system saves the configuration and applies it to future notifications.

Users receive in-app notifications for important updates to documents they follow.

Given a user is logged into the application, when significant changes occur to watched documents, then the user receives an in-app notification on their dashboard.

Users can view a log of all changes made to documents they are monitoring.

Given a user has access to the version control tracker, when they check the change log for a document, then they see a complete history of modifications made with timestamps and user details.

Users can unsubscribe from notification alerts for specific documents they no longer wish to monitor.

Given a user is viewing their notification settings, when they choose to unsubscribe from document alerts, then they will no longer receive notifications for that document moving forward.

High-severity changes trigger immediate alerts to users involved.

Given a user is following a document, when a change classified as 'high-severity' occurs, then the user receives an immediate email alert notifying them of the change.

Users receive a summary notification at the end of the day summarizing all changes made to documents they are monitoring.

Given a user is subscribed to daily summaries, when the end of the day arrives, then the user receives an email summarizing all changes made to documents they are following throughout the day.

Access Control for Version Tracking

"As a system administrator, I want to set access controls on version tracking for documents so that I can manage who has permissions to modify sensitive information and maintain data security."

Description

The Access Control for Version Tracking requirement involves the setup of permissions that dictate who can view, edit, or revert document versions within the InsightPro platform. This feature should include role-based access control to ensure that sensitive information is protected while still allowing collaboration among authorized users. This control is important for maintaining document integrity and security, ensuring that only designated team members can make significant changes, thereby mitigating the risks of unauthorized modifications and ensuring that document workflows align with organizational policies.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role-Based Access Control for Document Versions

Given a user with 'Editor' role, when they attempt to edit a version of a document, then the changes should be successfully saved, and version history should reflect the edits made by this user.

Restrict Access for Unauthorized Users

Given a user with 'Viewer' role, when they attempt to edit or revert a document version, then they should receive an access denied message indicating insufficient permissions.

Audit Log for Document Version Changes

Given a document that has been edited, when a user with 'Admin' role reviews the audit log, then they should see a complete history of changes including timestamps, user IDs, and actions taken.

Reverting to Previous Document Versions

Given a user with 'Admin' role, when they select a previous version of a document and choose to revert, then the current document should update to reflect the selected previous version, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Notification of Significant Edits

Given a user with 'Collaborator' role, when significant edits are made to a document by another user, then the collaborator should receive a notification detailing the changes made.

Customizing User Permissions for Document Access

Given an 'Admin' user, when they customize the access permissions for a specific document, then the changes should be reflected immediately in the permissions available to all other users.

Feedback Loop System

The Feedback Loop System allows users to request and provide feedback on shared insights and projects within the workspace. This structured approach to feedback ensures that all voices are heard, promoting iterative improvement and collective refinement of ideas. By streamlining the feedback process, teams can enhance the quality and effectiveness of their projects.

Requirements

Feedback Request Submission

"As a team member, I want to submit feedback requests on shared insights so that I can ensure my voice is heard and contribute to the project's improvement."

Description

The Feedback Request Submission feature allows users to easily create and submit feedback requests related to shared insights and projects within the InsightPro platform. This feature enables users to specify the context of their feedback, the type of feedback they are requesting, and any relevant attachments or comments. By implementing this feature, teams can ensure that all feedback is organized, traceable, and accessible, which contributes to a more structured and efficient feedback process. This functionality not only promotes user engagement and collaboration but also aids in the iterative improvement of projects, ultimately leading to higher quality outcomes and greater satisfaction among users.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates and submits a feedback request for a shared project after reviewing the project insights on InsightPro.

Given the user is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the 'Feedback Loop' section and fill out the feedback request form, then the feedback request should be successfully submitted and stored in the system.

User attaches relevant documents and selects the type of feedback when submitting a feedback request.

Given the user is submitting a feedback request, when they attach a document and select a feedback type from the dropdown, then the attachment must be uploaded successfully and the selected feedback type should be stored in the system with the submission.

User receives confirmation after successfully submitting a feedback request.

Given the user has submitted a feedback request, when the request is processed by the system, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the successful submission of their feedback.

User views their submitted feedback requests in the feedback history section.

Given the user is in the 'Feedback Loop' section, when they navigate to their feedback history, then they should see a list of all their submitted feedback requests with status indicators.

User edits an existing feedback request before the submission deadline.

Given the user has submitted a feedback request, when they select the 'Edit' option within their feedback history, then they should be able to modify the details and resubmit the request without errors.

User cancels a feedback request before it is processed.

Given the user has submitted a feedback request, when they select the 'Cancel' button and confirm their choice, then the feedback request should be removed from their feedback history and no longer be active.

User accesses help or guides regarding the feedback request submission process.

Given the user is in the 'Feedback Loop' section, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to a comprehensive guide that explains how to submit feedback requests, including examples and common issues.

Feedback Dashboard Integration

"As a team leader, I want to see feedback trends on a dashboard so that I can identify areas needing improvement and make informed decisions."

Description

The Feedback Dashboard Integration enables users to view all requests and feedback in a centralized dashboard within the InsightPro platform. This dashboard displays feedback metrics, status updates, and response data in a visually intuitive manner, making it easier for teams to track feedback trends and prioritize responses. By incorporating this integration, teams can enhance their ability to assess the overall feedback landscape, identify areas for improvement, and align their efforts more effectively. The dashboard will support various data visualization techniques, allowing users to filter and analyze feedback based on specific criteria, which enhances decision-making and project prioritization.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Feedback Dashboard Integration to check the status of feedback requests submitted by their team throughout the month.

Given the user has logged into InsightPro and navigated to the Feedback Dashboard, when they select the 'Current Month' filter, then the dashboard must display all feedback requests submitted within the current month along with their corresponding status updates.

The team lead reviews feedback trends from the dashboard to prepare for their weekly team meeting.

Given the user is on the Feedback Dashboard, when they view the feedback metrics section, then all metrics (number of requests, average response time, satisfaction rating) must be visible and updated in real-time with no discrepancies.

A user applies filters on the Feedback Dashboard to analyze feedback based on project categories.

Given the user is on the Feedback Dashboard, when they apply a filter by 'Project Category', then all feedback associated with that category should be displayed and match the selected filter criteria accurately.

Users provide their feedback directly through the dashboard after reviewing shared insights.

Given the user is on the Feedback Dashboard, when they click on the feedback prompt for any displayed insight, then they should be able to submit their feedback successfully, and a confirmation message should appear.

Team members want to see a visual representation of feedback trends over the past quarter.

Given the user is on the Feedback Dashboard, when they select the 'Quarterly View' option, then the dashboard should render a line graph displaying feedback trends with markers for key metrics such as the number of feedback requests and response rates for each month in the quarter.

The user intends to compare response rates for different projects using the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Feedback Dashboard, when they request a comparative analysis of response rates between two selected projects, then the dashboard should display a clear comparison of response rates in a side-by-side format, including visual graphs or charts.

A team member needs to export feedback data for further analysis.

Given the user is on the Feedback Dashboard, when they click the 'Export Data' button, then they must have the option to download the feedback data in CSV format, including all relevant fields such as requestor name, project, feedback content, and status.

Anonymous Feedback Option

"As a user, I want the option to provide feedback anonymously so that I can share my opinions freely without fear of judgment or consequences."

Description

The Anonymous Feedback Option allows users to provide feedback without revealing their identity, fostering openness and honesty in criticism and suggestions. This feature is designed to encourage more candid feedback, especially on sensitive topics or discussions, which may inhibit constructive criticism if users feel their identity is exposed. By offering this functionality, InsightPro enhances user trust and increases the volume and quality of feedback collected. Implementing this option helps cultivate an inclusive environment where all users feel comfortable sharing their insights without fear of repercussion, ultimately leading to richer discussions and more valuable contributions to projects.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to provide feedback on a project without revealing their identity to ensure honest and candid responses.

Given a user is logged into InsightPro, when they select the option to provide feedback, then they must have the ability to choose 'Anonymous' and submit their feedback without any identification being attached to it.

Admin wants to review the feedback received to ensure users are being honest without compromising their anonymity.

Given feedback has been submitted anonymously, when an admin views the feedback report, then the feedback must not display any user identifiers or personal information.

User wants to receive acknowledgment after submitting their anonymous feedback to ensure their contribution is valued without revealing their identity.

Given a user submits anonymous feedback, when the submission is completed, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback was received successfully, without disclosing their identity.

A team member wants to discuss feedback received on a project in a meeting while maintaining confidentiality of the feedback providers.

Given that anonymous feedback has been collected, when discussing feedback in team meetings, then the team must avoid referencing specific comment authors or revealing any identifiable information.

User seeks to provide anonymous feedback on a sensitive topic to foster a safe environment for candid sharing.

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they select the anonymous feedback option, then they must be presented with a brief explanation of the benefits of anonymous feedback and reassurances of confidentiality.

A manager wants to encourage team members to use the anonymous feedback feature without fear of repercussions.

Given a manager encourages team engagement, when communicating with the team, then they must highlight the availability of the anonymous feedback option and its purpose in fostering a safe and open discussion environment.

Feedback Resolution Tracking

"As a user, I want to track the status of my feedback so that I can see the progress of my suggestions and ensure they are being addressed appropriately."

Description

The Feedback Resolution Tracking feature provides a system for monitoring the status of feedback requests from submission to resolution. This feature will include status updates, resolution timelines, and responsible parties assigned to address the feedback, ensuring transparency in the process. Users can track whether their feedback has been acknowledged, addressed, or requires further clarification, fostering accountability among team members. By implementing this tracking system, InsightPro enhances user engagement with the feedback loop, improves accountability within teams, and ultimately drives better project outcomes by ensuring that all feedback is considered and acted upon.

Acceptance Criteria

Tracking Feedback Submission and Status Updates

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they view the feedback status page, then they should see their feedback listed with its current status (Acknowledged, In Progress, Resolved) and a timestamp of the last update.

Notification of Feedback Status Change

Given a user has submitted feedback, when there is a change in the status of their feedback, then the user should receive an automated notification detailing the new status and any relevant comments from the responsible party.

Responsibility Assignment for Feedback Resolution

Given a feedback request has been submitted, when a team member is assigned to resolve the feedback, then the user who submitted the feedback should see the name of the assigned team member in the feedback status area.

Feedback Resolution Timeline Tracking

Given a user views their submitted feedback, when they check the resolution details, then they should see the expected resolution timeline and the actual time taken for resolution.

Feedback Clarification Request Feature

Given a user has submitted feedback, when a team member needs clarification, then the user should receive a request for clarification through the feedback status page and via email notification.

Dashboard View of Feedback Trends

Given a team manager accesses the feedback dashboard, when they view the statistics, then they should see a graphical representation of the feedback trends over time (number of feedback submissions, average resolution time).

Comprehensive Feedback History Log

Given a user accesses their feedback submissions, when they view the feedback history, then they should see a complete log of all feedback submitted including statuses and timestamps for each change.

Feedback Categorization and Tagging

"As a project manager, I want to categorize and tag feedback so that I can easily organize it for future reference and identification of common themes."

Description

The Feedback Categorization and Tagging feature allows team members to categorize and tag feedback submissions for better organization and retrieval in the future. By implementing this functionality, users can classify feedback based on specific themes, projects, or priority levels, which enhances searchability and context during feedback reviews. This structure not only facilitates easier access to relevant feedback but also aids in identifying common issues or themes that require team attention. It empowers teams to systematically analyze feedback trends and make informed adjustments to projects or strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User categorizes feedback based on project themes.

Given a feedback submission form, when a user selects a specific theme for their feedback from a predefined list, then the feedback should be tagged with that theme in the system.

User adds multiple tags to feedback submissions.

Given a feedback submission form, when a user enters multiple tags separated by commas, then all tags should be saved correctly and displayed on the feedback detail page.

User searches for feedback based on categories and tags.

Given a search function within the feedback management interface, when a user enters a category or tag into the search bar, then the system should return only the feedback submissions that match the specified category or tag.

Admin reviews categorized and tagged feedback submissions.

Given the admin dashboard, when an admin views the feedback overview, then all submissions should be listed along with their corresponding categories and tags for easy reference and analysis.

User receives suggestions for relevant feedback categories during submission.

Given a feedback submission form, when a user begins typing in the category field, then the system should display a list of suggested categories based on the input.

User edits existing feedback submissions to update categories or tags.

Given a list of feedback submissions, when a user selects an existing submission to edit, then the user should be able to update the category and tags without losing previously entered feedback content.

User deletes feedback tags from submissions.

Given a feedback detail view, when a user removes a tag from the feedback entry, then the tag should be immediately removed and the feedback updated accordingly in the system.

Feedback Response Templates

"As a team member, I want to use response templates to reply to feedback so that I can ensure my responses are timely and professional."

Description

The Feedback Response Templates feature provides predefined templates for responding to feedback submissions, ensuring consistency and professionalism in communications. This functionality helps users to create responses quickly and efficiently, while maintaining a standard tone and language. By incorporating response templates, teams can save time when replying to feedback requests, enhance the quality of interactions, and ensure that all feedback submissions receive a constructive response. This contributes to a culture of appreciation and encouragement, making users feel valued and recognized for their contributions to the feedback loop.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Feedback Response Templates feature after receiving feedback submissions and looks for predefined templates to respond quickly.

Given the user is on the feedback section, when they click on the 'Response Templates' option, then they should see a list of predefined templates organized by categories.

User selects a predefined template to respond to feedback and modifies it to suit their communication style before sending.

Given the user selects a template, when they make modifications and click 'Send Response', then the feedback should be sent with the customized message derived from the template.

User reviews the effectiveness of using response templates for various feedback situations within a week.

Given a user has utilized response templates, when they review the feedback metrics, then they should see at least a 30% reduction in average response time compared to previous periods without templates.

An administrator needs to customize response templates based on different types of feedback received.

Given the administrator is in the template management section, when they edit a response template and save the changes, then the changes should be reflected in the users' template list immediately.

Multiple users provide feedback using different templates to various team members to assess the quality of responses.

Given multiple feedback submissions with different templates, when a team member views the feedback responses, then they should see consistent format and professionalism in each response regardless of who sent it.

User wants to delete an outdated template from the response templates list.

Given the user selects an outdated template, when they click on the 'Delete' button, then the template should be removed from the list and no longer available for selection.

User receives feedback and wants to quickly access a response template that matches the feedback category.

Given the user is on the feedback page, when navigating to 'Response Templates', then templates should be filterable by categories relevant to the feedback received (e.g., positive, constructive criticism).

Quick View Dashboard

Quick View Dashboard provides users with a streamlined overview of their key metrics and performance indicators on the home screen of the Mobile Insights App. This feature allows users to customize their dashboard layout with the metrics they care about most, enabling them to assess their business health at a glance. By ensuring critical data is readily available on-the-go, it enhances decision-making efficiency and helps users stay informed throughout their day.

Requirements

Customizable Metric Selection

"As a business owner, I want to customize my dashboard metrics so that I can quickly view the performance indicators that are most relevant to my business health."

Description

The Customizable Metric Selection requirement allows users to choose the specific metrics they want displayed on their Quick View Dashboard. This feature should provide an intuitive interface for selecting, adding, or removing metrics, giving users the flexibility to focus on the data that matters most to them. By allowing this customization, users can tailor their dashboards, making their analytics experience more relevant and efficient, ultimately leading to better-informed decisions regarding their business performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects and saves their preferred metrics for display on the Quick View Dashboard during their initial setup of the Mobile Insights App.

Given a user is on the metric selection screen, when they select various metrics and click the save button, then the selected metrics should persist on the Quick View Dashboard upon the next login.

User decides to modify their metrics at a later time to better reflect their current business priorities.

Given a user is logged into the Mobile Insights App, when they navigate to the metric selection screen and add or remove metrics, then the Quick View Dashboard should update immediately to reflect these changes.

User attempts to save their metric selection but encounters a system error due to a network issue.

Given a user selects several metrics and clicks the save button, when there is a network interruption, then the user should receive an error message and the metrics should not be saved until a successful connection is re-established.

User wants to access the Quick View Dashboard to check their chosen metrics on different devices.

Given a user has configured their Quick View Dashboard on one device, when they log into the Mobile Insights App on a different device, then the customized dashboard should display the same selected metrics as configured previously.

User prefers to receive notifications if their key metrics exceed predefined thresholds.

Given a user sets threshold values for selected metrics, when a metric exceeds the threshold, then the user should receive an in-app notification on their Quick View Dashboard indicating the metric has been breached.

User requires assistance in customizing their metrics due to unfamiliarity with the interface.

Given a user accesses the customizable metric selection interface, when they click on the help icon, then a tooltip or guide explaining how to select, add, or remove metrics should be displayed clearly on the screen.

User wants to revert their Quick View Dashboard to the default metrics after making several changes.

Given a user has modified their Quick View Dashboard metrics, when they choose to revert to default settings from the settings menu, then the dashboard should reset to the originally configured default metrics without retaining any custom changes made.

Real-Time Data Integration

"As a user, I want my dashboard to display real-time data from multiple sources so that I can make timely decisions based on the most current business insights."

Description

The Real-Time Data Integration requirement ensures that the Quick View Dashboard fetches and displays data in real-time from various connected data sources. This feature will enhance the accuracy and timeliness of information delivered to users, allowing them to monitor key performance indicators effectively. By integrating data in real time, users can make informed decisions based on the latest available data, improving their responsiveness to business changes and opportunities.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Quick View Dashboard on the Mobile Insights App to review their key performance indicators while in a meeting.

Given the user has an active data connection, when they open the Quick View Dashboard, then the dashboard should automatically refresh and display the latest data from all connected sources within 5 seconds.

A user customizes their Quick View Dashboard layout by dragging and dropping their preferred metrics.

Given the user is in edit mode on the Quick View Dashboard, when they rearrange the metrics and save the changes, then the updated layout should be retained and displayed correctly upon the next login.

A user wants to determine the impact of recent sales campaigns by checking real-time sales metrics on their Quick View Dashboard.

Given the Quick View Dashboard has connected sale data sources, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the total sales figure should reflect the latest confirmed sales within the last hour.

While reviewing metrics on the Quick View Dashboard, the user notices discrepancies in the displayed data compared to actual sales reports.

Given that the user identifies data discrepancies, when they request a data refresh via the refresh button, then the Quick View Dashboard should update and show corrected data within 3 seconds.

A user receives a notification alerting them when a critical key performance indicator falls below a predefined threshold in the Quick View Dashboard.

Given that the KPI monitor is set, when the KPI falls below the threshold, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email alert confirming the KPI has triggered an alert.

Users are reviewing their Quick View Dashboard during a company meeting with stakeholders.

Given the dashboard is being accessed by multiple users at the same time, when a data update occurs, then all users should see the refresh within 5 seconds without any lag or data inconsistency issues.

As a user, I want to ensure that my Quick View Dashboard displays data securely and respects user permissions.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when other users without permission attempt to access the dashboard settings, then they should receive an access denied message and be unable to view or alter any settings.

Responsive Design for Mobile Devices

"As a mobile user, I want my dashboard to be responsive so that I can easily access and interact with my metrics from any mobile device without sacrificing usability."

Description

The Responsive Design for Mobile Devices requirement mandates that the Quick View Dashboard be fully compatible and visually appealing on a range of mobile devices. This feature will ensure that users can access their dashboards seamlessly, regardless of the device they are using, enhancing user experience and accessibility. A well-designed mobile interface will facilitate easy navigation and interaction with the dashboard metrics, making it convenient for users to track their business performance on-the-go.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Quick View Dashboard on different mobile devices (smartphones and tablets) to check key performance metrics while traveling between meetings.

Given the user has a stable internet connection, When the user opens the Mobile Insights App, Then the Quick View Dashboard should load within 3 seconds and display all selected metrics clearly without any distortion or overlap.

User customizes the layout of the Quick View Dashboard on a mobile device to prioritize specific metrics that are critical for their business performance evaluation.

Given the user is on the Quick View Dashboard, When the user reorders the metrics by dragging and dropping, Then the new layout should be maintained even after logging out and logging back in.

User tries to access the Quick View Dashboard using a variety of mobile screen sizes and orientations (landscape and portrait).

Given the user is using different mobile devices, When the user rotates the device or changes the screen size, Then the dashboard should automatically adjust its layout to ensure that all key metrics are visible without requiring scrolling.

User navigates the Quick View Dashboard to view historical data while accessing it through mobile.

Given the user has selected a historical data range, When the user applies the filter from the Quick View Dashboard, Then the dashboard should refresh to display the historical metrics clearly within 5 seconds on any mobile device.

User accesses the Quick View Dashboard while in an area with weak cellular signals to assess if the design is resilient to connection drops.

Given the user is in a location with intermittent internet connection, When the user attempts to load the Quick View Dashboard, Then the app should display a cached version of the dashboard metrics while notifying the user of the connectivity status.

User provides feedback regarding the user interface of the Quick View Dashboard to ensure it meets their accessibility needs.

Given the user has accessibility requirements, When they provide feedback through the app after using the Quick View Dashboard, Then the system should capture and save the feedback for future updates, ensuring its visibility to the development team.

Interactive Visualization Options

"As a user, I want to have different visualization options for my dashboard metrics so that I can analyze my data in the format that is easiest for me to understand."

Description

The Interactive Visualization Options requirement provides users with the ability to choose different formats for displaying their selected metrics, such as graphs, charts, and tables. This feature will enhance user engagement by allowing users to visualize their data in a way that makes the information easier to interpret and analyze. Users can switch between visualization types, enabling them to gain insights in a manner that best suits their analysis preferences and enhances their overall experience with the dashboard.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access the Interactive Visualization Options feature from the Quick View Dashboard on the Mobile Insights App.

Given the user is logged into the Mobile Insights App, when they navigate to the Quick View Dashboard, then they should see an option to access Interactive Visualization Options for their selected metrics.

Users can switch between different types of visualizations for their selected metrics on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Quick View Dashboard and has selected their metrics, when they click on the 'Change Visualization' button, then they should be able to switch between at least three different types of visualizations (graphs, charts, tables) without experiencing any errors.

The dashboard maintains the user's selected visualization type after switching back and forth between different metrics.

Given the user has set a specific visualization type for their metrics, when they change to a different metric and then return to the previous metric, then the dashboard should display the previously selected visualization type without needing to be reset.

Users can save their customized dashboard layout with their preferred visualization types for future use.

Given the user has customized their dashboard layout and visualization types, when they click on 'Save Layout,' then their preferred settings should be saved and applied automatically the next time they access the dashboard.

Users can view tooltips containing key information when hovering over data points in their visualization.

Given the user is interacting with a visual representation of their data, when they hover over any data point, then a tooltip should appear displaying relevant metrics associated with that data point.

The Interactive Visualization Options allow users to revert back to default visualization settings easily.

Given the user has customized their visualizations, when they click on an option to 'Reset to Default,' then all visualizations should revert to the original default settings without affecting other dashboard customizations.

Notifications for Key Metric Changes

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for significant changes in my key metrics so that I can respond promptly to emerging trends or issues in my business."

Description

The Notifications for Key Metric Changes requirement enables users to receive alerts when significant changes occur in their selected metrics. This feature will provide proactive updates, making users aware of trends, anomalies, or critical performance shifts that necessitate immediate attention. By integrating this notification system, users can stay informed about their business's health and respond swiftly to any issues or opportunities that arise.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a significant increase in their sales performance metric.

Given the user has set a threshold for sales growth, When there is a 20% increase in the sales metric exceeding the threshold, Then the user receives an immediate notification on the Mobile Insights App.

User is alerted when a key customer satisfaction metric drops below a defined level.

Given the user has defined a minimum acceptable score for customer satisfaction, When the satisfaction score drops below the defined level, Then the user receives an alert notification detailing the drop in score.

User wants to be notified of any anomalies in website traffic metrics during a promotional event.

Given the promotional event is active and the user has selected traffic metrics to monitor, When the website traffic deviates by more than 30% from the expected rate during the event, Then the user receives an alert notification about the anomaly.

User sets up alerts for inventory levels of a critical product.

Given the user has established a minimum inventory threshold for the critical product, When the inventory level falls below this threshold, Then the user receives a notification to prompt restocking.

User specifies desired metrics to be monitored through notifications.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, When they select specific metrics to monitor from a list, Then the system confirms that these configurations have been saved and alerts will be sent for those metrics.

User receives a notification summarizing the key metrics performance at the end of the day.

Given the end of the business day, When the daily summary report is generated, Then the user receives a notification detailing their key metrics for that day.

User seeks to manage alert intervals to avoid notification overload.

Given the user is in the notification settings, When they specify a desired frequency for alerts (e.g., hourly, daily, weekly), Then the system complies and adjusts the notification delivery accordingly.

Real-Time Notifications

Real-Time Notifications alert users instantly about significant data changes, trends, or insights, ensuring they never miss crucial information. This feature allows users to set preferences for what triggers notifications based on their roles and needs, enhancing proactive engagement. By keeping users informed in real-time, it empowers them to take immediate action as necessary, greatly boosting responsiveness and operational agility.

Requirements

Custom Notification Preferences

"As a data analyst, I want to customize my notification preferences so that I only receive alerts on critical changes in the data that affect my projects and decisions."

Description

This requirement entails enabling users to customize their notification settings through a user-friendly interface. Users should be able to select the types of data changes, trends, or insights they wish to be alerted about based on their roles within the organization. This enhances user experience by allowing tailored notifications that are relevant to each user's responsibilities and workflows. Integration with the backend system is crucial to ensure that the preferences are applied in real-time, allowing seamless updates to notification settings without disrupting ongoing tasks. The expected outcome is that users receive timely alerts that empower them to act swiftly on important information.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets custom notification preferences based on their role in the organization.

Given a user with administrative privileges, when they select notification types from the settings interface and save their preferences, then the system should store these preferences in the database and reflect them correctly in the notification settings overview.

User receives notifications for specific data changes as per their customized settings.

Given a user who has set their notification preferences to receive alerts for sales data changes, when a significant change in sales data occurs, then the user should receive an immediate notification via the designated communication channel (e.g., email, in-app notification).

User modifies their notification settings after initial setup.

Given a user has previously configured their notification preferences, when they access the notification settings interface, modify any of their notification preferences, and save the changes, then the system should update their preferences and reflect these changes in real-time without any delay.

Multiple users in different roles set varied notification preferences.

Given multiple users with different roles in the organization, when they independently set their custom notification preferences, then each user's preferences should be correctly saved and retrieved based on their role without any conflict or data mix-up.

User interface for setting custom notification preferences is user-friendly and intuitive.

Given a user accesses the notification settings interface, when they navigate through the options to set their preferences, then they should find the interface easy to understand with clear labels, making it simple to choose and save their desired notification types.

Notification preference updates are applied in real time and do not disrupt ongoing tasks.

Given a user updates their notification preferences, when the changes are submitted, then the system should apply the updates in real-time and should not cause any disruptions to ongoing tasks or require the user to refresh or log out to see the changes.

Instant Alert Mechanism

"As a business owner, I want to receive instant alerts on my mobile device regarding any major trends in sales so that I can make quick decisions to optimize my strategies."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing an efficient mechanism for delivering real-time alerts through various channels, such as email, mobile notifications, and in-app alerts. The system must ensure minimal latency in the delivery of notifications, enabling users to receive updates instantaneously as changes occur in data critical to their operations. This mechanism will require robust backend integration to monitor data changes continuously and trigger notifications appropriately. The expected outcome is that users are notified within seconds of significant data changes, fostering immediate responses and more agile decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an instant alert via email when key data thresholds are exceeded during business hours.

Given the user has set up alert preferences for data thresholds, when the threshold is exceeded, then an email notification should be sent within 5 seconds.

User receives an in-app notification as soon as real-time data changes occur that are critical to their operations.

Given the data change is significant and relevant to the user's role, when the data is updated, then the user should receive an in-app alert instantly.

User is able to customize notification preferences based on different data types and urgency levels via the platform's interface.

Given the user navigates to the notification settings, when they adjust their preferences, then those changes should be saved and reflected in all future notifications.

User tests the mobile app's notification functionality while connected to a weak internet signal.

Given the mobile app is running and notifications are enabled, when significant data changes occur, then the user should receive a mobile notification within 10 seconds despite low connectivity.

Admin monitors the system's performance to ensure notifications are delivered with minimal latency under peak usage conditions.

Given the system is under peak load, when data changes occur, then 98% of notifications should be delivered within 3 seconds.

User receives a summary report of notifications sent in the past week to track responsiveness.

Given the user requests the notification summary report, when the report is generated, then it should display accurate counts of notifications sent within specified time frames.

Historical Data Access for Alerts

"As a project manager, I want to review historical data related to alerts I receive so that I can identify patterns over time and make data-driven decisions for my team."

Description

This requirement involves enabling users to access historical data trends linked to specific notifications they receive. This feature will provide users with insights into past occurrences of similar data changes, enabling them to contextualize current alerts. This integration requires a back-end analysis module that can fetch historical data points efficiently and present them in a user-friendly format. The expected outcome is that users can analyze past trends alongside active notifications, supporting informed decision-making and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification about an increase in sales figures for a specific product and wants to see the historical sales data for that product.

Given the user has received a sales notification, when the user clicks on the notification, then the system displays a historical trend graph of sales for the past year for that product.

User configures their notification preferences to receive alerts for any sudden drops in customer satisfaction scores.

Given the user has set their notification preferences, when there is a 10% drop in customer satisfaction score, then the system sends an alert to the user with a link to view historical scores and trends.

A user analyzes real-time data and receives an alert about a sudden change in website traffic.

Given the user received a website traffic notification, when they view the alert, then the system provides a summary with a comparative analysis of website traffic data for the last 30 days.

A manager needs to investigate recurrent issues with delivery delays after receiving notifications about delays.

Given the manager has received notifications about delivery delays, when they access the alert, then the system shows a report linking all past notifications of delivery delays over the last 6 months.

A financial analyst evaluates the impact of recent market changes on sales after receiving relevant alerts.

Given the financial analyst receives market change alerts, when they select a specific alert, then the historical performance data for the last 2 years on affected products is displayed for analysis.

A user wants to track changes in social media engagement levels after receiving a notification on a new product launch.

Given the user receives a social media engagement notification, when they click on the alert, then the system presents a trend graph of engagement metrics over the past 3 months.

A sales representative monitors changes in lead generation data after being notified of a significant drop.

Given the sales representative is alerted of a drop in lead generation, when they access the notification, then the comparison of current lead generation data versus historical data for the past year is displayed.

Voice Command Analytics

Voice Command Analytics allows users to interact with the app using natural language voice commands. This feature enables users to query data, navigate reports, and request insights hands-free, making it ideal for busy professionals on the move. By incorporating voice recognition technology, it enhances user convenience and speed, allowing for quick access to important information without needing to type or tap.

Requirements

Voice Recognition Integration

"As a busy professional, I want to use voice commands to interact with InsightPro so that I can access important data and insights hands-free while on the move, allowing me to focus on other tasks."

Description

The Voice Recognition Integration requirement involves implementing a robust voice recognition technology that accurately interprets user commands, queries, and navigation instructions. This technology should support diverse accents and dialects to ensure inclusivity and accessibility for all users. It is key for enhancing user experience by providing hands-free access to data within the InsightPro platform, thereby allowing users to interact with their analytics and reports effortlessly. This feature directly contributes to quicker decision-making, as users can retrieve insights without manual input, significantly increasing productivity and engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Voice Command for Data Querying

Given a user is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they say 'Show me the sales data for last quarter', then the system should display the sales report for the specified period with relevant visualizations.

Voice Navigation through Dashboard

Given a user is on the dashboard page, when they say 'Go to the marketing analytics section', then the application should navigate to the marketing analytics section without any manual input.

Support for Multiple Accents

Given a user with a diverse accent interacts with the system, when they provide a voice command such as 'Retrieve customer feedback metrics', then the system should accurately process the command and return the appropriate data regardless of the user's accent.

Hands-Free Data Updates

Given that the user is using Voice Command Analytics, when they say 'Update my dashboard with the latest sales figures', then the system should refresh the dashboard with the most recent data automatically.

Error Handling for Unrecognized Commands

Given a user issues a voice command that the system does not recognize, when they say 'Show me the total expenses for 2024', then the system should respond with a help prompt suggesting command alternatives or clarifying that it did not understand the request.

Feedback for Successful Command Execution

Given a successful voice command execution, when the user says 'What were last month's customer visits?', then the system should respond with the data and a voice confirmation that the command was processed successfully.

Natural Language Processing (NLP) Queries

"As a user, I want to ask questions in natural language regarding my business performance so that I can quickly receive relevant insights without needing to navigate through complex menus or reports."

Description

The Natural Language Processing Queries requirement focuses on enabling users to ask questions using natural language and receive meaningful insights in response. This will involve developing a sophisticated NLP engine that processes user voice commands, understands context, and fetches the required data. The implementation of this feature enhances user friendliness, allowing users to engage with complex data analytics without needing specialized training in data interpretation. This capability aims to empower users to conduct deeper analyses spontaneously and fosters informed decision-making without barriers to entry.

Acceptance Criteria

User engages with the Voice Command Analytics feature to ask for sales data for the current quarter while in a meeting.

Given that the user activates the voice command feature, when they say 'Show me the sales data for Q1', then the system processes the command using NLP and displays the appropriate chart with sales data for the current quarter on the dashboard within 3 seconds.

A busy professional uses the mobile version of InsightPro during a commute to retrieve monthly performance reports.

Given that the user is navigating through the mobile app while stationary, when they issue the voice command 'Get my performance report for December', then the system accurately fetches and reads out the performance report for December without errors or delays.

A manager asks for customer engagement metrics using the voice command feature during a team presentation.

Given that a manager is presenting to the team, when they state 'What are the customer engagement metrics for last week', then the system utilizes the NLP engine to interpret the request and presents the relevant metrics visually on the screen in under 5 seconds.

An executive wants to quickly compare current KPIs against previous month data using voice commands while reviewing reports.

Given that the executive activates voice command, when they say 'Compare KPIs for January with December', then the system accessed by NLP returns a comparative analysis dashboard showing both sets of KPIs clearly labeled and displayed.

A user requests real-time insights on operational efficiency using voice commands while attending a virtual conference.

Given that the user is in a virtual setting, when they say 'Provide insights on operational efficiency for this week', then the system promptly executes the request, displaying the current operational efficiency metrics in the dashboard and using real-time data.

A team leader asks InsightPro to summarize trends from visuals during a brainstorming session.

Given that the team leader engages the app with voice commands, when they request 'Summarize trends from my last 10 reports', then the NLP feature interprets this accurately and provides a synthesized summary of identified trends in bullet points.

Custom Voice Commands

"As an advanced user of InsightPro, I want to create custom voice commands for my reports so that I can access frequently needed data quickly and efficiently, optimizing my workflow."

Description

The Custom Voice Commands requirement allows users to personalize their interaction with InsightPro by creating tailored voice commands for specific queries or functions. Users can assign unique phrases to frequently used reports or dashboards, enhancing the efficiency and speed of data retrieval. This feature not only improves the overall user experience but also ensures that users can engage with the platform according to their unique workflows. Custom voice commands aim to further simplify data access, making it highly adaptable to individual user needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User Personalization with Custom Voice Commands

Given the user has logged into InsightPro, When they navigate to the Custom Voice Commands settings, Then they should be able to create a new voice command by assigning a unique phrase to a specific report or dashboard and saving the command successfully.

Using Custom Voice Commands to Retrieve Reports

Given a user has created a custom voice command for a specific report, When they use the assigned phrase in a voice command, Then InsightPro should retrieve and display the corresponding report in real time without errors.

Editing Existing Custom Voice Commands

Given the user wants to modify an existing voice command, When they access the Custom Voice Commands settings, Then they should be able to edit the phrase or associated report and save the changes successfully, reflecting the updates in their voice command functionality.

Deleting Custom Voice Commands

Given the user has multiple custom voice commands set up, When they choose to delete a specific command from the list, Then the system should remove that command and confirm its deletion, ensuring it no longer works when spoken.

Voice Command Recognition Accuracy

Given a user has a custom voice command set up, When they speak the assigned phrase, Then the voice recognition technology should correctly identify the command with at least a 95% accuracy rate across various environments (quiet and noisy) during testing.

Feedback for Successful Command Recognition

Given a user has used a custom voice command, When the command is recognized and executed, Then the system should provide vocal or visual feedback confirming the action taken, ensuring the user feels confident that their command was successful.

Limit on Custom Voice Commands

Given the user is interacting with the system to personalize their experience, When they attempt to create more custom voice commands than the allowed limit, Then the system should restrict additional command creation and provide a clear message indicating the maximum limit reached.

Voice Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to receive audio feedback when I issue voice commands so that I can confirm that my requests are acknowledged and executed without needing to check my screen constantly."

Description

The Voice Feedback Mechanism requirement involves implementing an audio feedback system that acknowledges user voice commands and provides verbal responses or confirmations. This system ensures that users receive instant feedback on their requests, reinforcing confidence that their commands have been understood and executed correctly. It enhances user interaction by creating a more interactive and engaging experience, allowing users to focus on their tasks without distractions from screens, which may be particularly beneficial during presentations or meetings.

Acceptance Criteria

User issues a voice command to retrieve the latest sales report while preparing for a meeting.

Given the user is logged into the InsightPro application, when they say 'Show me the latest sales report', then the system should play a confirmation audio response and display the latest sales report on the screen within 5 seconds.

User requests a summary of key performance indicators (KPIs) using a voice command during a presentation.

Given the user is in presentation mode, when they issue the voice command 'What are the key performance indicators?', then the system should provide a verbal summary of KPIs and confirm receipt of the command with audio feedback.

User attempts to change the data source through a voice command while multitasking.

Given the user is in the process of interacting with the application, when they say 'Change data source to marketing data', then the system should confirm the change with an audio response and ensure that the selected data source is updated within 3 seconds.

User tries to access archived reports through voice command while driving.

Given the user is in a hands-free situation, when they command 'Access archived reports', then the system should respond with an audio confirmation and enumerate the available archived reports clearly and concisely.

User is looking for immediate assistance using voice commands at a trade show.

Given the user is at a trade show booth, when they say 'Need help with analytics', then the system should provide an audio response outlining the available assistance options and confirm the request immediately.

User requests an update on their last forecast through voice interface during a team meeting.

Given the user is in a team meeting, when they issue the command 'Update my last forecast', then the system should confirm the command with an audio response and provide the forecast update verbally within 5 seconds.

Integration with Existing Dashboards

"As a user, I want to navigate my existing dashboards using voice commands so that I can maintain my workflow and access visualizations without having to switch between input methods."

Description

The Integration with Existing Dashboards requirement ensures that all voice command functionalities seamlessly connect with the existing dashboard and reporting features of InsightPro. This integration should allow users to leverage voice commands to navigate between dashboards, access reports, and utilize visualizations without disrupting the user experience. The implementation aims to maintain consistency in the user interface while introducing voice command capabilities, ensuring that users can transition smoothly between traditional methods and voice interaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User gives a voice command to switch to a different dashboard in InsightPro while reviewing their current metrics during a business meeting.

Given the user is actively using InsightPro, when they say 'Switch to Sales Dashboard', then the system should seamlessly transition to the Sales Dashboard without any latency or errors.

User requests a specific report using voice command while commuting, allowing them to multitask effectively.

Given the user is on a bus and has access to their phone, when they say 'Show me the Q4 Performance Report', then the report should be displayed without requiring any further input from the user.

User navigates through visualizations using voice commands while presenting data in a client meeting.

Given the user is presenting data and says 'Zoom in on the 2023 data visualization', then the application should zoom in on the relevant visualization, providing clear focus on the specified data.

User tries to interact with a dashboard while the voice recognition feature is activated and a background noise is present.

Given that there is background noise, when the user says 'Access my KPIs', then the application must accurately interpret the command despite the noise and display the KPIs.

User attempts to create a new custom report using voice command instead of manually navigating to the report creation section.

Given the user wants to create a report, when they say 'Create a new report for last month's sales', then the system should initiate the report creation process automatically without requiring additional steps.

User integrates voice commands into their daily workflow while accessing dashboards and reports at various times throughout the day.

Given the user has executed commands across multiple dashboards, when they consistently use voice commands, then at least 90% of their interactions should be successfully processed without error.

Offline Access Mode

Offline Access Mode enables users to download critical reports and dashboards for offline viewing. This feature ensures that users can still access important data insights when they are in areas without connectivity. By allowing for uninterrupted access to key information, it supports continuous decision-making and enhances productivity, particularly for users frequently on the go.

Requirements

Report Download Capability

"As a traveling sales manager, I want to download my performance reports so that I can review my sales metrics and prepare for client meetings without needing an internet connection."

Description

The Report Download Capability allows users to download key reports and dashboards in various formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) for offline access. This feature ensures that users can view essential data insights without requiring an internet connection, thereby supporting continuity in decision-making and facilitating productivity in situations where internet connectivity might be unreliable or absent. The implementation will involve backend support for generating report files and a user-friendly interface for selecting reporting options, ensuring that the experience remains seamless and efficient. By providing the ability to download critical analyses, this capability enhances user engagement and reliance on the InsightPro platform even in disconnected scenarios.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully downloads a report in PDF format while offline.

Given the user has selected a report and clicked the 'Download' button, when the report is generated, then the user should receive a notification that the download is complete and the report is saved to the device storage.

User accesses a downloaded dashboard without an internet connection.

Given the user has downloaded a dashboard for offline access, when the user tries to open the dashboard while offline, then the dashboard should display correctly with all data intact and interactive elements functional as designed.

User downloads multiple reports in Excel format within a session.

Given the user selects multiple reports and clicks 'Download', when the backend processes the downloads, then the user should receive individual download notifications for each report, and they should all be accessible in the user’s download folder.

User attempts to download a report in an unsupported format.

Given the user selects a report and attempts to choose an unsupported format (e.g., 'docx'), when the user clicks the Download button, then an error message should be displayed informing the user that the selected format is not supported.

User without prior download access attempts to download a report.

Given the user is logged in but does not have the required permissions to download reports, when the user selects a report and clicks 'Download', then an access denied message should be displayed, notifying the user of insufficient permissions.

User checks the file size before downloading a report.

Given the user is viewing a report, when the user checks the file size of the report before downloading, then the displayed file size should accurately reflect the expected size for the chosen format (PDF, Excel).

Offline Data Sync

"As a data analyst, I want to log my data entries while I am offline so that my work is not interrupted, and I can synchronize my progress later when I'm back online."

Description

The Offline Data Sync feature enables users to collect and store their data activities while offline and synchronize with the InsightPro platform once they regain internet access. This capability ensures that users do not lose valuable input or insights during periods of no connectivity. By allowing users to work offline and automatically syncing their data later, the product improves data accuracy and user experience, fostering a sense of security for users worried about data loss. The implementation will involve establishing a robust data management system that can handle conflicts during sync and ensure data integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

User downloads reports while offline and then successfully accesses them later without connectivity issues.

Given a user has downloaded reports for offline access, When the user opens the application without internet connectivity, Then the user should be able to view the downloaded reports seamlessly without any errors.

User enters data while offline and synchronizes it once back online.

Given a user is working offline, When the user enters data into the application and later regains connectivity, Then the application should automatically sync the offline data to the InsightPro platform without data loss.

User experiences a conflict during data synchronization after working offline.

Given a user has made changes to the same data point offline and online, When the user attempts to sync data, Then the system should prompt the user with conflict resolution options and maintain the integrity of the data.

User verifies that the data collected offline is accurately reflected on the InsightPro platform post-sync.

Given a user works offline and adds new data points, When the user synchronizes the offline data with the InsightPro platform, Then the newly added data points should reflect correctly in the online dashboard.

User's offline settings are preserved and remain functional after the app is reopened.

Given a user has enabled offline access in the app, When the user closes and reopens the application, Then the offline access settings should be retained and functional for offline report viewing.

User assesses the application's performance during data synchronization.

Given a user has a stable internet connection and initiated a data sync after working offline, When the sync process begins, Then the application should perform efficiently without significant delays or timeouts during data transfer.

User receives notifications regarding sync completion or errors when working offline.

Given a user has just performed a sync operation, When the operation finishes, Then the user should receive a notification indicating either successful synchronization or detailing any encountered errors.

User Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications confirming my downloads and syncs so that I know my actions are completed successfully even when I'm working offline."

Description

The User Notification System for Offline Access Mode alerts users when they have successfully downloaded reports or when their offline data has been successfully synced back to the servers. By providing timely notifications, users can stay informed about the status of their data and reports, thereby increasing user confidence in the platform. This feature will also allow users to customize their notification preferences. The implementation includes setting up a notification framework that integrates seamlessly with the existing platform notifications while ensuring the messages are clear and actionable.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification after successfully downloading a report while in Offline Access Mode.

Given the user has initiated a download for a report, when the download is complete, then a notification should be displayed confirming the successful download.

User receives a notification when their offline data is successfully synced back to the servers.

Given the user has offline data to sync, when the sync operation is complete, then a notification should indicate that the data has been successfully uploaded to the server.

User customizes their notification preferences for Offline Access Mode alerts.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they modify their preferences, then the system should save the changes and apply them to future notifications for Offline Access Mode.

User verifies the clarity of notifications presented on the platform.

Given the user has received a notification, when they review the content of the notification, then it should be clear, concise, and actionable.

User wants to check the history of notifications related to Offline Access Mode actions.

Given the user accesses the notification history, when they view it, then it should display a list of all notifications related to download and sync actions.

User is notified when no internet connectivity is detected during download.

Given the user attempts to download a report while offline, when the system detects no internet, then a notification should inform the user that downloading is not possible until a connection is restored.

User prefers to receive notifications via email rather than in-app alerts.

Given the user has selected email as their preferred notification method, when a download or sync notification occurs, then the user should receive an email with the relevant information.

Intuitive Offline UI Design

"As a frequent traveler, I want the interface to clearly indicate which features are available offline so that I can efficiently navigate the platform even without internet access."

Description

The Intuitive Offline UI Design enhances the user interface to visibly indicate which features and elements are available for offline use. It will provide clear messaging and icons to guide users through accessing offline content and downloading reports effectively. This improvement is essential for user satisfaction and aids in mitigating confusion when users try to use the platform without connectivity. The design will focus on usability and ease of access to offline reports, ensuring users can navigate efficiently and maximize their experience regardless of connectivity status.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses InsightPro in an offline environment after downloading reports and dashboards for the first time.

Given the user has downloaded reports for offline use, When they access the platform in offline mode, Then they should see a dedicated 'Offline Mode' banner and all available offline content should be accessible without any connectivity issues.

User attempts to access a feature that requires internet connectivity while in offline mode.

Given the user is in offline mode, When they navigate to a feature that requires internet connectivity, Then they should receive a clear notification indicating that the feature is not available and receive guidance on offline alternatives.

User views the list of available offline reports.

Given the user is in offline mode, When they open the 'Reports' section, Then they should see a clear indication of which reports are available for offline access with specific icons denoting their status.

User downloads a dashboard for offline use and verifies accessibility.

Given the user selects a dashboard to download, When the download is complete, Then the user can access the downloaded dashboard without any errors and without an internet connection.

User thoroughly navigates offline reports to ensure usability and clarity.

Given the user is interacting with downloaded reports offline, When they explore various sections of the reports, Then they should find the navigation intuitive, with clear labeling and visual cues for ease of use.

New users access tutorials or guides for offline mode.

Given a new user is in offline mode, When they look for help or tutorials, Then they should find specific offline guidelines easily accessible that explain how to use offline features effectively.

User experiences the transition between online and offline modes.

Given the user is switching from online to offline mode, When they attempt to access previously visited online features, Then the system should smoothly guide them to relevant offline alternatives without confusion or errors.

Integration with Mobile Applications

"As a mobile user, I want to access my downloaded reports on my smartphone so that I can review information during my commute and stay prepared for meetings."

Description

The Integration with Mobile Applications allows users to access their downloaded reports and dashboards on mobile devices. This functionality ensures that users can view their critical insights and maintain productivity while on-the-go, enhancing the overall utility of InsightPro's Offline Access Mode. To implement this, the platform will require adaptations for mobile compatibility and ensuring that mobile app functionalities mirror those of the web application, keeping the user experience consistent across devices. It is essential for reaching users who primarily rely on mobile access during travels.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Offline Access Mode feature while traveling to view critical reports and dashboards without internet connectivity.

Given the user has downloaded reports and dashboards, When the user opens the mobile application in Offline Access Mode, Then the user can view all downloaded reports and dashboards without errors.

User updates a downloaded report while offline and synchronizes it when back online.

Given the user is offline and has edited a downloaded report, When the user reconnects to the internet and opens the mobile application, Then the updated report should sync automatically without data loss.

User navigates through the Offline Access Mode to find specific insights quickly.

Given the user is using the Offline Access Mode, When the user searches for a specific report name or dashboard, Then the search results should display the correct files that were downloaded.

User checks the compatibility of mobile application with various devices for viewing offline data.

Given the user downloads reports on one mobile device, When the user logs into another compatible mobile device, Then the user should access and view the downloaded reports correctly.

User experiences seamless navigation between the mobile application and the offline downloaded content.

Given the user has already opened a downloaded dashboard, When the user navigates back to the main menu and selects another downloaded report, Then the application should load the new report instantly without lag.

User accesses help or support for the Offline Access Mode feature within the mobile application.

Given the user needs assistance for using Offline Access Mode, When the user clicks on the help section, Then relevant FAQs and guidance specific to Offline Access Mode should be displayed.

Integrated Collaboration Tools

Integrated Collaboration Tools provide users with the capability to share insights, reports, and dashboards directly from the app with their team members. Users can add comments, request feedback, and discuss findings all within the mobile platform. By fostering real-time collaboration, this feature bridges communication gaps and promotes a more cohesive team approach, even when users are away from their desks.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications of comments and discussions, so that I can engage immediately and provide my insights, enhancing our collaboration."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a notification system that alerts users in real-time when comments, feedback requests, or discussions occur on shared insights, reports, or dashboards. This functionality enhances user engagement by ensuring that team members are promptly informed of relevant activities. The real-time notifications will be integrated within the mobile platform, allowing users to stay updated on collaborative discussions irrespective of their location. It fosters a more dynamic team interaction and ensures that important feedback is not missed, ultimately leading to improved decision-making and a more cohesive working environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications for comments made on shared insights within the InsightPro mobile platform.

Given a user has shared an insight, when a team member adds a comment, then the user should receive a push notification immediately.

User receives real-time notifications for feedback requests on reports shared via the mobile platform.

Given a user has shared a report, when another team member requests feedback on the report, then the original user should receive a notification in the app.

User gets notified about discussions initiated on shared dashboards in real-time while navigating the mobile app.

Given a user is currently viewing a shared dashboard, when a team member starts a discussion, then the user should see a pop-up notification within the app.

Users can view a comprehensive list of all collaboration notifications for easy access.

Given users have received various collaboration notifications, when they access the notifications panel, then all notifications should be listed in chronological order with timestamps.

Notifications include actionable links for quick access to shared insights, reports, or dashboards.

Given a user receives a real-time notification, when they tap on the notification, then they should be redirected to the relevant shared resource directly within the mobile app.

Users can customize notification settings to manage frequency and type of alerts received.

Given users have access to notification settings, when they change the settings to limit notifications to only comments, then they should receive notifications only for comments from that point onward.

Users receive a summary of missed notifications if they were offline.

Given a user was offline during collaboration activities, when they log back into the app, then they should see a summary of all missed notifications on the dashboard.

Commenting System on Dashboards

"As a data analyst, I want to comment on specific dashboard elements, so that my team can discuss metrics in context and make well-informed decisions based on collective inputs."

Description

This requirement encompasses the addition of a commenting functionality within the dashboards, allowing users to leave comments directly on specific data points or visualizations. This feature will enable contextual discussions, making it easier for team members to provide feedback or ask questions about particular metrics. Implementing an intuitive commenting interface enhances user experience and streamlines communication among team members. By enabling users to directly annotate dashboards, it promotes clarity and ensures that feedback is closely aligned with the relevant data, leading to more informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a comment on a specific data point within the dashboard during a team review session to discuss metrics.

Given a user is logged into InsightPro, when they select a data point and enter a comment, then the comment should be saved and visibly displayed on the dashboard for all team members.

Team members retrieve comments on the dashboard after they have entered feedback on various metrics during a project debrief.

Given multiple users have added comments on different data points on the dashboard, when another user views the dashboard, then all comments should be visible alongside the corresponding data points.

A user edits a comment they previously left on a dashboard to clarify their point during a discussion about metrics with the team.

Given a user has previously left a comment on a dashboard, when they choose to edit that comment, then the edited comment should be updated and displayed correctly in place of the old comment.

User tries to leave a comment while offline and later reconnects to the internet to ensure the comment is sent.

Given a user is offline and enters a comment on a dashboard, when they reconnect to the internet, then the comment should be automatically saved and synced to the dashboard for team visibility.

Users access a dashboard with comments from previous team discussions to review feedback and updates.

Given the commenting system has been utilized, when a user accesses a dashboard, then they should have the option to filter comments by date, author, or content type for better organization and understanding.

Team leaders review the comment history on the dashboard to evaluate team engagement and discussion points.

Given that a user has access to the comment history, when they select the comments tab on the dashboard, then all past comments should be listed in chronological order with timestamp and author information.

Shared Dashboard Workspace

"As a project manager, I want to use a shared dashboard workspace with my team, so that we can collaboratively analyze data in real-time and generate innovative strategies based on group insights."

Description

This requirement involves creating a shared workspace feature within the InsightPro platform, allowing multiple users to collaboratively interact with dashboards in real-time. Users will be able to view, modify, and annotate dashboards simultaneously, fostering an environment of collaborative exploration of data. This shared workspace will include features like screen sharing and live chat to facilitate discussions. By enabling teams to work together seamlessly, it enhances the overall productivity and encourages diverse perspectives on data interpretation and strategy formulation, thus driving better insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Shared Dashboard Interaction during Team Review Sessions

Given a user is logged in and has access to the shared dashboard, when they enter the workspace and make a modification to the dashboard data, then all participants should see the change reflected in real-time within 2 seconds.

Collaborative Annotations on Dashboards

Given multiple users are accessing a shared dashboard, when a user adds an annotation, then all users should see the annotation in real-time, and it should be timestamped with the username of the person who created it.

Screen Sharing Functionality for Data Presentation

Given a user initiates a screen sharing session from the shared workspace, when they share their screen, then all users in the session should be able to view the shared dashboard and any changes the presenter makes in real-time without lagging.

Live Chat for Discussing Dashboard Insights

Given users are in a shared dashboard workspace, when a user sends a message in the live chat, then all other users should receive the message instantly and be able to reply without delay.

User Role Management for Shared Workspaces

Given an administrator is setting up a shared workspace, when they create the workspace, then they should be able to assign different roles to users (e.g., viewer, editor, admin) and those roles should restrict or allow access to specific features as defined.

Session History for Dashboard Interactions

Given a user leaves a shared workspace, when they return later, then they should be able to view a log of changes made to the dashboard during their absence, including who made the changes and when.

Data Refresh During Collaboration

Given users are collaborating on a dashboard with live data, when new data is available, then users should receive a notification of the updated data and the dashboard should refresh automatically within 5 seconds without manual refresh required.

Feedback Loop for Insights

"As a team leader, I want to request specific feedback on insights from my colleagues, so that I can incorporate their perspectives into our reports, making them more comprehensive and informed."

Description

This requirement focuses on establishing a feedback loop mechanism that allows users to request feedback on shared reports and analyses. Users will be able to tag specific team members in their requests and track the status of these feedback threads. This feature will streamline the communication process by consolidating feedback requests and responses within the platform, reducing reliance on external communication methods like email. It ensures that all discussions related to feedback are documented and easily accessible, thus creating an organized structure for team collaboration and enhancing accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests feedback on a shared report while working remotely with their team.

Given the user has shared a report, when they tag team members in the feedback request, then those team members should receive a notification within the app.

Team members respond to a feedback request directly in the app.

Given a team member has received a feedback request, when they provide their feedback via the app, then the feedback should be recorded and visible to the user who requested it.

User checks the status of feedback requests on their shared reports.

Given the user has multiple feedback requests, when they navigate to the feedback status section, then they should see a clear overview of all feedback threads and their respective statuses.

User wants to ensure all feedback discussions remain documented.

Given the user has engaged in feedback discussions, when they access the report, then all comments and feedback should be archived and retrievable for future reference.

User integrates feedback with report updates in real-time.

Given the user has received feedback on a report, when they make updates to the report based on that feedback, then the updates should be saved and reflect the status as 'Updated'.

Admin monitors the overall feedback effectiveness across multiple reports.

Given the admin role is active, when they pull a report summary on feedback requests, then they should see metrics on response times and user participation.

Integration with Third-party Communication Tools

"As a team member who uses multiple communication platforms, I want to share insights from InsightPro directly into my team chat, so that I can keep everyone updated without changing my workflow."

Description

This requirement involves integrating InsightPro with popular third-party communication tools, such as Slack and Microsoft Teams, enabling users to share insights, updates, and collaborations seamlessly across platforms. This integration facilitates quicker sharing of data and enhances team interaction even if team members are using different tools for communication. Users will be able to send direct links to dashboards and insights, receive notifications, and engage with discussions through their preferred communication channels. This enhances productivity and streamlines workflows, as users can work within their existing environments without disrupting their daily routines.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a dashboard link directly from InsightPro to a Slack channel.

Given that a user has a dashboard open in InsightPro, when the user selects the 'Share' option and chooses to share it via Slack, then the dashboard link should be sent to the specified Slack channel and a notification should be visible in the channel immediately.

User receives notifications in Microsoft Teams when a report is updated in InsightPro.

Given that a user is subscribed to updates for a specific report, when the report is updated in InsightPro, then a notification about the update should be sent to the user's Microsoft Teams account within 5 minutes of the update.

Users collaborate on dashboard insights directly within the InsightPro mobile app.

Given that a user has shared insights from a dashboard, when other team members view the shared insights, then they should be able to add comments, request feedback, and engage in a discussion without leaving the InsightPro app.

User sends a direct message in Teams containing insights from a recent analysis.

Given that a user is analyzing data in InsightPro, when they select the 'Send Insight' option and choose Microsoft Teams, then the insights should be formatted correctly and sent as a direct message to the chosen recipient with a summary of key data points.

Users receive real-time updates on collaborative comments in both Slack and Microsoft Teams.

Given that multiple users are commenting on the same dashboard, when a new comment is added, then all users in the Slack channel or Microsoft Teams should receive a real-time notification of the comment update within 3 seconds.

Admins manage integration settings for third-party communication tools within InsightPro.

Given that an admin user accesses the integration settings in InsightPro, when they update the authentication tokens for Slack and Microsoft Teams, then the settings should save successfully, and the integrations should remain functional without requiring a restart of the application.

User checks the integration status between InsightPro and third-party communication tools.

Given that a user navigates to the integration status page, when they view the status of Slack and Microsoft Teams, then the system should indicate if the integrations are active, inactive, or if there are any errors with troubleshooting guidance.

Enhanced Data Visualization

Enhanced Data Visualization introduces touch-friendly interactive graphs and charts tailored for mobile devices. This feature transforms complex data into engaging visual stories that users can easily browse through on their smartphones or tablets. By offering a rich visual experience, it improves comprehension and retention of insights, making data analysis more intuitive and accessible.

Requirements

Interactive Chart Navigation

"As a mobile user, I want to navigate through charts easily so that I can analyze data on the go without missing important insights."

Description

The Interactive Chart Navigation requirement entails creating a touch-friendly interface for mobile devices that allows users to easily navigate through graphs and charts. Users will be able to zoom in/out, swipe between different visualizations, and click on data points to reveal detailed information. This feature is critical as it enhances user engagement and ensures that the data can be explored intuitively on smaller screens, ultimately improving the overall user experience and understanding of data patterns.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates through the interactive chart on a mobile device, attempting to access detailed information by clicking on data points.

Given a user is viewing an interactive chart on a mobile device, when they click on a data point, then detailed information about the data point is displayed in a readable format without any loading delays.

User swipes between different visualizations in the interactive chart.

Given a user is viewing multiple visualizations, when they swipe left or right on the screen, then the corresponding visualization transitions smoothly without freezing or lagging.

User zooms in and out of a complex graph using pinch gestures on their mobile device.

Given a user is viewing a complex graph, when they perform a pinch gesture, then the graph should zoom in or out accordingly, maintaining clarity of data points and axes labels.

User accesses the interactive chart in a low bandwidth environment.

Given a user is in a low bandwidth environment, when they access the interactive chart, then it loads and becomes interactive within 5 seconds without errors.

User interacts with the chart using voice commands on their mobile device.

Given a user is viewing an interactive chart, when they use a voice command to describe a specific data point, then the chart highlights the corresponding data point visually and provides verbiage about the data point.

User shares visualizations from the interactive chart to social media directly from their mobile device.

Given a user is viewing a visualization, when they click on the share button, then they are prompted to share the visualization on their selected social media platform with a preview of the content.

User returns to the previous state of the interactive chart after navigating away from it.

Given a user has navigated away from the interactive chart and returns, when they return, then the previous state of the chart is restored, including any zoom level and data selections made.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard widgets so that I can see the data that is most important to me without clutter."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Widgets requirement focuses on allowing users to personalize their dashboards by adding, removing, or resizing widgets that display specific visualizations and data metrics. This feature will empower users to tailor their data presentation to fit their preferences, ensuring that the most relevant information is always front and center. By giving users control over their dashboards, we enhance user satisfaction and encourage frequent engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User personalizes their dashboard by adding a new widget for sales metrics before a team meeting to review performance.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select and add a sales metrics widget, then the widget should immediately appear on their dashboard, showing the latest data.

User attempts to resize a currently displayed widget on their dashboard for better visibility.

Given the user is viewing their dashboard, when they click and drag the corner of a widget to resize it, then the widget should resize in real-time without affecting the layout of other widgets.

User removes an unnecessary widget from their dashboard to streamline information view.

Given the user has a widget they no longer want to see, when they click on the remove button of the widget, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard with a confirmation message displayed.

User wants to save their customized dashboard settings for future use.

Given the user has added, removed, or resized widgets, when they click the save button, then their customized settings should be saved and retained when they log back in.

User shares their customized dashboard with team members for collaborative analysis.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they click the share button, then an email invitation should be sent to selected team members with access to view the dashboard.

User views a dashboard on a mobile device and needs widgets to be touch-friendly.

Given the user is accessing their dashboard on a mobile device, when they interact with widgets, then all widgets should be responsive to touch and maintain clarity of displayed data.

Real-time Data Sync

"As a data analyst, I want my charts to update in real time so that I can make informed decisions without delays."

Description

The Real-time Data Sync requirement involves implementing mechanisms to ensure that all visualizations reflect the most current data available. This feature is essential for users to make timely decisions based on the latest information. It will cater to the need for speed and accuracy within business analytics, helping users to act quickly in response to changing business conditions and ensuring data-driven decisions are based on up-to-date metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the InsightPro platform on a mobile device during a sales meeting to monitor real-time sales data.

Given the user is on the sales dashboard, when the data is updated in the back-end system, then the visualizations on the dashboard should refresh automatically within 5 seconds to show the latest sales figures.

A project manager reviews project progress on their tablet while in a team meeting, seeking the most current status of project KPIs.

Given the project manager is viewing the KPIs dashboard, when a team member updates a KPI in the system, then the relevant visual components should reflect the updated data instantly without requiring page reload.

An analyst runs a predictive report on seasonal sales trends to prepare for an upcoming product launch.

Given the analyst initiates the predictive report, when the report is generated, then the visualizations should display model predictions based on the latest available data reflecting the last 24 hours.

A finance officer uses InsightPro on a tablet to present quarterly financial performance to stakeholders.

Given the finance officer is presenting financial data, when the finance data is updated in real-time during the presentation, then the graphs should update immediately without interrupting the flow of the presentation.

An operations manager checks the dashboard to evaluate customer service metrics after an escalation in ticket volumes.

Given the operations manager accesses the customer service metrics, when new support ticket data comes in, then the visualizations should update to reflect the most current metrics within 3 seconds.

A marketing team member analyzes the effectiveness of recent campaigns on their mobile device while commuting.

Given the marketing team member is viewing campaign performance on a mobile device, when campaign data is refreshed, then the visualizations should provide real-time metrics without noticeable lag.

Advanced Filtering Options

"As a user, I want to filter my data visualizations by date and category so that I can analyze specific trends and patterns more effectively."

Description

The Advanced Filtering Options requirement allows users to apply dynamic filters across their visualizations to narrow down the displayed data based on various criteria. This feature will significantly enhance the analysis capability by enabling users to focus on specific segments of their data. By improving user control over the data displayed, it aids in uncovering actionable insights that may otherwise be overlooked within larger datasets.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies a dynamic filter to view sales data for a specific region over the past three months.

Given the user is viewing the sales dashboard, when they select the 'Region' filter and choose 'West', then only sales data for the West region for the last three months should be displayed.

User adjusts multiple filters to drill down into customer demographic data.

Given the user is on the customer demographics visualization, when they select both 'Age Group' as '18-25' and 'Purchase Category' as 'Electronics', then the visualization should update to show only customers in the 18-25 age group who purchased electronics.

User removes a filter to reset the visualization to its original state.

Given the user has applied several dynamic filters, when they click on the 'Reset Filters' button, then all applied filters should be removed and the visualization should display the complete dataset.

User saves a specific filter configuration for future use.

Given the user has applied a filter selection, when they choose to save this filter configuration with a name, then the configuration should be saved and retrievable from the 'Saved Filters' menu in their dashboard.

User receives feedback upon applying filters that produce no results.

Given the user has selected filters that yield no data, when they apply these filters, then an informative message should display indicating 'No results found for the selected filters.'

User uses keyboard shortcuts to quickly apply filters on mobile devices.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they utilize the specified keyboard shortcuts to apply a filter, then the corresponding filter should be applied instantly without compromising the user experience.

User can set multiple filter rules on the same criterion.

Given the user is applying filters to the visualization, when they select 'Price' filter and set it to 'Greater than $50' and then choose another 'Price' filter and set it to 'Less than $200', then the visualization should show data that falls between $50 and $200 in the price range.

Mobile Performance Optimization

"As a mobile user, I want the graphs to load quickly so that I can get insights rapidly without waiting around."

Description

The Mobile Performance Optimization requirement focuses on ensuring that the application runs smoothly and efficiently on mobile devices, specifically for the visualization features. This involves improving load times, responsiveness, and overall user experience during interactions with graphs and charts. By optimizing the performance, we can deliver a seamless experience that encourages users to rely on the platform for data analysis irrespective of their device, increasing overall usage and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Enhanced Data Visualization on a mobile device to analyze sales data.

Given the user is on the Enhanced Data Visualization mobile interface, when they load a visualization, then the loading time must not exceed 2 seconds.

User interacts with a touch-friendly chart on their smartphone to view customer acquisition trends.

Given the user taps on different segments of the chart, when they select a segment, then the corresponding data details should appear within 1 second with no lag.

User switches between different visualizations in the Enhanced Data Visualization feature.

Given the user navigates through multiple visualizations, when they switch to a new visualization, then the transition should be seamless with less than 1 second delay.

User views real-time analytics on mobile during a business meeting.

Given the real-time data is being displayed on a mobile device, when the user opens the dashboard, then all metrics should reflect the most recent updates within 5 seconds.

User customizes the dashboard layout to better suit their preferences on a tablet.

Given the user has completed customization, when they save the layout, then the changes should be applied instantly without needing to refresh the page.

User compares two different data sets visually on a tablet screen.

Given the user selects two data sets for comparison, when they initiate the comparison, then both visualizations should load simultaneously within 3 seconds, maintaining responsive touch interactions.

User accesses Enhanced Data Visualization while connected to a slower mobile network.

Given the user is on a mobile device with limited bandwidth, when they attempt to load a visualization, then the system should automatically adjust the quality to maintain a load time of under 5 seconds.

Custom Alerts and Reminders

Custom Alerts and Reminders enable users to set personalized alerts for specific reports, metrics, or trends based on their preferences. This feature allows users to receive timely reminders about key performance indicators, ensuring they are always on top of critical business activities. By facilitating better time management and accountability, it aids in goal achievement and enhances operational effectiveness.

Requirements

User-configurable Alert Settings

"As a business analyst, I want to configure alerts for specific performance indicators so that I can be immediately notified about significant changes without having to constantly monitor my dashboards."

Description

The User-configurable Alert Settings feature enables users to customize the conditions under which they receive alerts. Users can select specific metrics, thresholds, and time intervals for receiving notifications. This personalization boosts user satisfaction by ensuring they only get alerted for information that is relevant to them, thereby improving the overall user experience. It integrates seamlessly with existing dashboard functionalities, allowing users to make changes easily without needing technical expertise. Users can set alerts for positive and negative changes, helping them to respond proactively to business fluctuations.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom alert for a specific KPI using the dashboard interface.

Given the user is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they navigate to the alert settings section and select a specific KPI, enter a threshold value, and set a notification frequency, then they should be able to save the alert settings successfully without errors.

User receives a notification when the specific KPI exceeds the defined threshold.

Given the user has configured an alert for a KPI with a defined threshold, when the KPI exceeds that threshold, then the user should receive a real-time notification via their preferred communication channel (email, SMS, or in-app) immediately.

User modifies an existing alert setting for a KPI and saves the changes.

Given the user is viewing their list of configured alerts, when they select an existing alert, modify the threshold or notification frequency, and click save, then the system should reflect the updated settings without errors in the user interface.

User deletes a custom alert and verifies its removal from the alert list.

Given the user has configured custom alerts, when they select an alert to delete and confirm the deletion, then the alert should no longer appear in the list of configured alerts in the user interface.

User receives alerts for both positive and negative KPI changes as per their settings.

Given the user has configured alerts for both positive and negative thresholds for a KPI, when a change occurs in the KPI that triggers either alert, then the user should receive the corresponding notification immediately based on the type of change.

User attempts to set an alert with invalid thresholds and checks for error messages.

Given the user is in the alert settings section, when they enter invalid threshold values (e.g., negative values for positive alerts) and try to save, then the system should display relevant error messages indicating the issue and prevent the saving of incorrect settings.

Multi-channel Notification Delivery

"As a sales manager, I want to receive alerts via SMS so that I am immediately notified of critical changes in key metrics, even when I’m away from my computer."

Description

The Multi-channel Notification Delivery feature allows users to receive alerts and reminders through various communication channels. Users can choose their preferred method of notification, such as email, SMS, or app push notifications. This flexibility ensures that users can stay informed no matter where they are or what platform they are using, increasing the likelihood of timely responses to critical situations. The system will prioritize notifications based on user preferences and can also aggregate alerts to avoid notification fatigue.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email alert for a significant drop in sales metrics overnight.

Given the user has set up an alert for sales metrics, When the sales metrics drop 20% overnight, Then the user receives an email notification immediately.

User opts in for SMS notifications for weekly performance reports.

Given the user selects SMS as a preferred notification method, When the weekly performance report is generated, Then an SMS notification is sent to the user's registered phone number.

User configures custom alerts for a specific KPI with multiple communication channels selected.

Given the user has set a custom alert for the KPI and selected email and app push notifications, When the KPI threshold is breached, Then the user receives notifications via both email and app push within 5 minutes.

User experiences notification fatigue due to excessive alerts during a critical sales event.

Given the user has multiple alerts configured, When the alerts are triggered in quick succession, Then the system aggregates notifications and sends a single summary alert to the user to minimize fatigue.

User wants to ensure notifications are received in a timely manner regardless of the communication channel chosen.

Given the user has multiple channels set for notifications, When any alert is triggered, Then the user receives the notification on their preferred channel within 3 minutes.

User wants to modify their notification preferences after initially configuring them.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, When they change their preferred communication channel from email to SMS, Then the system updates the preferences and confirms the change to the user.

Alert History and Log

"As an operations manager, I want to access a history of past alerts so that I can evaluate how our team responded to previous critical situations and improve our alerting processes."

Description

The Alert History and Log feature provides users with a comprehensive record of all alerts they have received over a specified period. This functionality not only helps users keep track of previous notifications but also facilitates review and analysis of historical data. Users can filter alerts by date, type, and severity, enabling them to identify patterns and make informed decisions. Furthermore, this log is essential for auditing and compliance purposes, helping teams to monitor the efficacy of their responses to past alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews past alert notifications through the Alert History and Log.

Given the user is on the Alert History and Log page, when they select a date range and filter type, then they should see a list of alerts that match the selected criteria.

User checks the severity of alerts received over the past month.

Given the user is on the Alert History and Log page, when they apply a severity filter for critical alerts for the past month, then they should only see critical alerts displayed.

User uses the alert log for auditing and compliance checks.

Given the user is reviewing the Alert History and Log, when they generate a report of alerts for the last quarter, then the report should accurately reflect all alerts, including timestamps and types for that period.

User identifies patterns in alert responses for better decision-making.

Given the user has selected a specific metric in the Alert History and Log, when they analyze the alerts over the past year, then they should be able to view and identify any recurring patterns or trends in alert occurrences.

User accesses the alert history from various devices.

Given the user has logged into InsightPro from a mobile device, when they access the Alert History and Log feature, then the layout and filter functions should be fully operational and accessible just like on the desktop version.

User expects the alert history to be sortable by date and type.

Given the user is viewing the Alert History and Log, when they click on the date or type header, then the alerts should be sorted accordingly in ascending or descending order.

User utilizes the log for performance improvement analysis.

Given the user is analyzing past alerts from the Alert History and Log, when they download the log for external analysis, then the exported file should contain all relevant information, including alert details, responses, and timestamps in CSV format.

Custom Alert Sound and Vibration Settings

"As a team leader, I want to set different sounds for different alerts so that I can immediately identify which notification requires my attention without checking my device."

Description

The Custom Alert Sound and Vibration Settings enable users to choose specific sounds or vibration patterns for different types of alerts. This feature enhances user experience by allowing individuals to distinguish between various notifications without having to look at the device. It can be particularly useful in workflow environments where immediate awareness of alerts is essential. Customization can be achieved effortlessly through user settings and will contribute to better engagement with the platform's alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom alert sound for new sales reports notifications.

Given the user is in the Custom Alert Settings page, when the user selects a sound from the available options for new sales reports, then the selected sound should be saved and play upon the next new sales report notification.

User configures a unique vibration pattern for urgent alerts.

Given the user is in the Custom Alert Settings page, when the user chooses a vibration pattern from the list for urgent alerts, then the chosen pattern must vibrate distinctly for future urgent alerts.

User tests the sound and vibration settings for accuracy.

Given the user has selected specific sound and vibration patterns, when the user triggers a test alert, then the expected sound and vibration pattern should play during the test.

User updates the alert settings and expects them to apply immediately.

Given the user has changed the sound and vibration settings, when the user navigates away from the Custom Alert Settings page, then the new settings must be reflected in upcoming alerts without delay.

User seeks to revert to default alert settings.

Given the user is on the Custom Alert Settings page, when the user chooses the option to revert to default settings, then all customizations should be reset to their original settings immediately.

User receives distinct alerts based on selected criteria.

Given the user has set different sounds and vibrations for various alert types, when an alert is triggered, then the alert should utilize the specific sound and vibration assigned to that alert type.

User accesses help documentation for custom alert settings.

Given the user is on the Custom Alert Settings page, when the user clicks on the help icon, then the relevant help documentation should open, providing clear guidance on setting custom alerts.

Recurring Reminder Functionality

"As a project manager, I want to set up recurring reminders for my weekly performance review meetings so that I am consistently prepared and organized for these important discussions."

Description

The Recurring Reminder Functionality allows users to set up automated reminders for periodic tasks or metrics that need regular monitoring. Users can define the frequency and timing of the reminders, which can significantly enhance productivity and operational efficiency. This feature ensures that important tasks are not overlooked and helps users stay organized by providing structured notifications on a schedule they define. It is particularly beneficial for routine performance evaluations or scheduled team check-ins.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a weekly reminder for a performance evaluation meeting every Monday at 9 AM.

Given the user is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the Recurring Reminder setup and select 'Weekly', then they should be able to specify 'Monday' at '9 AM' and save the reminder successfully.

User attempts to set a reminder for a monthly sales report due on the 1st of every month.

Given the user is on the Recurring Reminder setup page, when they choose 'Monthly' frequency and pick '1st of the month', then the system should save the alert without errors and display it in their list of reminders.

User wants to edit an existing reminder for a bi-weekly inventory check to occur on Thursdays at 2 PM.

Given the user has an existing bi-weekly reminder, when they edit the reminder to change the time to '2 PM', then the system should update the reminder and reflect the change in the user’s reminders list.

User checks their notifications to see if reminders are being sent as scheduled.

Given the user has set a reminder, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should send a notification to the user's email and in-app, confirming the alert was triggered successfully.

User wants to delete a recurring reminder for a quarterly team meeting.

Given the user is on the reminders management page, when they select the quarterly team meeting reminder and choose to delete it, then the system should remove the reminder and confirm the deletion with a success message.

User sets up a reminder for a daily report check to repeat every day at 8 AM.

Given the user is creating a daily reminder in InsightPro, when they set the frequency to 'Daily' and choose '8 AM', then the reminder should be saved and listed under daily reminders without errors.

Advanced Encryption Protocols

Advanced Encryption Protocols utilize cutting-edge encryption standards to safeguard sensitive data both in transit and at rest. This feature ensures that all data exchanges within InsightPro are secure, providing users with confidence that their information is protected against interception and unauthorized access. By prioritizing data confidentiality, organizations can comply with industry regulations and protect customer trust.

Requirements

Data Encryption Standards Implementation

"As a security manager, I want to ensure that all sensitive data within InsightPro is encrypted so that I can comply with data protection regulations and protect customer information from unauthorized access."

Description

The Data Encryption Standards Implementation requirement involves integrating robust encryption protocols into the InsightPro platform to ensure that all sensitive data is encrypted during both storage and transmission. This feature emphasizes the use of encryption standards such as AES-256 for data at rest and TLS 1.2 or above for data in transit. It aims to enhance data confidentiality, protect against unauthorized access, and ensure compliance with data protection regulations such as GDPR and HIPAA. By implementing this requirement, InsightPro not only secures sensitive business data but also builds trust among its users, ensuring they feel confident in the platform's ability to safeguard their information. This feature is fundamental in maintaining customer fidelity and compliance with legal standards.

Acceptance Criteria

Data encryption during user registration and login processes.

Given a user registers or logs in to InsightPro, when they enter their credentials, then their password must be encrypted using AES-256 before storage.

Data protection during file upload and download transactions.

Given a user uploads a sensitive file, when the file is being transmitted, then it must be encrypted using TLS 1.2 or above during the entire upload process.

Encryption validation in data storage and retrieval.

Given a file is stored in InsightPro, when it is retrieved, then it should only be accessible after decryption using AES-256 standards to ensure data confidentiality.

Performance assessment on encryption protocol implementation.

Given a set of operations on encrypted data, when measuring system performance, then the encryption should not degrade system usability beyond 10%.

Integration of encryption protocols with third-party data sources.

Given a third-party integration is set up, when data is transmitted from that source to InsightPro, then it must utilize TLS 1.2 or above to ensure secure transfer in compliance with regulations.

User access control based on encryption standards.

Given multiple user roles exist, when users attempt to access sensitive data, then the system should ensure that only authorized roles can decrypt and view the data.

User Access Control Management

"As an IT administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions in InsightPro so that I can ensure only authorized personnel have access to sensitive data and features."

Description

The User Access Control Management requirement defines the framework for managing user permissions and roles within the InsightPro platform. This includes developing a user-friendly interface for administrators to add, remove, and modify user roles, as well as assign specific data access rights based on these roles. This feature will help ensure that only authorized users can access sensitive data and modify critical settings, reinforcing the platform's security. The implementation of this requirement also benefits organizations by allowing them to comply with internal policies and regulatory requirements, ensuring a controlled access environment. With proper access management in place, businesses can confidently utilize InsightPro's capabilities without risking data breaches or unauthorized access.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator adds a new user with specific roles and permissions.

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightPro platform, When they navigate to the User Access Control Management interface, Then they should be able to successfully add a new user, assign roles, and define specific data access rights for that user.

Administrator modifies an existing user's roles and permissions.

Given an administrator is on the User Access Control Management interface, When they select an existing user and update their roles or permissions, Then the changes should be reflected immediately in the user's access rights and the system should display a confirmation message.

Administrator removes a user's access from the platform.

Given an administrator is viewing the list of users in the User Access Control Management interface, When they choose to remove a user from the system, Then the user should no longer have access to the platform and should receive a notification about their removal.

User attempts to access sensitive data without proper permissions.

Given a user without appropriate permissions attempts to access sensitive data, When the access request is made, Then the system should deny access and display an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Audit log verification for user access changes.

Given changes have been made to user roles and permissions, When an administrator accesses the audit log, Then they should see entries documenting all changes made to user access rights along with timestamps and the administrator's details.

Bulk user import with defined roles and permissions.

Given an administrator has a CSV file of users with roles and permissions, When they upload the file using the bulk import feature, Then the system should process the file accurately, creating users with the specified roles and notifying the administrator of any errors encountered.

Compliance validation for user access control management.

Given the organization has established compliance requirements, When the User Access Control Management is audited, Then it should meet the established compliance standards and demonstrate secure management of user access and permissions.

Data Anomaly Detection System

"As a data analyst, I want to receive alerts for any detected data anomalies in InsightPro so that I can investigate and mitigate any potential data breaches."

Description

The Data Anomaly Detection System requirement focuses on the implementation of intelligent algorithms that can analyze data patterns and identify anomalies that could signal potential data breaches or fraud. By employing machine learning techniques, InsightPro will be empowered to automatically flag unusual activities, providing real-time alerts to users. This feature is crucial for leveraging the power of predictive analytics, enhancing the overall security posture of the platform. The implementation of this requirement not only improves the detection of data discrepancies but also assists organizations in quickly responding to any potential threats, thus minimizing risks associated with data integrity and confidentiality.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time alerts for detected anomalies in data transactions.

Given the Data Anomaly Detection System is active, when an anomaly is detected in the data stream, then the system should trigger a real-time alert to the designated user with the details of the anomaly including timestamp and data involved.

User can view a dashboard displaying flagged anomalies with relevant details.

Given the Data Anomaly Detection System has processed data, when the user accesses the anomalies dashboard, then the user should see a list of flagged anomalies with details such as date, type of anomaly, and severity level.

User reports an incorrect alert for a false positive detected by the system.

Given a user has received an alert for a detected anomaly, when the user documents the alert as a false positive, then the system should allow the user to provide feedback and store the feedback for future algorithm improvements.

User accesses previous anomaly alerts to assess patterns.

Given the Data Anomaly Detection System has historical data, when the user selects the option to view past anomalies, then the system should display a chronological list of previous alerts including details on each detected anomaly.

Admin ensures the anomaly detection settings are configured correctly.

Given the admin panel is accessible, when the admin reviews the anomaly detection settings, then the settings should allow customization of thresholds and notification preferences, and reflect these changes in the system immediately.

User acknowledges and takes action on an anomaly alert received.

Given a user has received an alert of an anomaly, when the user acknowledges the alert, then the system should record this acknowledgment and provide options for further actions such as dismissal or escalation to security team.

System performance under load during anomaly detection processing.

Given that multiple data sources are actively feeding into the system, when the anomaly detection algorithms are running, then the system should maintain a performance threshold with no degradation in response time beyond 2 seconds for alert generation.

User Access Controls

User Access Controls empower organizations to define and manage roles and permissions for each user within the InsightPro platform. By customizing access levels based on individual responsibilities, businesses can mitigate the risk of data breaches caused by unauthorized access. This tailored approach not only enhances security but also ensures that users have the right tools and information needed to perform their jobs effectively.

Requirements

Role-Based Access Management

"As a system administrator, I want to assign specific roles and permissions to each user so that I can control who has access to sensitive data and functionalities within InsightPro."

Description

The Role-Based Access Management requirement enables organizations to create and assign specific roles to users within InsightPro. Each role will have defined permissions that dictate what functionalities users can access, such as viewing, editing, or deleting data. This feature ensures that users only have access to the information and tools necessary for their roles, minimizing the risk of unauthorized access to sensitive data. The implementation of this requirement is critical for maintaining data integrity and security within the platform, as it allows organizations to enforce strict access controls while ensuring operational efficiency by providing users with the appropriate resources to perform their tasks.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I want to create a new user role with specific permissions so that I can manage user access effectively.

Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I create a new user role and assign specific permissions for viewing, editing, and deleting data, then the role should be saved successfully and appear in the user role list with accurate permissions.

As a manager, I want to assign an existing user role to a new employee so that they can access the system based on their job responsibilities.

Given I have created an existing user role, when I assign this role to a new employee account, then the employee should inherit all the permissions associated with that role immediately.

As a user, I want to ensure that I can only access the functionalities allowed by my role to maintain data security and integrity.

Given that I am logged in as a user with specific role permissions, when I attempt to access functionalities outside my permissions, then I should receive an error message stating 'Access Denied' for those functionalities.

As a system administrator, I want to edit an existing user role to update permissions as business needs change.

Given I am logged in as a system administrator, when I edit an existing user role to add or remove permissions, then the updates should reflect immediately in the user role list and the changes should be logged in the system history.

As an auditor, I want to review user roles and their permissions to ensure compliance with our security policies.

Given I have access to the audit feature, when I generate a report of all user roles and their permissions, then the report should accurately reflect all user roles and their respective permissions in a clear and organized format.

Audit Logging

"As a compliance officer, I want to review user activity logs so that I can ensure adherence to data protection regulations and investigate any suspicious actions."

Description

The Audit Logging requirement helps track all user activities within the InsightPro platform. This includes logging actions such as login attempts, data access, report generation, and modifications to user permissions and roles. The audit log provides a comprehensive record that can be reviewed to identify any unauthorized access attempts or anomalies in user behavior. This feature is essential for enhancing security, ensuring compliance with data protection regulations, and allowing organizations to conduct thorough investigations following any security incidents. The implementation of this requirement strengthens trust and accountability within the system.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit logging captures all user activities within the InsightPro platform effectively.

Given a user logs into the InsightPro platform, when they perform any action (such as accessing data, generating reports, or changing user permissions), then the action should be recorded in the audit log with a timestamp and user ID.

Audit logs can be accessed and reviewed by authorized personnel only.

Given an admin user requests access to the audit logs, when they verify their role, then they should be able to view the logs containing a detailed history of user activities without encountering any unauthorized access messages.

Audit logs detail unauthorized access attempts to the platform.

Given a user that attempts to access restricted areas of the InsightPro platform, when their access is denied, then an entry should be logged in the audit log indicating the user ID, timestamp, and the reason for denial.

Audit logs include modifications to user roles and permissions.

Given an admin user modifies the roles assigned to a regular user, when the change is saved, then the audit log should reflect the old and new roles along with the timestamp and admin user ID making the change.

Audit logs support data exports for compliance and analysis.

Given an authorized user accesses the audit log, when they choose to export the logs, then the system should provide the data in a CSV format containing all logged activities and be accurately timestamped.

Audit logging system performs under high volume activities.

Given a scenario of simultaneous user activities within the InsightPro platform, when multiple actions are performed concurrently, then all actions should still be logged correctly without information loss or duplication.

Audit logs can be filtered by time frame and user actions.

Given an authorized user accesses the audit log, when they apply filters to view specific time frames or types of actions, then the system should display the results accurately reflecting the selected criteria.

Custom Permission Sets

"As a project manager, I want to create custom permission sets for my team members so that I can quickly adjust access rights based on specific project requirements and ensure they have the tools they need to succeed."

Description

The Custom Permission Sets requirement allows organizations to create flexible and tailored permission sets for users based on their specific job functions or projects. This feature enables businesses to define unique combinations of permissions that can be easily applied to multiple users, streamlining the management of user access. The implementation of custom permission sets enhances operational efficiency, as it allows for quicker adjustments to user roles in response to changing business needs or team structures. This functionality also ensures that security is maintained while providing users with the necessary access for their tasks.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new custom permission set for different job functions.

Given a user with administrative rights, when they navigate to the User Access Controls section and select 'Create Custom Permission Set', then they should be able to add permissions for specific job functions and assign it to multiple users.

User modifies an existing custom permission set to adjust access permissions.

Given a user with administrative rights, when they select an existing custom permission set for editing, then they should be able to modify the permissions included and save the updated set successfully.

Multiple users are assigned the same custom permission set and their access is verified.

Given a custom permission set is created and assigned to multiple users, when those users log into the InsightPro platform, then they should have access to the permissions defined in that set according to their role.

User removes a custom permission set from a group of users.

Given an existing custom permission set assigned to multiple users, when an administrator selects 'Remove Custom Permission Set', then the associated permissions should be revoked from all users previously assigned that set.

User views all custom permission sets and their assigned users.

Given a user with appropriate viewing permissions, when they access the 'View Custom Permission Sets' section, then they should see a list of all custom permission sets along with the users assigned to each set.

The system processes and applies changes to a custom permission set in real-time.

Given an administrator makes changes to a custom permission set, when they save the changes, then all users assigned that set should instantly reflect the updated permissions upon their next login.

Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)

"As a user, I want to enable two-factor authentication for my account so that I can add an extra layer of security to my login process and protect my data."

Description

The Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) requirement enhances the security of user logins to the InsightPro platform by requiring users to provide two forms of verification before gaining access. This additional layer of security mitigates the risk of unauthorized access due to compromised passwords. The 2FA implementation will support various verification methods, such as SMS codes, authentication apps, or email confirmations, providing flexibility for users. This requirement is crucial for protecting sensitive data and ensuring compliance with security standards, as it significantly reduces the likelihood of unauthorized access and strengthens the overall security posture of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User attempts to log in to InsightPro with their username and password, triggering the 2FA process when they access their account from a new device.

Given a user enters their username and password correctly, When they are prompted for 2FA, Then they must successfully enter the second form of verification (SMS code, email code, or app code) to access their account.

A user attempts to log in to their InsightPro account with an expired or incorrect 2FA method, requiring an error message to be displayed to guide the user.

Given a user enters a 2FA code that is expired or invalid, When they submit the code, Then an error message indicating the failure of the 2FA process must be displayed to the user, prompting them to try again.

An administrator wishes to enable or disable the 2FA feature for specific user roles within InsightPro.

Given an admin accesses the user management settings, When they toggle the 2FA feature for a specified user role, Then the change must be saved and reflected in the user access settings for that role.

A user selects their preferred method of 2FA verification during the account setup process in InsightPro.

Given a user completes the account setup, When they reach the 2FA selection step, Then they must be able to choose one of the available verification methods to finalize their setup.

A user receives a prompt to verify their identity through 2FA during the login process after a suspicious activity has been detected on their account.

Given that suspicious activity is detected on a user's account, When they attempt to log in, Then a 2FA prompt must be triggered requiring successful verification before gaining access.

A user wants to change their 2FA settings or preferred verification method in their account settings after initially enabling it.

Given a user is in their account settings, When they access the 2FA settings, Then they must be able to update their verification method or disable 2FA, and see the changes reflected immediately.

User Role Hierarchies

"As an administrator, I want to establish role hierarchies so that I can manage user permissions more efficiently and ensure consistent access controls across the organization."

Description

The User Role Hierarchies requirement allows organizations to establish a hierarchical structure of user roles within InsightPro. This structure will define parent-child relationships between roles, thereby enabling permissions and access rights to cascade down from higher-level roles to lower-level ones. This feature simplifies the management of user permissions across large organizations by allowing administrators to assign default permissions at higher levels while ensuring that lower-level roles inherit the appropriate access rights. The implementation of role hierarchies is essential for maintaining consistency in access controls and ensuring that all users operate within their defined scopes of authority.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin assigns parent role 'Manager' with specific permissions to 'Team Lead' role and verifies inherited permissions for 'Team Member' role.

Given an admin user, when they create a 'Manager' role with permissions to view financial reports, and assign a 'Team Lead' role under 'Manager', and then assign 'Team Member' to 'Team Lead', then 'Team Member' should inherit the 'view financial reports' permission from 'Manager'.

A user with a lower-level role attempts to access a resource restricted to higher-level roles to test role inheritance.

Given a user assigned to 'Team Member' role, when they attempt to access confidential reports designated for 'Manager' role, then access should be denied, confirming the inherited permissions are correctly enforced.

Admin updates permissions for a higher-level role and verifies if the changes cascade down to lower-level roles as expected.

Given an admin user, when they change the 'Manager' role permissions to include access to performance analytics reports, then all users within 'Team Lead' and 'Team Member' roles should automatically gain access to performance analytics reports without manual updates.

Manage user role hierarchy by disabling a higher-level role's permissions to ensure that permissions from lower-level roles are not affected.

Given an admin user, when they disable the 'Manager' role's permission to view financial reports, then 'Team Lead' and 'Team Member' roles should maintain their existing permissions until explicitly revoked.

A user assigned to multiple roles can have permissions combined from both roles without conflict.

Given a user assigned to both 'Team Lead' and 'Data Analyst' roles, when they log in, then they should have access to all permissions granted by both roles without conflicts or restrictions.

Audit Trail Logging

Audit Trail Logging keeps comprehensive records of all user activities within the platform, including data access, modifications, and sharing instances. This feature enables organizations to monitor compliance with security protocols and identify any suspicious behavior in real-time. By fostering accountability and transparency, Audit Trail Logging supports audits and enhances the overall integrity of the data security framework.

Requirements

Secure Data Access Control

"As an admin, I want to set specific access permissions for each user so that I can ensure data security and compliance with company policies."

Description

The Secure Data Access Control requirement ensures that only authorized users can access sensitive data within InsightPro. This feature will allow administrators to set user roles, permissions, and restrictions based on the user's level of access. This capability is crucial for maintaining security and compliance, as it prevents unauthorized data exposure and manipulation, thereby enhancing the overall integrity of the analytics platform. By effectively managing user access, organizations can foster a secure working environment where sensitive information is protected.

Acceptance Criteria

Validating User Role Assignment and Access Permissions

Given an administrator has logged into InsightPro, when they assign a user a specific role with defined permissions, then the user should only have access to data and functionalities permitted by the assigned role, and an audit trail should capture this action.

Monitoring Unauthorized Access Attempts

Given a user attempts to access sensitive data without the appropriate permissions, when this action occurs, then the system should log the attempt and notify the administrator through an alert, while preventing access to the data.

Reviewing Audit Trail Logs for User Activity

Given an administrator wants to review user activity, when they access the audit trail logs, then they should be able to filter and view all user activities related to data access, modifications, and sharing instances within a specified timeframe.

Updating User Permissions and Verifying Changes

Given an administrator modifies a user's permissions, when they save the changes, then the updated permissions should immediately take effect, restricting or granting access according to the new settings, and the change should be reflected in the audit trail.

Testing Role-Based Access Control Effectiveness

Given multiple users with different roles, when they log into InsightPro, then each user should only see the data and options appropriate to their role, enforcing compliance with the Secure Data Access Control requirements without any leaks or discrepancies.

Logging User Activity Consistently in Audit Trails

Given a user performs any action within InsightPro, when the action is completed, then it should be recorded in the audit trail with a timestamp, user identity, and action details to ensure comprehensive logging of all activities.

Real-time Alerts and Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications about important data changes so that I can respond quickly to potential issues."

Description

The Real-time Alerts and Notifications requirement involves implementing a system for sending instant alerts to users regarding significant events or deviations in data, such as unauthorized access, data changes, or anomalies detected by the analytics engine. This feature will greatly enhance the responsiveness of organizations by enabling them to take immediate action on critical issues, thus facilitating proactive data governance. The alerts can be tailored to users’ preferences, ensuring that important information reaches the right individuals promptly.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when there is unauthorized access detected on their account.

Given a user account that has experienced unauthorized access, When the unauthorized access is detected by the system, Then the user should receive an instant alert via their preferred notification method (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notification).

User receives notifications for significant data changes in real-time.

Given a user monitoring key data metrics on their dashboard, When a significant data change occurs (e.g., a threshold value is exceeded), Then the user should receive a real-time notification highlighting the change and its implications.

User can customize alert preferences for specific data events.

Given a user accessing their settings for alert preferences, When the user selects specific data events for which they want to receive alerts, Then these preferences should be saved and applied to the alert notification system.

System logs all alerts and notifications sent to users for auditing purposes.

Given an alert is generated and sent to a user, When the alert is logged in the system, Then there should be a complete and accurate record of the alert, including the user, time, and type of alert sent.

User can deactivate or reactivate alerts from the notification settings.

Given a user who wants to change their alert status, When the user deactivates or reactivates alerts from their notification settings, Then the system should immediately update the alert status accordingly and notify the user of the change.

System provides users a summary of all alerts received within a specified timeframe.

Given a user navigating to the alerts summary section, When the user selects a timeframe (e.g., last 7 days), Then the system should display a complete list of all alerts received during that period, including summaries of each alert.

Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want to customize my dashboard with specific metrics and visualizations so that I can easily analyze performance data relevant to my role."

Description

The Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard requirement focuses on developing an interactive and customizable dashboard that presents a full spectrum of data analytics and reporting features. Users will be able to create tailored reports and visualizations, applying filters and metrics relevant to their business needs. This feature is vital for providing users with the insights necessary to make data-driven decisions, allowing them to monitor performance continuously and identify trends. A rich set of visualization options will enhance user experience and engagement with the data.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization for Dashboard

Given a user is logged into the InsightPro platform, when they navigate to the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, then they should be able to select and apply filters for data visualization, such as date range, metrics, and data categories, and have their selections saved for future sessions.

Interactive Data Visualization

Given a user is on the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, when they create a data visualization by dragging and dropping metrics onto the dashboard, then the visualization should render in real-time, allowing the user to interact with it (e.g., hover, click to explore more details).

Exporting Reports

Given a user has generated a report from the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, when they choose the export option, then the report should be downloadable in multiple formats (CSV, PDF, Excel) and retain all selected filters and visualizations in the output file.

Real-Time Data Update

Given the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard is open, when new data comes in from integrated data sources, then the dashboard should automatically refresh to reflect the latest data without requiring the user to reload the page.

User Access and Permissions

Given a user with specified roles logs into the InsightPro platform, when they access the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, then they should only see data relevant to their assigned permissions, ensuring that sensitive information is protected.

Performance Metrics Monitoring

Given the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard is in use, when the user selects performance metrics for visualization, then the dashboard should display metrics accurately and promptly, with no more than a 2-second loading time for any visualization.

Mobile Compatibility

Given a user accesses the InsightPro platform from a mobile device, when they open the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, then it should be fully functional and visually optimized for mobile view to allow for ease of use on smaller screens.

Automated Data Backup

"As a user, I want my data to be backed up automatically so that I can avoid losing important information during unexpected events."

Description

The Automated Data Backup requirement ensures that all user-generated data and analytics reports are automatically saved at regular intervals to prevent data loss. This feature will facilitate peace of mind for users, knowing that their critical analytics are secure and easily recoverable in the event of system failures or accidental deletions. A simple user interface for configuring backup schedules and locations will make this feature user-friendly and effective, reinforcing data integrity and reliability.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a backup schedule for their analytics data on InsightPro.

Given the user is on the backup settings page, when they configure their backup options (interval and storage location), then a confirmation message should appear indicating successful configuration and the backup should be scheduled accordingly.

User retrieves a previously saved backup after a system failure.

Given the user has initiated a restore process from the backup settings, when they select a specific backup file, then the system should restore the data to its original state and display a success message confirming the restoration.

System performs an automatic backup at the scheduled interval without user intervention.

Given the backup schedule is set up, when the scheduled time for backup occurs, then the system should automatically create a backup and log the event in the audit trail.

User adjusts the frequency of data backups through the user interface.

Given the user has access to the backup scheduling settings, when they change the backup frequency to a new interval and save changes, then the system should reflect the new interval and confirm the updates to the user.

User receives a notification of a successful or failed backup after the scheduled run.

Given a scheduled backup has completed, when the process ends, then the user should receive an email notification indicating whether the backup was successful or failed, along with a timestamp and backup size details.

Admin monitors backup logs for compliance checks and potential issues.

Given the admin user accesses the backup logs, when they filter the logs by date or status, then they should be able to view detailed entries regarding each backup operation, including status and error messages, if any.

Backup data is securely stored in the specified location without unauthorized access.

Given the backup is completed, when a security audit is performed on the storage location, then the logged access must show that only authorized users have access to the backup files, ensuring compliance with security protocols.

User Activity Insights

"As an admin, I want to see detailed insights into user activity so that I can optimize the platform usage and identify any security concerns."

Description

The User Activity Insights requirement will provide administrators with an overview of user interactions within InsightPro, including login times, data access patterns, and modification logs. This feature is essential for understanding user behavior, improving user experience, and identifying any potential security risks or misuses of data. By generating insightful analytics about user engagement, organizations can make informed decisions regarding resource allocation and training needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs in to InsightPro and accesses the User Activity Insights dashboard to review user interactions over the past month.

Given an admin user is logged in, when they access the User Activity Insights dashboard, then the dashboard displays a summary of user interactions including login times, data accessed, and modification logs for the last month.

An administrator needs to generate a report on user activity for compliance purposes.

Given an admin user has access to the report generation feature, when they request a report on user activities, then the system generates a downloadable report that includes user login times, data access patterns, and modification logs.

A security officer reviews user activity logs to identify any potential security breaches.

Given a security officer is on the User Activity Insights dashboard, when they filter user activities by specific date ranges and user roles, then the dashboard displays filtered user interactions relevant to the selected criteria.

An administrator wants to receive alerts for unusual user activity.

Given an admin user has set trigger thresholds for unusual activity, when any user's behavior exceeds these thresholds, then the system sends an immediate alert to the administrator's designated email.

An admin user conducts a security audit to ensure compliance with internal protocols.

Given the audit trail logging is enabled, when the admin user initiates an audit, then the system logs and displays all user activities along with timestamps, ensuring all actions can be traced and validated.

An admin user tries to access a user activity summary that exceeds the platform's performance limits.

Given an admin user attempts to view extensive user activity data, when the selected query is too large, then the system displays a message indicating to narrow down the search parameters for better performance.

Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)

Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) adds an extra layer of security to user accounts by requiring a second form of identification beyond the typical password. By implementing 2FA, InsightPro significantly reduces the risk of unauthorized logins, ensuring that sensitive data remains protected even in the event of compromised credentials. This feature helps organizations establish a robust security posture while enhancing user confidence.

Requirements

User Verification via SMS or Email

"As a user, I want to receive a one-time verification code via SMS or email so that I can securely access my account and prevent unauthorized access."

Description

This requirement entails implementing a secure user verification system that allows users to complete the two-factor authentication process through either SMS text messages or email verification. Upon login, users will receive a one-time code that they must enter in addition to their password to gain access to their accounts. This enhances security by ensuring that even if a password is compromised, unauthorized access is prevented without the verification code. Seamless integration with current account management features will allow for easy setup and management of contact information for users to personalize their verification preferences. The outcome is a more secure authentication process that fosters user trust in the system.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a login session and opts for two-factor authentication via SMS to verify their identity.

Given the user has entered their username and password, when they select SMS as their two-factor authentication method, then a one-time code should be sent to the registered mobile number.

A user attempts to log in using their password but has forgotten their registered mobile number for SMS verification.

Given the user has forgotten their mobile number, when they attempt to log in, then the system should provide an option to verify their identity via email instead.

A user successfully logs in with their password and is prompted to enter the one-time verification code received via SMS.

Given the user has received a one-time code via SMS, when they enter the code into the verification field, then they should gain access to their account if the code is correct.

A user selects to receive the two-factor authentication code via email instead of SMS and attempts to log in.

Given the user has chosen email for verification, when they enter their password and submit, then a one-time code should be sent to their registered email address, and they should be prompted to enter that code.

A user receives a one-time code via SMS but attempts to enter an incorrect code during login.

Given the user has received a one-time code, when they enter an incorrect code, then the system should deny access and provide a message indicating the code is invalid.

A user successfully completes their login through SMS verification and accesses their account dashboard.

Given the user has correctly entered the one-time SMS verification code, when they log in, then they should be redirected to their account dashboard.

A user updates their contact information for receiving two-factor authentication codes.

Given the user is in their account settings, when they update their registered mobile number or email address for 2FA, then the system should save the changes and confirm the update with a notification.

Backup Codes for Emergency Access

"As a user, I want to receive backup codes when I set up two-factor authentication, so that I have an alternative means of accessing my account if I lose my primary verification method."

Description

The requirement involves providing users with a set of backup codes that can be used for two-factor authentication in case they lose access to their primary verification method (SMS or email). Users will be able to generate a set of unique backup codes upon enabling two-factor authentication. These codes should be presented in a secure manner and users will be encouraged to store them safely. The backup codes add an extra layer of convenience and assurance, allowing users to regain access to their accounts even if they encounter issues with their primary verification method, thus enhancing the overall user experience and security.

Acceptance Criteria

Backup Codes Generation Upon Enabling 2FA

Given a user has successfully enabled Two-Factor Authentication, when they request backup codes, then a unique set of 10 backup codes should be generated and displayed securely to the user.

Secure Presentation of Backup Codes

Given a user has generated their backup codes, when the codes are displayed, then they should be presented in a secure manner that prevents unauthorized access and ensures user privacy.

User Ability to Regenerate Backup Codes

Given a user has backup codes, when they choose to regenerate the codes, then a new unique set of backup codes should be generated and the old codes should be invalidated.

Backup Codes Usability Test

Given a user has backup codes, when they attempt to log in using a backup code, then the system should validate the code and grant access if the code is valid and has not been used before.

User Instructions for Storing Backup Codes

Given a user has generated backup codes, when the codes are presented, then the system should provide clear instructions on how to safely store these codes.

Notification of Backup Code Use

Given a user has utilized a backup code for authentication, when the code is used, then the system should notify the user via their registered email or mobile number that a backup code was used for login.

Expiration of Backup Codes

Given a user has generated backup codes, when a backup code is not used within 30 days, then the system should mark the code as expired and notify the user during their next login attempt.

Admin Management of 2FA Settings

"As an admin, I want to manage two-factor authentication settings for users in my organization so that I can ensure the highest security standards are maintained consistently across all accounts."

Description

This requirement concerns the functionality that allows administrators to manage and enforce two-factor authentication settings across the organization. Administrators will have the ability to enable or disable 2FA for individual users or entire teams, as well as to configure the options available for verification methods (SMS, email, backup codes). This feature will help organizations maintain a strong security posture while tailoring the security measures to suit different teams' needs, ensuring consistent security compliance across the platform. Additionally, reporting features should allow admins to monitor the 2FA adoption rate and any authentication issues that users may be encountering.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin manages 2FA settings for multiple users in the organization through the InsightPro admin panel.

Given an admin is logged into the InsightPro admin panel, When the admin navigates to the 2FA settings section, Then the admin must be able to enable or disable 2FA for any user or team and save the changes without errors.

Admin configures multiple verification methods for 2FA in the organization.

Given an admin is in the 2FA settings section, When the admin selects verification methods, Then the admin should be able to choose from SMS, email, and backup codes, and successfully save the selected options without issues.

Admin monitors the adoption rate of 2FA across the organization.

Given the 2FA settings are configured, When the admin accesses the reporting dashboard, Then the admin should see a clear graphical representation of the 2FA adoption rate and any users who have encountered authentication issues.

Users interact with the 2FA prompt during login under the new settings imposed by the admin.

Given a user has 2FA enabled, When the user attempts to log in, Then the user receives a prompt for the second factor of authentication and can successfully log in using their selected method.

Admin disables 2FA for a specific user and verifies the change is effective immediately.

Given an admin has disabled 2FA for a specific user, When that user attempts to log in, Then the user should be able to log in without being prompted for 2FA verification.

Admin receives notifications about any 2FA authentication failures reported by users.

Given the 2FA feature is in use, When a user fails to authenticate via 2FA, Then the admin should receive a notification detailing the user and the failure occurrence.

Admin reviews individual user settings for 2FA configurations.

Given an admin is viewing individual user settings, When the admin selects a specific user, Then the admin should see the current status of 2FA for that user, including the selected verification method.

User Interface for 2FA Setup

"As a user, I want an intuitive interface to set up two-factor authentication, so that I can easily enable this feature without confusion or difficulty."

Description

This requirement involves creating a user-friendly interface that guides users through the setup and management process for two-factor authentication. The interface will include step-by-step prompts for enabling 2FA, selecting preferred verification methods, and accessing backup codes. Clear instructions and visual cues will enhance user understanding and compliance. This increase in usability aims to improve overall security adoption rates in the platform, making the two-factor authentication feature more accessible to all users regardless of their technical capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the 2FA setup page after logging into their InsightPro account.

Given the user is logged into InsightPro, when they select the 'Enable Two-Factor Authentication' option, then the user should be directed to the 2FA setup interface with clearly labeled steps and options for verification methods.

User initiates the 2FA setup process and selects their preferred verification method.

Given the user is on the 2FA setup interface, when they choose to receive their verification code via SMS or email, then the system should accurately prompt for the corresponding phone number or email address, and validate the input format before proceeding.

User completes the 2FA setup process and attempts to log in using the new security feature.

Given the user has successfully configured their 2FA settings, when they log in to their account, then they should receive a verification code on their selected method, which must be successfully verified before granting access to the account.

User requires backup codes for 2FA and navigates to access them.

Given the user has enabled 2FA, when they click on the 'Get Backup Codes' button, then they should be presented with a list of backup codes immediately downloadable and clearly presented with usage instructions.

User needs help during the 2FA setup process due to lack of understanding.

Given the user is on the 2FA setup page, when they click the 'Help' icon, then a contextual help section should appear, providing step-by-step guidance and FAQs related to 2FA setup.

User has completed the 2FA setup and wants to verify its functioning after a period of inactivity.

Given the user has completed the 2FA setup, when they log in after a period of inactivity, then they should be asked to enter their 2FA code as part of the login process, ensuring that the security feature is actively protecting the account.

Security Notifications for Login Attempts

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about my login activity, so that I can monitor my account for any unauthorized access and take immediate actions if necessary."

Description

This requirement focuses on notifying users of successful and failed login attempts made using two-factor authentication. Users will receive alerts for each event, including flags for attempts from unrecognized devices or locations. These notifications will serve to keep users informed about their account activity and allow them to act quickly if any suspicious behavior is detected. This will enhance security awareness among users and support proactive risk management by empowering users to take control of their account security.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification after a successful login attempt using Two-Factor Authentication (2FA).

Given a user successfully logs in with valid credentials and 2FA code, when the login is processed, then the user should receive a notification confirming the successful login attempt.

User receives a notification after a failed login attempt using Two-Factor Authentication (2FA).

Given a user attempts to log in with incorrect credentials or invalid 2FA code, when the login fails, then the user should receive a notification detailing the failed login attempt.

User is alerted when a login attempt is made from an unrecognized device or location.

Given a user logs in from a device or location not previously associated with their account, when the login is attempted, then the user should receive a security notification indicating an unrecognized login attempt.

User can view a log of all recent login attempts including successes and failures.

Given a user accesses the security settings within their account, when they navigate to the login attempts log, then they should see a complete list of their recent login attempts with time stamps, success/failure status, and device/location details.

User receives notifications in real-time for login attempts.

Given a user has enabled security notifications, when a login attempt (successful or failed) occurs, then the user should receive the notification within 5 minutes of the event.

User can configure their notification preferences for login attempt alerts.

Given a user is in the notification settings section of their profile, when they select their preferences for login alerts, then they should be able to choose the types of notifications they wish to receive (e.g., successful, failed, unrecognized device), and these preferences should be saved for future logins.

Admin receives reports on user login attempts for security analysis.

Given an admin accesses the security dashboard, when they request a report on user login attempts within a specified timeframe, then they should receive a comprehensive report that includes the number of successful and failed attempts, along with details of unrecognized devices or locations.

Data Loss Prevention Tools

Data Loss Prevention Tools systematically monitor and protect sensitive data from being shared, leaked, or lost. This feature uses risk-based policies to prevent unauthorized data transfers and alerts users of potential violations, allowing for immediate corrective actions. By safeguarding critical information, businesses can maintain compliance with data protection regulations and bolster customer trust.

Requirements

Real-time Monitoring

"As a data security manager, I want real-time monitoring of sensitive data so that I can respond immediately to unauthorized access or data leaks, ensuring compliance and safeguarding customer information."

Description

The Real-time Monitoring requirement involves the capability to systematically track and analyze data activities as they occur within the platform. This feature will enable users to receive instant alerts on any unauthorized access attempts or data sharing activities that violate pre-set risk-based policies. By implementing this functionality, InsightPro will enhance its Data Loss Prevention Tools, allowing businesses to react promptly to potential data breaches, thereby mitigating risks and ensuring compliance with data protection regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an instant alert when an unauthorized access attempt is detected.

Given a user is logged into InsightPro, when an unauthorized access attempt occurs, then the system must send a real-time alert to the user's dashboard and via email within 1 minute.

System tracks user activities involving sensitive data in real time.

Given that data activities are being monitored, when a user accesses, modifies, or shares sensitive data, then the activity must be logged with a timestamp and user identification details accurately recorded in the system's audit log.

User can configure risk-based policies for data monitoring.

Given an administrator is on the policy configuration page, when they create or modify a risk-based policy, then the policy must be saved, activated, and correctly reflected in the system's monitoring preferences immediately.

Immediate response to potential data leaks through user notifications.

Given a potential data leak is identified by the system, when a violation of risk-based policy occurs, then the affected users must receive a notification on their dashboard and an email alert detailing the nature of the violation within 5 minutes.

Comprehensive reporting of monitored activities and incidents.

Given that real-time monitoring is active, when a user requests a report on data activities, then the system must generate a detailed report including all unauthorized access attempts, violations, and corrective actions taken within a 24-hour period.

Testing the effectiveness of the monitoring alerts under different scenarios.

Given various scenarios of unauthorized access are simulated, when each scenario is executed, then the system must trigger appropriate alerts and log each event correctly, confirming that all alerts are received within the predefined time frame.

User Access Controls

"As an administrator, I want to set user access controls so that only authorized employees can access sensitive data, reducing the risk of data breaches and ensuring compliance with regulations."

Description

User Access Controls will provide administrators with the ability to set and manage user permissions selectively, ensuring that only authorized personnel can access or share sensitive data. This functionality is crucial for maintaining data integrity and compliance with regulations, as it allows businesses to implement the principle of least privilege. By enforcing strict access controls, InsightPro supports organizations in protecting critical information from internal threats and unintended data exposure.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator sets up user permissions for a new employee in the marketing department.

Given the administrator has logged into InsightPro, When they navigate to the User Access Controls section and create a new user with specific marketing permissions, Then the new user should have access only to marketing-related data and functionalities as defined in the policy.

An employee attempts to access sensitive financial data without the appropriate permissions.

Given the employee does not have the necessary permissions for financial data, When they try to access that data, Then they should receive an access denied notification and not be able to view or share the financial information.

An administrator reviews and modifies existing user permissions.

Given the administrator has access to User Access Controls, When they edit the permissions of an existing user, Then the changes should be reflected immediately in the user's access rights, and the user should receive a notification about the changes made.

An unauthorized user tries to export sensitive data.

Given the user does not have export permissions for sensitive data, When they attempt to export that data, Then the system should prevent the action and log the attempt for auditing purposes.

A user sends a request for additional permissions from within the platform.

Given a user submits a request for additional access through the User Access Controls interface, When the request is submitted, Then relevant administrators should receive an alert to review and approve or deny the request.

An administrator wants to generate a report on user access activities.

Given the administrator is in the User Access Controls section, When they request a report on user access activities, Then the system should generate a report detailing user access attempts, permissions granted, and any violations in the last 30 days.

Incident Reporting and Analytics

"As a compliance officer, I want to generate reports on data incident occurrences so that I can analyze trends and improve our data protection policies, ensuring better compliance and security."

Description

The Incident Reporting and Analytics requirement will allow users to generate comprehensive reports on detected incidents concerning sensitive data handling. This feature will analyze the nature, frequency, and responses to these incidents, providing insights that can help in refining risk-based policies and improving overall data security posture. The capability to visualize incident data will enable organizations to identify trends and take proactive steps to prevent future occurrences, significantly strengthening their Data Loss Prevention strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

As a compliance officer, I need to generate a report of all incidents related to sensitive data handling for the last quarter to evaluate our Data Loss Prevention policies.

Given that the compliance officer selects the 'Quarterly Report' option and specifies the last quarter's dates, when the report is generated, then the report should include a detailed list of all incidents with timestamps, incident types, and responses taken.

As a security analyst, I want to visualize trends in incidents over the past year to identify areas needing improvement in our data security measures.

Given that the security analyst selects the 'Yearly Trend Analysis' option, when the data is visualized, then the dashboard should display a line chart showing the number of incidents per month, categorized by incident types.

As a data manager, I need to receive alerts for any significant increase in incidents related to sensitive data to take immediate actions.

Given that the data manager has set thresholds for incident frequency, when the number of incidents exceeds the defined threshold within a specific timeframe, then the system should automatically send an alert notification to the data manager's email.

As a policy maker, I want to review incident analytics to refine our risk-based policies effectively.

Given that the policy maker accesses the incident analytics section, when the data is sorted by severity and frequency of incidents, then the analytics should provide actionable insights with suggested policy adjustments based on past incidents.

As an IT auditor, I need a summary of incident responses to ensure compliance with regulatory standards.

Given that the IT auditor requests the 'Incident Response Summary' report, when the report is generated, then it should include a summary of incident responses with completion status and timelines to comply with the regulatory requirements.

As a user, I want to track the history of incident management actions taken to assess effectiveness.

Given that the user accesses the 'Incident Management History', when the history is displayed, then it should list all actions taken along with timestamps and outcomes for each incident.

As a data protection officer, I want to analyze the effectiveness of our current Data Loss Prevention measures based on incident data.

Given that the data protection officer reviews incident data over a defined period, when the analysis is completed, then it should include metrics indicating the proportion of incidents prevented versus those that occurred, with visual aids for clarity.

Customizable Alerts and Notifications

"As a user, I want to customize alerts so that I receive notifications that are relevant to my specific data security needs, allowing me to respond quickly to potential threats."

Description

Customizable Alerts and Notifications will enable users to set specific triggers for alerts based on predefined criteria such as types of data access, sharing attempts, or policy violations. This function will personalize the user experience and ensure relevant stakeholders receive timely notifications, allowing for quicker responses and actions to protect sensitive data. By tailoring alerts, InsightPro further enhances its Data Loss Prevention tools, making them more adaptable to the unique needs of different organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

Setting Up Custom Alerts for Specific Data Access Patterns

Given the user is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the customizable alerts section and create an alert for data access over 1GB, then the alert should be logged in the system and trigger notifications when the data access criteria is met.

Notification Delivery for Policy Violations

Given a user has set up an alert for policy violations, when a policy violation occurs, then the user should receive a notification via email and within the InsightPro dashboard within 5 minutes.

Editing Existing Alerts for Updated Data Sharing Policies

Given an existing alert is in place for data sharing attempts, when the user edits the alert to include additional criteria, then the system should save the updated alert configuration and notify the user that the changes are successful.

User Role-Based Trigger Alerts

Given the user is an admin, when they set an alert for data access by a user in a specific role, then the alert should only trigger notifications for that specific user role when data access occurs.

Viewing Alert History and Notification Logs

Given the user has set multiple alerts, when they view the alert history, then the system should display a log of all triggered alerts with timestamps and actions taken.

Integration with External Notification Systems

Given a user has integrated an external messaging app, when an alert is triggered in InsightPro, then the alert notification should also be sent to the external messaging app immediately.

Data Encryption Enforcement

"As a security officer, I want sensitive data to be automatically encrypted so that we can ensure confidentiality and compliance with data protection regulations, minimizing risks associated with data breaches."

Description

The Data Encryption Enforcement requirement will establish protocols to ensure that sensitive data, both at rest and in transit, is automatically encrypted using industry-standard encryption methods. By enforcing encryption, InsightPro will add an essential layer of security that protects sensitive information from unauthorized access or breaches. This is particularly important for compliance with various data protection regulations, making it a vital function for businesses that manage personal or sensitive data.

Acceptance Criteria

Data Encryption for Storing Customer Information

Given sensitive customer data is stored in the InsightPro database, when the data is saved, then it must be encrypted using AES-256 encryption and remain encrypted until accessed by an authorized user.

Data Encryption for Transmitting Reports

Given reports containing sensitive information are transmitted via email from InsightPro, when the email is sent, then all report attachments must be encrypted using SSL/TLS protocols during transmission.

Access Control for Decrypting Data

Given an authorized user requests to access encrypted sensitive data, when the user provides the correct authentication credentials, then the system must allow decryption only following defined access control policies.

Audit Logging of Encryption Activities

Given any encryption or decryption action is performed within InsightPro, when the action is completed, then a log entry must be created that includes the user ID, timestamp, and action type for audit purposes.

Integration with Third-Party Data Sources

Given InsightPro is integrated with third-party data sources, when data is imported, then all sensitive data must be automatically encrypted before entering the InsightPro system using approved encryption standards.

User Notifications for Encryption Failures

Given a failure occurs during the encryption process of sensitive data, when the error is detected, then the system must notify the administrator immediately via alert to address the issue.

Compliance Management Dashboard

The Compliance Management Dashboard provides organizations with an overview of their compliance status with various data security regulations, such as GDPR and HIPAA. This feature offers actionable insights and reporting capabilities, enabling users to identify areas for improvement and streamline compliance processes. By simplifying regulatory adherence, the dashboard empowers organizations to focus on their core operations confidently.

Requirements

Regulatory Compliance Monitoring

"As a compliance officer, I want to monitor the organization's regulatory adherence continuously so that I can ensure we meet all necessary requirements and avoid any legal penalties."

Description

The Regulatory Compliance Monitoring requirement enables the Compliance Management Dashboard to continuously track and evaluate the organization's adherence to various data security regulations such as GDPR, HIPAA, and others. This feature is crucial for providing real-time insights into compliance status, highlighting potential risks, and ensuring proactive measures are implemented. It will integrate with existing data sources, gather relevant information, and provide alerts and recommendations for timely corrective actions. The outcome will be improved compliance posture and reduced risk of penalties or breaches, empowering organizations to maintain trust with customers and stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Compliance Management Dashboard to view real-time compliance status for GDPR and HIPAA regulations.

Given the user is logged into the Compliance Management Dashboard, when they navigate to the Regulatory Compliance Monitoring section, then they should see a visual representation of compliance status with clear indicators for compliant, partially compliant, and non-compliant areas, updated in real-time.

An organization receives an alert for a potential compliance issue identified by the system.

Given a potential risk is detected regarding GDPR compliance, when the user receives an alert notification, then the alert should include details about the nature of the risk, the affected data, and recommended corrective actions to address the issue.

A user generates a compliance report for internal review and regulatory submissions.

Given the user is on the Compliance Management Dashboard, when they select 'Generate Compliance Report' for a specified date range, then the system should produce a report that includes compliance metrics, identified risks, and a summary of corrective actions taken, available for download in PDF format.

The dashboard integrates with multiple data sources for comprehensive compliance monitoring.

Given the organization has set up data integrations with CRM and HR systems, when new data is added to these sources, then the Compliance Management Dashboard should automatically update compliance status and alert on any discrepancies in real-time.

A user interacts with the dashboard's predictive analytics features to forecast compliance risks.

Given the user is utilizing the predictive analytics tool, when they input historical compliance data, then the system should provide a forecast report indicating potential compliance risks based on trends, complete with visual graphs and recommendations for remediation.

The dashboard provides user access controls for compliance monitoring based on roles.

Given the Compliance Management Dashboard has multiple user roles, when an admin sets permissions for viewing compliance data, then users assigned to specific roles should only access data appropriate for their permissions without being able to see sensitive information intended for higher-level roles.

A user requests assistance via the help feature of the Compliance Management Dashboard regarding compliance monitoring.

Given the user is unsure about a specific compliance metric displayed in the dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then the system should present a contextual help menu that provides definitions, examples, and guidance on interpreting the compliance metrics.

Customizable Compliance Reports

"As a department head, I want to generate compliance reports that focus on my team's metrics so that I can present relevant information to my management and ensure our compliance efforts are aligned with our objectives."

Description

The Customizable Compliance Reports requirement allows users to generate tailored reports that focus on specific compliance metrics relevant to different departments or stakeholders within the organization. Users can select parameters, timeframes, and metrics, ensuring reports are aligned with the organization’s goals and the expectations of various stakeholders. This feature enhances the usability of the Compliance Management Dashboard by enabling clearer communication of compliance status and improvements needed, ultimately leading to more informed decision-making around compliance strategy and operations.

Acceptance Criteria

As a compliance officer, I want to generate a report that shows GDPR compliance metrics specifically for the marketing department so that I can assess their alignment with regulatory requirements and identify areas for improvement.

Given I am logged into the Compliance Management Dashboard, when I select the GDPR compliance report for the marketing department with a date range of the last quarter, then the report should display metrics including data processing activities, consent management, and any breaches reported within that timeframe.

As a project manager, I need to create a summary report of HIPAA compliance status for an upcoming team meeting, which includes timeframes and specific venues for the last six months, to ensure all project stakeholders are informed.

Given I am on the Compliance Management Dashboard, when I choose HIPAA as the compliance standard, set the timeframe to the last six months and select summary metrics, then the generated report should include the total number of compliance incidents and actions taken, formatted for presentation.

As a department head, I want to customize a report that focuses on compliance with data storage regulations across different teams to evaluate our overall strategy and resource allocation.

Given I have accessed the Compliance Management Dashboard, when I customize the report parameters by selecting various departments and the data storage regulation metric, then the report should generate with the correct values populated based on the selected criteria and be exportable in PDF format.

As a compliance analyst, I need to export reports about compliance metrics into a CSV file for data analysis and comparison in external tools.

Given I am viewing my customized compliance report, when I click the export button and select the CSV format, then the downloaded file should accurately reflect the report's data without loss of information or formatting errors.

As a compliance officer, I need to save custom report templates for repeated usage so that I can streamline the reporting process for regular assessments.

Given I have customized a compliance report, when I click 'Save as Template' and provide a template name, then the template should be saved and appear in the list of available templates for future use.

As a system administrator, I want to ensure users can only generate reports relevant to their roles to maintain data sensitivity and regulatory compliance.

Given I have logged in as a user with restricted access, when I navigate to the report generation section, then the options available to me should only include reports that pertain to my role and permissions within the system.

Automated Compliance Alerts

"As a compliance manager, I want to receive automated alerts for any compliance breaches or risks so that I can address them immediately and maintain our regulatory standards."

Description

The Automated Compliance Alerts requirement provides users with notifications regarding compliance-related issues or risks based on defined thresholds and criteria. This ensures that organizations can take timely action on potential compliance failures or necessary updates in policies. By integrating artificial intelligence-driven analysis, the feature can predict compliance risks and alert users before they become critical. This will enhance the organization's ability to respond quickly and effectively to maintain compliance, reducing the likelihood of serious repercussions.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated compliance alerts are triggered when data processing activities exceed defined thresholds set for GDPR compliance, ensuring users are notified in real-time about potential issues.

Given the compliance thresholds are defined, When data processing activities exceed these thresholds, Then an automated alert is sent to the designated compliance officer's email within 5 minutes.

Users receive predictive alerts for potential HIPAA compliance breaches based on historical data trends and current processing activities.

Given the predictive analysis is active, When the system detects a trend indicating future HIPAA breaches, Then an alert is generated and displayed on the compliance management dashboard.

The system enables users to customize alert thresholds for different compliance regulations based on their organizational requirements.

Given the user has administrative access, When they adjust the compliance threshold settings, Then the changes are saved and reflected immediately in the alert system.

Notifications are logged for audit purposes, allowing compliance officers to track all alerts generated by the system.

Given an automated alert has been triggered, When the alert is generated, Then the details of the alert are logged with a timestamp and stored securely for audit review.

Compliance alerts can be acknowledged by users, effectively indicating that the alerts have been reviewed and addressed.

Given an alert is generated, When a user acknowledges the alert on the dashboard, Then the alert status is updated to 'Acknowledged', preventing duplicate notifications.

Users receive a daily summary of all compliance alerts to keep them informed about the organization's compliance health.

Given the daily summary feature is enabled, When the daily reporting period concludes, Then an email summary of all alerts and their statuses is sent to the compliance team.

Interactive Compliance Metrics Dashboard

"As a user of the dashboard, I want to interactively explore various compliance metrics so that I can analyze trends and dive deeper into the areas that may need attention."

Description

The Interactive Compliance Metrics Dashboard requirement aims to provide users with a dynamic and visual representation of their compliance metrics through graphs, heat maps, and charts. Users will be able to drill down into specific areas, filter data, and explore trends over time. This interactivity promotes a better understanding of the compliance data and empowers users to make data-driven decisions quickly. The integration of effective data visualization techniques will enhance user engagement with compliance metrics, making the dashboard a valuable tool for monitoring compliance status across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Compliance Management Dashboard for the first time to evaluate their compliance status across various regulations.

Given the user is on the Compliance Management Dashboard, when they load the page, then they should see a summary of compliance metrics displayed in visual formats such as graphs and heat maps, representing their current status against GDPR and HIPAA.

A compliance officer wants to filter the compliance metrics to view only GDPR-related data over the last quarter.

Given the user is on the Compliance Management Dashboard, when they select the GDPR filter and set the time range to the last quarter, then only GDPR compliance metrics should be displayed on the dashboard.

The compliance manager is analyzing trends in compliance metrics over the past year to prepare for an upcoming audit.

Given the user has selected the trend analysis option for a year, when the data is displayed, then they should see a clear graphical representation of compliance trends over the specified period with actionable insights highlighted.

A user is drilling down into specific compliance metrics concerning employee data handling practices.

Given the user is on the Compliance Management Dashboard, when they click on the specific compliance metric related to employee data, then they should be taken to a detailed stats view showing breakdowns and areas for improvement.

Management wants to print or export the compliance metrics dashboard for a meeting with stakeholders.

Given the user is viewing the Compliance Management Dashboard, when they select the print or export option, then they should be able to generate a well-formatted document or a CSV file containing all the visible compliance metrics.

A user is receiving real-time alerts for any compliance breaches detected by the system.

Given the user has configured alert settings for compliance breaches, when a real-time breach occurs, then an alert notification should be sent to the user's dashboard and email.

A user is interacting with the dashboard and wants to customize their view based on personal preferences.

Given the user is on the Compliance Management Dashboard, when they adjust the settings to customize which metrics to display and in what format, then their preferences should be saved and applied successfully upon their next visit to the dashboard.

User Role-Based Access Control

"As an IT administrator, I want to set role-based permissions for users so that I can ensure that sensitive compliance information is only accessible to authorized personnel."

Description

The User Role-Based Access Control requirement ensures that different users have appropriate access levels based on their roles within the organization. This is crucial for safeguarding sensitive compliance data and ensuring that only authorized personnel can view or modify compliance information. By implementing granular access controls, organizations can maintain data integrity and better comply with regulatory standards. This feature will help define user roles, manage permissions effectively, and, in turn, foster a secure compliance environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Compliance Management Dashboard with only their role's assigned permissions.

Given a user is logged in as a Compliance Officer, When they navigate to the Compliance Management Dashboard, Then they can view all compliance reports and modify only compliance documents relevant to their role.

Admin user creates a new role with specific compliance access levels.

Given an Admin user has logged into the system, When they create a new user role with defined access levels, Then the role is saved correctly with the specified permissions and can be assigned to users.

User attempts to access restricted compliance data without the necessary permissions.

Given a user is logged in as a regular employee, When they attempt to access a compliance report meant for Compliance Officers, Then they receive an access denied message and cannot view the report.

Changes to user permissions are logged appropriately for audit trails.

Given an Admin user modifies the access permissions for a Compliance Officer, When the changes are saved, Then an entry is created in the audit log reflecting the changes made and the user who made them.

Multiple users with the same role can access the Compliance Management Dashboard simultaneously without conflicts.

Given two Compliance Officers are logged in at the same time, When they both attempt to view the same compliance report, Then both users can access the report without any system conflicts or errors.

Quiz Battles

Quiz Battles gamify the learning process by allowing users to compete against each other in real-time knowledge challenges. Users can face off in head-to-head quizzes on various InsightPro functionalities, fostering an engaging and interactive learning atmosphere. This feature encourages participants to improve their knowledge and confidence while also fostering camaraderie and friendly competition among colleagues, ultimately enhancing team dynamics and a culture of learning.

Requirements

Real-time Quiz Matching

"As a user of InsightPro, I want to compete in real-time quiz challenges against my peers so that I can enhance my learning experience through friendly competition and immediate feedback."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a system that pairs users for head-to-head quiz challenges in real-time. It will utilize AI algorithms to match users based on their knowledge level and preferred topics, ensuring a competitive yet fair experience. The system will also allow users to see their opponents' progress and scores live, which enhances engagement and excitement. This functionality is crucial for maintaining user interest and encouraging consistent participation in Quiz Battles, ultimately fostering a vibrant learning environment within InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

User is matched with another participant for a quiz battle based on their knowledge level and preferred topics, ensuring a balanced competition that is engaging and fosters learning.

Given two users with matching knowledge levels and selected topics, when the quiz battle is initiated, then both users should be paired successfully without significant matchmaking delays.

During a quiz battle, users can view their opponents’ progress in real time, fostering a competitive environment and encouraging user engagement.

Given a live quiz battle, when a user views the interface, then they should see their opponent's current score and progress update at least every 5 seconds during the quiz.

Users can select their preferred topics before being matched for a quiz battle, ensuring that their interests are prioritized during matchmaking.

Given a user selects preferred quiz topics, when they initiate a matchmaking request, then they should only be matched with opponents who have also selected the same topics.

Users are notified when they are successfully matched with an opponent for a quiz battle, enhancing user experience and clarity.

Given a user has entered the quiz battle matchmaking queue, when a match is found, then the user should receive a notification within 3 seconds informing them of their opponent's identity and the start of the quiz.

The system maintains a leaderboard that tracks users' scores and performance in quiz battles, encouraging a culture of competition and learning.

Given multiple quiz battles have taken place, when users view the leaderboard, then it should display accurate rankings based on the total scores achieved by each user in their battles, updated in real time after each battle concludes.

The matchmaking algorithm adequately assesses users' knowledge levels and topics to ensure fair and competitive pairings.

Given a pool of users with varying knowledge levels, when the matchmaking process is executed, then the algorithm must statistically show that the majority of matches result in close competition, defined by a score difference of less than 10% in at least 70% of battles.

Users can report issues with the matchmaking or competition experience, ensuring continuous improvement of the feature.

Given a user experiences a problem during the quiz battle, when they submit a report, then the system should log the report and provide immediate feedback that the issue has been received and will be addressed.

Leaderboard and Rewards System

"As a competitive user, I want to see a leaderboard and earn rewards for my quiz performance so that I can track my progress and feel recognized for my achievements."

Description

Implement a leaderboard feature that tracks user performance across various quiz challenges. This system will allow users to see their rankings compared to others, fostering a sense of competition. Additionally, a rewards system will be integrated, offering points or badges for achievements during quiz battles. This requirement aims to motivate users to engage more with the learning process by providing visible recognition of their efforts and successes, thus enhancing user satisfaction and retention.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the leaderboard after participating in multiple quiz battles and wants to compare their ranking with peers.

Given the user has completed at least one quiz battle, when they access the leaderboard, then they should see their current rank highlighted along with the top 10 competitors' ranks and scores.

User earns a reward after reaching a specific number of quiz battle wins and wants to view the earned rewards on their profile.

Given the user has achieved the required number of wins, when they navigate to their profile's rewards section, then they should see their newly awarded badges or points listed with a brief description of each achievement.

An administrator wants to verify that the leaderboard updates in real-time as users complete more quizzes.

Given multiple users are participating in quiz battles simultaneously, when one user completes a quiz, then the leaderboard should reflect any changes in rankings with no more than a 5-second delay.

Users participate in quiz battles and want to receive notifications for newly earned rewards.

Given a user has achieved a new reward after a quiz battle, when the reward is granted, then they should receive an in-app notification stating the reward earned and the criteria met.

Users are curious about how leaderboard points are calculated and want transparency on the scoring system.

Given a user accesses the leaderboard help section, when they look for scoring criteria, then they should find a clear explanation of how points and ranks are awarded, including examples of specific quizzes and their corresponding points.

A user wants to filter the leaderboard to view rankings based only on a specific category of quizzes.

Given the user accesses the leaderboard, when they select a quiz category filter, then the leaderboard should refresh to display only rankings and scores from quizzes within that selected category.

Diverse Quiz Topics and Difficulty Levels

"As a user, I want a variety of quiz topics and difficulty levels available in Quiz Battles so that I can choose challenges that suit my interests and knowledge level."

Description

This requirement ensures that a wide range of quiz topics and varying difficulty levels are available for users to choose from during quiz battles. By providing diverse content, users can select quizzes that match their interests and skill levels, promoting higher engagement and learning effectiveness. This functionality is essential for catering to the wide-ranging knowledge of users and helping them to improve their understanding of different aspects of InsightPro functionalities.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a quiz topic from a diverse list that includes categories such as Data Analysis, Predictive Analytics, Dashboard Customization, and Integrations during a Quiz Battles session.

Given that the user is on the Quiz Battles interface, when they click on the 'Select Topic' dropdown menu, then they should see at least 5 different quiz topics with varying difficulty levels available to choose from.

During a Quiz Battles match, users of different skill levels participate in quizzes that are customized to their selected difficulty levels.

Given that a user selects a 'Beginner' difficulty level quiz, when the match starts, then the quiz questions presented should be from a pre-defined beginner difficulty set.

A user reviews the quiz topics and their associated difficulty levels before choosing which quiz to participate in.

Given that the user browses the quiz topics list, when they hover over a topic, then they should see a tooltip displaying the difficulty levels available for that topic.

Users receive feedback on their performance after completing quizzes, based on the topic and difficulty level chosen.

Given that a user completes a quiz on 'Data Analysis' at 'Intermediate' level, when the results are displayed, then they should receive a detailed report on their performance along with recommendations of topics for improvement.

An admin updates the quiz topics and difficulty levels based on user feedback and engagement metrics.

Given that an admin accesses the Quiz Topics management panel, when they add a new quiz topic or modify the difficulty level of an existing topic, then the changes should be reflected in the user interface immediately.

A user is able to filter quiz topics based on personal interest and preferred difficulty levels before joining a quiz battle.

Given that the user is on the quiz selection page, when they apply filters for 'Advanced' difficulty level and the 'Dashboard Customization' topic, then they should only see quizzes that meet these criteria.

Interactive Feedback Post-Quiz

"As a user, I want to receive interactive feedback after completing a quiz so that I can learn from my mistakes and improve my knowledge."

Description

After completing a quiz battle, users will receive immediate feedback on their performance, including correct answers, explanations, and resources for further learning. This requirement is important as it provides users with valuable insights into their strengths and areas for improvement. By fostering a deeper understanding of the material, this feedback will enhance the learning experience and help users retain information more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives immediate feedback after completing a quiz battle on their performance compared to their opponent.

Given a user completes a quiz battle, when they click on the feedback button, then they should see correct answers, personalized explanations for each question, and links to relevant resources for further learning.

Feedback includes detailed explanations for each question answered incorrectly during the quiz battle.

Given a user views their performance feedback, then for each incorrect answer, there should be a clear and concise explanation outlining why the answer was wrong and how to arrive at the correct answer.

Users can access remedial resources from the feedback screen immediately after the quiz battle.

Given a user is viewing the feedback screen, when they click on resource links, then they should be directed to additional learning materials relevant to the topics covered in the quiz battle.

Users can compare their performance metric with their peers post-quiz battle.

Given multiple users participate in the quiz battle, when the feedback is displayed, then users should see their individual score along with a percentage and ranking compared to their opponent.

Feedback is delivered in a user-friendly format that promotes further engagement with the learning material.

Given a user has completed a quiz battle, when they view the feedback, then the layout should be visually appealing, easy to navigate, and styled to encourage further interaction with the content.

Users can retry questions they answered incorrectly directly from the feedback screen.

Given a user has feedback showing incorrect answers, when they select an incorrect answer in the feedback screen, then they should have the option to attempt that question again in a practice mode.

Users can leave feedback or comments on the provided explanations and resources.

Given the user is viewing the feedback screen, when they click on the feedback option, then they should have the ability to submit comments or questions regarding the explanations or resources offered.

Social Sharing and Collaboration Features

"As a user, I want to share my quiz results and challenge my friends through social media so that I can showcase my achievements and engage more with my peers."

Description

Integrate social sharing options that allow users to share their quiz results and achievements on social media or within team collaboration tools. Additionally, enable features that allow users to challenge friends or team members directly through these platforms. This requirement is aimed at increasing visibility for InsightPro's Quiz Battles, promoting user engagement, and encouraging collaboration and camaraderie among colleagues.

Acceptance Criteria

User Shares Quiz Results on Social Media

Given a user completes a Quiz Battle, when they click the 'Share Results' button, then their results should be posted on their selected social media platform with a custom message and the InsightPro logo included in the post.

User Challenges Teammate through Collaboration Tool

Given a user is viewing their quiz results, when they click the 'Challenge Friend' button, then a prompt must appear allowing them to select a teammate from their contacts list to send a challenge via the collaboration tool.

Social Share Analytics Tracking

Given a user shares their quiz result on social media, when the post is made, then the system should track the engagement metrics (likes, shares, comments) associated with that post for reporting purposes.

Integration with Multiple Social Media Platforms

Given a user selects the 'Share Results' option, when they are prompted to choose a social media platform, then the user should see options for at least three different social media platforms (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn).

Feedback Collection from Challenge Recipients

Given a user challenges a colleague to a Quiz Battle, when the challenged colleague receives the notification, then they must have the option to accept or decline the challenge and provide feedback on the invitation within the collaboration tool.

Visibility of Shared Content within InsightPro

Given a user shares their quiz result on a social media platform, when other users see that post, then they should be able to click on a link that redirects them back to InsightPro to engage with Quiz Battles directly.

Achievement Badges

Achievement Badges reward users for completing learning modules, quizzes, and challenges within the gamified learning experience. These digital badges serve as a visual recognition of user progress and mastery of InsightPro's features. Users are motivated to collect badges as they enhance their skills, fostering a sense of accomplishment and encouraging continued engagement with the platform. This recognition can also serve to create friendly competition among teams as they chase achievements.

Requirements

Badge Acquisition Logic

"As a user, I want to earn achievement badges for completing learning modules so that I can visually demonstrate my progress and motivate myself to continue using InsightPro effectively."

Description

The 'Badge Acquisition Logic' requirement encompasses the framework and algorithms for issuing achievement badges to users based on their completion of specific learning modules, quizzes, and challenges. This requirement will define the criteria for earning badges, ensuring that users receive timely recognition for their milestones in the gamified learning experience. It will also integrate with existing user progress tracking systems, providing a seamless transition from completing learning activities to badge issuance. By implementing this logic, we aim to enhance user engagement, motivate continuous learning, and foster a competitive spirit among peers. The system should also allow for tiered badges based on varying levels of achievement (e.g., beginner, intermediate, advanced) to cater to diverse user skill levels and encourage skill progression.

Acceptance Criteria

User Completion of a Learning Module with Badge Eligibility

Given a user completes a learning module with a score of 80% or higher, when the completion is recorded in the system, then the user should receive the corresponding achievement badge immediately.

User Completion of a Quiz without Badge Eligibility

Given a user completes a quiz with a score below 60%, when the completion is recorded, then the user should not receive any achievement badge for that quiz.

Tiered Badge Awarding Based on Achievement Levels

Given a user completes multiple learning activities at varying difficulty levels, when the criteria for beginner, intermediate, and advanced badges are met, then the user should receive the appropriate tiered badges accordingly.

Integration of Badge Issuance with User Progress Tracking

Given the user progress tracking system captures learning activities, when a user completes a qualifying activity, then the badge issuance should automatically trigger in real time within the platform.

User Notification for Badge Achievement

Given a user earns an achievement badge, when the badge is issued, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app to inform them of their new achievement.

Badge Collection Display on User Profile

Given a user has earned multiple achievement badges, when they view their profile, then all earned badges should be displayed in a visually appealing layout that reflects their achievements.

Badge Display UI

"As a user, I want to see my achievement badges displayed on my profile so that I can keep track of my accomplishments and share them with others for recognition."

Description

The 'Badge Display UI' requirement focuses on creating a user-friendly interface that showcases the achievement badges earned by users within their profiles. This feature will be accessible from the user dashboard and should include a visually appealing layout allowing users to view unlocked badges and track progress towards earning additional badges. The UI must be intuitive, highlighting both individual accomplishments and any collective achievements among team members. Additionally, there should be options for users to share their badges on social media or within their networks, promoting engagement and friendly competition among teams. This feature is essential for enhancing the gamification aspect of the learning experience and driving user retention by encouraging users to collect more badges.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Badge Display UI from their dashboard.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to their dashboard and click on the 'Achievements' section, then the Badge Display UI should load within 2 seconds and display all unlocked badges with the correct icons and labels.

User views their unlocked and pending badges.

Given the user is on the Badge Display UI, when they scroll through the list of badges, then all unlocked badges should be visually highlighted and all pending badges should be displayed with a progress indicator next to them.

User shares their earned badges on social media.

Given the user is on the Badge Display UI, when they click the 'Share' button on an unlocked badge, then a share dialog should open with a pre-filled message containing the badge name and a link to their profile, allowing for easy sharing on at least three social media platforms.

Team members view collective achievements on the Badge Display UI.

Given a user accesses the Badge Display UI, when they select the 'Team Achievements' tab, then the UI should display a list of badges earned by their team members, along with a collective progress bar indicating the team's overall badge earning status.

User customizes their Badge Display UI.

Given the user is in the Badge Display UI, when they click on the 'Settings' icon, then they should have the ability to select a layout template and sort badges by date earned or category, and the changes should be applied immediately.

User receives notifications for newly earned badges.

Given the user has earned a new badge, when they return to the Badge Display UI, then they should see a notification banner at the top of the UI informing them of their new badge achievement and prompting them to view it.

Notification System for Badges

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when I earn new achievement badges so that I can feel recognized and motivated to complete more learning activities."

Description

The 'Notification System for Badges' requirement involves implementing a mechanism that alerts users when they earn a new achievement badge. This real-time notification system should be integrated into the platform and notify users through pop-ups, email alerts, or in-app messages, depending on their preferences. The notifications should not only inform users of their new badges but also highlight the specific achievements that led to earning these badges, thus enhancing user satisfaction and encouraging further engagement with the learning content. Furthermore, this system should include settings for users to customize their notification preferences, ensuring a tailored user experience while reinforcing their progress on InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a new achievement badge upon completion of a learning module.

Given a user has completed a learning module, when the backend processes the completion, then the user should receive a pop-up notification indicating the new badge earned, along with a brief description of the associated achievement.

User receives an email alert for earning a badge after completing a quiz.

Given a user has successfully completed a quiz, when the system awards a badge, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the badge earned and the quiz they completed to earn it.

User accesses the settings to customize their badge notification preferences.

Given a user navigates to notification settings, when they modify their preferences for badge notifications, then the system should successfully save these preferences and reflect them in the notification system.

Multiple badges are awarded after user completes several challenges.

Given a user completes multiple challenges in a session, when the badges are awarded, then the user should receive a consolidated notification displaying all badges earned in a single pop-up, with links to view each badge's details.

User is notified of badges earned with historical context and achievement details.

Given a user earns a new badge, when they click on the notification, then they should be redirected to a detailed view that shows the history of their achievements and the specific criteria met for earning the badge.

User opts out of receiving email notifications for badges.

Given a user opts to disable email notifications for badge achievements in settings, when a badge is awarded, then the user should not receive an email alert for that badge.

User views their badge collection and corresponding notification history.

Given a user accesses their profile, when they navigate to the badge collection section, then they should see a comprehensive list of earned badges and corresponding timestamps of notifications for each badge earned.

Leaderboard Integration

"As a user, I want to see how I rank against my peers in collecting achievement badges so that I feel motivated to compete and improve my learning engagement."

Description

The 'Leaderboard Integration' requirement aims to introduce a competitive element by incorporating a leaderboard that ranks users based on the number of achievement badges collected. This leaderboard will be visible within the platform, encouraging users to strive for more badges and engage more deeply with the learning modules. The integration will require a backend system to track badge accumulation in real-time and display user ranks in a visually appealing format. This feature will foster community engagement and create a gamified experience that can enhance overall user interaction and motivation.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the leaderboard after collecting multiple achievement badges.

Given the user has collected at least one achievement badge, when they navigate to the leaderboard section, then the leaderboard should display their username along with the total number of badges collected and their rank compared to other users.

User receives real-time updates on badge accumulation.

Given a user earns a new badge, when the badge is awarded, then the leaderboard updates in real-time to reflect the new total badge count and the user's current ranking without needing to refresh the page.

User views the leaderboard's visual design and usability.

Given the leaderboard is displayed on the dashboard, when the user interacts with the leaderboard, then the layout should be visually appealing, easy to read, and all elements should be responsive across different screen sizes.

User sorts the leaderboard by various criteria such as 'Most Badges' or 'Recent Achievements'.

Given that the user is viewing the leaderboard, when they select a sorting option, then the leaderboard should rearrange to display the users based on the selected criteria efficiently and accurately.

Admin monitors user interactions with the leaderboard.

Given that the leaderboard is live, when an admin views the engagement metrics, then they should see data on how many users interact with the leaderboard daily, including views and clicks on individual user profiles.

User receives notifications after reaching a new rank on the leaderboard.

Given a user has moved up in rank after collecting badges, when their ranking changes, then the user should receive a notification confirming their new rank and the number of badges they have.

Badge Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize my achievement badges so that they reflect my personality and achievements in a way that is meaningful to me."

Description

The 'Badge Customization Options' requirement will allow users to customize their achievement badges, adding a personalized touch to their recognition. Users will have the ability to select from different styles and colors for their badges, as well as add custom text or images that reflect their personality or achievements. This feature will enhance the emotional connection between users and their earned badges, making the recognition feel more meaningful. Users will also be able to showcase their customized badges on their profiles, further encouraging their peers to earn and customize their own badges.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes a Badge to Reflect Personal Achievements.

Given the user is logged into their profile, when they access the badge customization section, then they should be able to select from at least five different badge styles and colors, and add text or images to personalize their badge.

User Saves Customized Badge Successfully.

Given the user has customized their badge, when they click the save button, then the customized badge should be saved successfully and a confirmation message should appear.

User Views Customized Badge on Profile.

Given the user has saved a customized badge, when they navigate to their profile, then the customized badge should be displayed accurately on their profile page.

User Edits Previously Customized Badge.

Given the user has a previously customized badge, when they enter the badge customization section again, then they should be able to edit the existing badge style, color, text, and images with no data loss.

User Deletes Customized Badge.

Given the user has a customized badge, when they choose to delete the badge from their profile, then the badge should be removed permanently and a confirmation message should appear to verify deletion.

User Shares Customized Badge with Peers.

Given the user has a customized badge, when they select the option to share their badge, then they should be able to share it via their profile or through social media, with the correct image and information displayed.

Badge Analytics Dashboard

"As a user, I want to access an analytics dashboard that shows my badge collection progress over time so that I can identify trends and set goals for my learning journey."

Description

The 'Badge Analytics Dashboard' requirement provides an analytical view for users that showcases their badge collection performance over time. This feature will include visual charts and graphs that track progress toward badge acquisition, including metrics on completed modules and quizzes. The dashboard will help users understand their learning habits and achievements, guiding them in setting personal goals and improving engagement. Moreover, the analytics would enable administrators to monitor overall user engagement and identify areas for improvement in learning modules based on badge acquisition trends. This data-driven approach aims to enhance user experience and foster a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Badge Analytics Dashboard after completing several learning modules and quizzes to assess their progress and performance in acquiring badges.

Given the user is logged into InsightPro, When they navigate to the Badge Analytics Dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation of their badge collection progress, including charts and graphs that display the number of badges earned over time along with details on completed modules and quizzes.

Administrator accesses the Badge Analytics Dashboard to analyze overall user engagement and identify trends in badge acquisition across the organization.

Given the administrator is logged into InsightPro, When they access the Badge Analytics Dashboard, Then they should be able to view aggregated data on badge acquisition trends, including metrics on the average number of badges earned per user and completion rates of learning modules.

User interacts with the badge analytics charts to set personal goals for upcoming learning modules based on their current performance.

Given the user is viewing their Badge Analytics Dashboard, When they click on the progress chart, Then they should be able to set personalized goals for the number of badges they aim to earn in the upcoming month, which should be reflected in their user profile.

User receives a notification about the achievement badges they've earned upon completing a module, and checks their Badge Analytics Dashboard to confirm their progress.

Given the user completes a module and earns a badge, When they receive a notification, Then they should be able to see the newly earned badge reflected immediately in their Badge Analytics Dashboard and in their total badge count.

User wishes to filter the badges displayed on the Badge Analytics Dashboard based on specific criteria such as date range or badge type.

Given the user is on the Badge Analytics Dashboard, When they apply filters based on date range or badge type, Then the dashboard should update to show only the badges that meet the selected criteria without errors.

The system administrator needs to ensure that badge data displayed in the dashboard is up to date with clean data input from the connected modules.

Given that the administrator checks the Badge Analytics Dashboard, When badge data is refreshed, Then the dashboard should display only complete and accurate badge data without discrepancies or outdated information.

User explores their historical performance in badge collection over different time periods to understand their learning habits.

Given the user is on the Badge Analytics Dashboard, When they select a specific time period from the options provided, Then the dashboard should reflect the user's performance accurately for that period, displaying only the badges acquired during the selected timeframe.

Interactive Challenges

Interactive Challenges engage users in scenario-based tasks that simulate real-world applications of InsightPro features. Users can tackle challenges that require utilizing specific tools, enhancing their problem-solving skills while applying theoretical knowledge in a practical context. By incorporating varied game mechanics such as time-limited tasks or role-playing elements, this feature deepens understanding, increases retention, and provides a practical approach to learning.

Requirements

Challenge Selection Interface

"As a user of InsightPro, I want to easily browse and select interactive challenges that match my skills and goals so that I can improve my knowledge and application of the platform in a personalized way."

Description

The Challenge Selection Interface is a user-friendly dashboard that allows users to browse, filter, and select from a variety of interactive challenges based on their skill level, interests, and learning objectives. This requirement aims to provide an intuitive navigation experience, enabling users to easily find challenges that match their learning goals. It integrates seamlessly with user profiles to recommend personalized challenges, enhancing user engagement and retention in the learning process. Additionally, the interface will support the tracking of user progress and achievements within each challenge, fostering a sense of accomplishment.

Acceptance Criteria

User visits the Challenge Selection Interface to browse available interactive challenges that align with their learning objectives.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they access the Challenge Selection Interface, then they should see a list of interactive challenges categorized by skill level and learning objectives.

User applies filters on the Challenge Selection Interface to narrow down the list of challenges based on their interests.

Given the user has specified their interests and skill level, when they apply the filters on the Challenge Selection Interface, then the displayed challenges should update to reflect only those that match the user's criteria.

User selects a challenge from the list presented in the Challenge Selection Interface.

Given the user is viewing the list of challenges, when they select a specific challenge, then they should be taken to the challenge details page that provides a comprehensive overview of the challenge objectives and requirements.

User interacts with the recommendation system in the Challenge Selection Interface.

Given the user has viewed challenges previously, when they access the Challenge Selection Interface, then they should see personalized challenge recommendations based on their engagement history and user profile.

User tracks their progress in a chosen challenge from the Challenge Selection Interface.

Given the user is actively participating in a challenge, when they navigate back to the Challenge Selection Interface, then they should see their current progress and achievements displayed prominently next to the corresponding challenge.

User experiences the usability of the Challenge Selection Interface on both desktop and mobile devices.

Given the user accesses the Challenge Selection Interface on a mobile device, when they navigate through challenges, then the interface should remain user-friendly and all functionalities should be accessible without loss of data or features.

Real-time Feedback System

"As a user participating in interactive challenges, I want to receive real-time feedback on my performance so that I can immediately understand my strengths and areas for improvement while I learn."

Description

The Real-time Feedback System provides immediate responses and assessments as users engage with interactive challenges. This requirement ensures that users receive constructive feedback on their performance, highlighting areas of strength and opportunities for improvement. The system will use AI algorithms to analyze user interactions and offer tailored suggestions for further practice or resources. This feedback will be essential for reinforcing learning outcomes and enhancing users' confidence in utilizing InsightPro's features effectively during real-world scenarios.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives immediate feedback after completing an interactive challenge that assesses their understanding of InsightPro's dashboard customization feature.

Given a user completes an interactive challenge, when they submit their answers, then the system should provide feedback within 3 seconds highlighting correct and incorrect responses and offering improvement suggestions for incorrect answers.

A user engages in a time-limited interactive challenge on data integration and receives personalized suggestions based on their performance.

Given a user participates in a time-limited interactive challenge, when the challenge ends, then the system should analyze the user’s interactions and generate tailored feedback and recommended resources within 5 seconds of challenge completion.

Upon completing an interactive challenge, users should be able to view their performance metrics and feedback history to track their learning progress over time.

Given the user has completed multiple interactive challenges, when they access their profile section, then they should see a comprehensive summary of their performance and feedback for each challenge, displayed in a clear and organized format.

In a scenario-focused challenge involving predictive analytics, users receive real-time suggestions on improving their analysis.

Given a user is working through a scenario-based challenge, when they reach a decision point in the challenge, then the system should dynamically analyze their chosen options and provide actionable feedback to enhance their understanding.

Users utilize the interactive challenge platform on multiple devices, ensuring feedback consistency across all platforms.

Given a user completes an interactive challenge on one device, when they log in from a different device, then the system should reflect all previous feedback and performance metrics accurately without discrepancies.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see my progress and achievements in interactive challenges so that I can stay motivated and set new learning goals for myself within InsightPro."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard provides users with a comprehensive overview of their learning journey through interactive challenges. This requirement includes features such as visual representations of completed challenges, earned badges, and a summary of skills acquired. Users will be able to monitor their growth over time, compare their progress against benchmarks, and set future learning goals. By visualizing their achievements, users will feel motivated to continue engaging with the platform, fostering a deeper commitment to their learning and mastery of InsightPro tools.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing several interactive challenges.

Given the user has completed at least three interactive challenges, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of the completed challenges displayed in a bar or line graph format, indicating progress over time.

User earns badges for completing interactive challenges successfully.

Given the user has completed an interactive challenge with a score of 80% or higher, when they finish the challenge, then they should receive a badge awarded for that specific challenge, visible in their Progress Tracking Dashboard.

User sets a future learning goal based on their current progress.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they choose to set a future learning goal, then they should be able to enter a goal description and a target completion date, which should be saved and displayed on the dashboard.

User compares their progress against established benchmarks.

Given the user has data on their completed challenges and associated skills, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a comparison of their progress against the average progress of peers in similar roles or levels of experience.

User reviews the summary of skills acquired from completed challenges.

Given the user has completed multiple interactive challenges, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a summary of all skills acquired displayed as a list with corresponding indicators of proficiency for each skill.

User receives notifications for achieving new milestones in their learning journey.

Given the user reaches a predefined milestone (e.g., completing 5 challenges), when the milestone is achieved, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email summarizing their accomplishment.

User navigates back to the main learning platform from the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they click the 'Back to Learning Platform' button, then they should be redirected to the main learning interface without losing any unsaved changes.

Challenge Gamification Elements

"As a user, I want to engage in interactive challenges that incorporate gamification elements so that I can experience a fun and motivating way to learn and apply InsightPro's features."

Description

Challenge Gamification Elements introduce engaging game mechanics such as scoring systems, leaderboards, and rewards to the interactive challenges. This requirement aims to enhance user motivation and engagement by incorporating competitive aspects into the learning experience. By presenting challenges with various difficulty levels and time-bound activities, the platform can create a dynamic learning environment that encourages users to participate actively and strive for improvement. Additionally, users can compete on leaderboards to foster a sense of community and achievement among peers.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes an interactive challenge that incorporates scoring and leaderboards.

Given a user completes a challenge, when they submit their results, then their score should be recorded, and they should appear on the leaderboard based on their performance.

Users engage with the scoring system during multiple challenges

Given a user participates in three different challenges, when they complete the challenges, then their cumulative score should reflect the points earned from all completed challenges.

Users view their ranking on the leaderboard after competing in challenges

Given users complete challenges, when they check the leaderboard, then they should see their rank based on their score as well as the ranks of other users.

Users earn rewards after achieving specific scores in challenges

Given a user achieves a predefined score in a challenge, when they check their rewards section, then they should see the corresponding rewards unlocked as a result of their performance.

The platform adjusts challenge difficulty based on user performance

Given a user has completed multiple challenges with varying scores, when they enter a new challenge, then the system should adapt the difficulty level according to their previous performance metrics.

Users experience time-limited tasks in challenges to enhance engagement

Given a challenge is time-bound, when the user attempts to complete the challenge, then a countdown timer should be visible, and the challenge should end automatically when time expires.

Users receive feedback based on their challenge performance

Given a user completes a challenge, when they view their results, then the platform should provide detailed feedback highlighting areas of strength and suggestions for improvement based on their performance.

Role-playing Scenario Integration

"As a user, I want to participate in role-playing scenarios that simulate real business challenges so that I can practice using InsightPro effectively in a safe and controlled environment."

Description

Role-playing Scenario Integration allows users to experience realistic simulations of business situations where they can apply InsightPro features to solve complex problems. This requirement will enable the incorporation of branching scenarios that change based on user decisions, enhancing critical thinking and decision-making skills. By engaging in role-playing exercises, users can practice real-world applications of the platform's analytics tools, building confidence and proficiency in their usage. This immersive approach will support deeper learning and prepare users for actual business challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates through a role-playing challenge where they simulate a business decision using InsightPro's analytics tools, needing to react to real-time data changes.

Given the user is engaged in a role-playing scenario, when they make a decision based on provided analytics, then the scenario should reflect changes and outcomes based on their choice within 5 seconds.

A user completes a set of branching scenarios that require them to select different pathways based on their decisions, each leading to unique conclusions.

Given the user has completed a branching scenario, when they choose a pathway, then the system should track the choices made and display a unique summary of their experience at the end of the scenario.

Users participate in a timed challenge where they must utilize InsightPro features to solve a hypothetical business problem within a set time limit.

Given the user is in a timed challenge, when the timer starts, then they must complete the challenge within the allocated time frame and receive a score based on accuracy and time taken.

An instructor assigns a role-playing scenario as a group task requiring multiple users to collaborate using InsightPro to solve a business case.

Given the users are assigned a team role-playing scenario, when they interact with each other within the scenario, then their collaborative efforts should be logged and assessed upon completion for engagement level.

A user initiates a role-playing challenge and has the ability to seek hints or support from the platform at any time during their challenge.

Given the user is in a role-playing challenge, when they select the help option, then they should receive contextual hints or tips that support their decision-making process without disrupting the flow of the challenge.

Users receive feedback on their performance after completing a role-playing scenario, allowing them to improve their future decision-making skills.

Given the user has completed a role-playing scenario, when they view their feedback report, then it should include detailed insights into decision-making strengths and areas for improvement.

Analytics Dashboard for Challenge Effectiveness

"As an administrator, I want to access analytics on user performance in interactive challenges so that I can assess their effectiveness and make data-driven improvements to our training materials."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Challenge Effectiveness provides administrators and educators with insights into user engagement and performance metrics across interactive challenges. This requirement will allow stakeholders to analyze which challenges are most effective in enhancing user skills and where users struggle the most. By gathering data on completion rates, user feedback, and progress analytics, the dashboard will support continuous improvement of challenge offerings and instructional strategies. Effective analysis will ensure that the content remains relevant and beneficial for user learning.

Acceptance Criteria

Analytics Dashboard Data Accuracy

Given that user engagement data is recorded, when the data is pulled into the dashboard, then it must accurately reflect user performance metrics with a deviation of no more than 5%.

User Engagement Metrics Visualization

Given that administrators access the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific interactive challenge, then they should be able to view a comprehensive graph displaying completion rates, average engagement time, and user feedback scores.

Performance Comparison Across Challenges

Given that multiple interactive challenges are available, when an administrator uses the dashboard's filtering options, then they should be able to compare performance metrics between different challenges based on user feedback and completion rates.

Real-Time Data Reporting

Given that users are engaging with the interactive challenges, when the Analytics Dashboard is refreshed, then it should display real-time updates reflecting the latest user engagement data within a 5-minute interval.

Feedback Analysis Integration

Given that users leave feedback for each challenge, when an administrator reviews the analytics dashboard, then they should see a summary of qualitative feedback alongside quantitative metrics for each challenge, allowing for insightful analysis.

User Segmentation Insights

Given that user data is collected, when the administrator accesses the dashboard, then they must be able to segment users based on performance levels and engagement styles to tailor future challenges accordingly.

Exportable Reports Generation

Given that performance data is visible on the dashboard, when an administrator selects the export feature, then they should be able to download a comprehensive report in CSV format summarizing key metrics of user engagement and challenge effectiveness.

Progress Leaderboards

Progress Leaderboards display user rankings based on their engagement and performance in the gamified learning modules. This feature cultivates a competitive spirit by showcasing top learners, encouraging all users to engage more actively with the training materials. It highlights high achievers, motivating others to participate more and excel in their learning journey, thereby raising overall proficiency in utilizing InsightPro.

Requirements

Real-Time User Tracking

"As a training administrator, I want to track user engagement in real-time so that I can identify trends and adjust the training modules accordingly."

Description

Implement a system that allows for real-time tracking of user engagement and performance within the gamified learning modules. This feature will provide administrators with immediate insights into user activity, allowing them to identify trends, assess module effectiveness, and provide instant feedback to users. Integrating this capability within InsightPro will enhance the overall understanding of how users interact with the learning content, ultimately driving better engagement and learning outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User engages with a gamified learning module and has their progress tracked in real-time for the duration of the session.

Given a user is logged in and participates in a learning module, when the user completes an action (e.g., completes a quiz), then the tracking system should log this activity within 2 seconds.

An administrator checks the progress leaderboard to assess user engagement based on real-time tracking data.

Given an administrator is on the dashboard, when they view the progress leaderboard, then the top 10 users should be displayed accurately with their latest engagement metrics updated within the last minute.

A user receives instant feedback after completing a gamified task in the learning module based on their performance.

Given a user completes a task, when they receive feedback, then the feedback should reflect their performance score and provide actionable insights within 5 seconds.

The system generates a report summarizing user engagement metrics for analysis by administrators.

Given that an administrator requests an engagement report, when the report is generated, then it should include metrics such as user participation rates, average scores, and completion time within 10 seconds.

The system detects a drop in user engagement and alerts the administrators to take immediate action.

Given that user engagement metrics fall below a predefined threshold, when this occurs, then an automatic alert should be sent to administrators within 5 minutes of detection.

A user checks their own progress and standing in real-time compared to other users.

Given a user accesses their progress dashboard, when the dashboard loads, then their performance metrics and ranking should be updated to reflect real-time data after their last action.

The tracking system integrates with multiple data sources for comprehensive engagement analysis.

Given the system is designed to integrate with various data sources, when new data is added, then the integration should not cause any downtime and should reflect correctly in the real-time tracking system.

Customizable Leaderboard Filters

"As a learner, I want to filter the leaderboard by my best scores, so that I can see my performance against specific training modules."

Description

Develop filtering options for the Progress Leaderboards that allow users to view rankings based on specific criteria such as modules completed, scores achieved, or time spent in training. This feature aims to personalize the experience and let users focus on areas where they need improvement or excel. By offering customizable filters, we can enhance user experience and motivation, showing them tailored insights into their learning progress.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to filter the Progress Leaderboard to view the top 10 learners based on the number of modules completed during a specific time frame.

Given the Progress Leaderboard is displayed, When the user selects the filter option for 'Modules Completed' and sets the time frame, Then the leaderboard updates to show the top 10 users based on this criterion.

A user desires to compare their performance with peers in terms of scores achieved in the gamified learning modules.

Given the Progress Leaderboard is displayed, When the user selects the filter for 'Scores Achieved', Then the leaderboard shows all users ranked according to their scores in descending order, highlighting the user's score in relation to others.

An administrator wants to ensure that users can view rankings according to the time spent in training to assess engagement levels.

Given the Progress Leaderboard is displayed, When the administrator selects the filter for 'Time Spent', Then the leaderboard updates to reflect user rankings based on the total hours spent in the training modules.

A user needs to reset the applied filters on the Progress Leaderboard to view the default rankings.

Given the user has applied custom filters on the leaderboard, When the user selects 'Reset Filters', Then the leaderboard should revert to show the default rankings without any filters applied.

A user wants to save their preferred filter settings to view on future visits to the Progress Leaderboard.

Given the user has selected their preferred filters on the leaderboard, When the user clicks 'Save Filters', Then the selected filters are saved and applied automatically on the user’s next visit.

A user requests assistance understanding what each filter option does on the Progress Leaderboard.

Given the Progress Leaderboard is displayed, When the user hovers over each filter option, Then a tooltip should appear detailing what the filter does and how it affects the leaderboard rankings.

Social Sharing Options

"As a user, I want to share my leaderboard achievements on social media, so that I can celebrate my success and motivate others to engage with the training materials."

Description

Introduce social sharing capabilities for the Progress Leaderboards that enable users to share their achievements on social media platforms or internal company forums. This will not only promote the learning culture within the organization but also encourage competition and motivation among peers. It can drive engagement to an unprecedented level by showcasing achievements and reinforcing the value of participation in the learning modules.

Acceptance Criteria

User Sharing Progress Leaderboards via Social Media

Given a user is logged into InsightPro and views their position on the Progress Leaderboard, when they select the 'Share' button and choose a social media platform, then their leaderboard achievement should be shared to their profile with a link back to InsightPro.

Internal Sharing of Leaderboard Achievements

Given a user has an active account on an internal company forum, when they click 'Share' on their Progress Leaderboard, then a post should be created on the forum that includes their ranking and a motivating message about their achievement.

Tracking Engagement Metrics Post Sharing

Given a user has successfully shared their progress on social media, when the analytics tool is used to track user engagement metrics for the following week, then at least a 10% increase in user activity on learning modules should be observed.

Displaying Sharing Options UI

Given a user is viewing their Progress Leaderboard, when they look for sharing options, then they should see clearly labeled buttons for at least three social media platforms and the internal company forum.

User Notification of Successful Sharing

Given a user shares their Progress Leaderboard achievement on social media, when the share is completed, then they should receive a notification confirming the success of the operation.

Privacy Settings for Sharing Achievements

Given a user has privacy settings enabled in their InsightPro account, when they attempt to share their Progress Leaderboard achievement, then a prompt should appear explaining how their data will be shared and giving them the option to cancel.

Error Handling for Failed Sharing Attempts

Given a user tries to share their Progress Leaderboard achievement, when there is an issue with the social media platform (e.g., server unavailable), then the user should receive a friendly error message informing them of the failure and suggesting retry options.

Notifications for Leaderboard Updates

"As a user, I want to be notified when my leaderboard rank changes, so that I stay motivated to engage with the training materials."

Description

Create a notification system that alerts users when they rank up on the Progress Leaderboards or when someone surpasses their rank. This feature will keep users engaged by fostering a sense of competition and prompting them to participate actively to maintain their position. Providing timely notifications encourages users to continuously improve their engagement with the training, contributing to a vibrant learning environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when they rank up on the Progress Leaderboard after completing a gamified module.

Given that a user has completed sufficient training modules to elevate their rank, When the rank is updated in the Progress Leaderboard, Then the user should receive a notification indicating the new rank and encouraging continued participation.

User receives a notification when another user surpasses their rank on the Progress Leaderboard.

Given that a user is overtaken in rank by another user, When the ranking updates are processed, Then the user should receive a notification informing them of the change in rank and encouraging them to improve their engagement.

Users can customize their notification settings for leaderboard updates.

Given that a user accesses their account settings, When they navigate to the notification preferences, Then they should be able to enable or disable notifications for when they rank up or are surpassed.

Notifications are displayed in real-time to users when they rank up or are surpassed.

Given that a user's ranking is updated, When the notification is triggered, Then the user should see the notification appear on their dashboard within 5 seconds.

Users should be able to view a history of their ranking notifications.

Given that a user has received multiple notifications about their ranking, When they check their notification history, Then they should see a list of all previous notifications regarding ranking changes.

Mobile Accessibility for Leaderboards

"As a learner, I want to access the leaderboard on my mobile device so that I can track my progress and compete even while on the go."

Description

Ensure that the Progress Leaderboards are fully accessible and responsive on mobile devices. This means optimizing the interface and ensuring that all functionalities are available to users on their smartphones or tablets. This requirement aims to provide flexibility and enhance user experience, allowing users to stay connected with their learning journey anytime and anywhere.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses Progress Leaderboards on a mobile device to check their rankings and the rankings of others after completing gamified learning modules.

Given a user has a mobile device, When they navigate to the Progress Leaderboards section, Then the interface should be fully responsive, displaying all rankings without layout issues and should not require horizontal scrolling.

User attempts to filter the Progress Leaderboards to view rankings over a specific time period on their mobile device.

Given a user is on the Progress Leaderboards page on a mobile device, When they select a time period filter, Then the list of rankings should update accordingly without any loading errors or delays.

User views the Progress Leaderboards on different mobile browsers (Chrome, Safari, Firefox) and checks for consistency in appearance and functionality.

Given a user accesses the Progress Leaderboards from different mobile browsers, When they view the leaderboard, Then the appearance and functionality should be consistent across all browsers without any discrepancies.

User relies on the Progress Leaderboards to receive real-time updates about their standing after completing each learning module on a mobile device.

Given a user completes a learning module, When they refresh the Progress Leaderboards page on their mobile device, Then their ranking should update in real-time with no greater than a 2-second delay.

User attempts to share their leaderboard ranking from a mobile device to social media directly through the app.

Given a user is on the Progress Leaderboards page, When they select the share option for social media, Then the leaderboard ranking should generate a shareable post with accurate ranking information and a link to the leaderboard.

User navigates through the Progress Leaderboards section to find details of a particular user or their own ranking.

Given a user is on the Progress Leaderboards, When they search for a specific user or their own ranking, Then the leaderboard should display the correct results instantly without any errors.

Incentive System for Top Performers

"As a high achiever, I want to receive rewards for my leaderboard performance, so that my efforts are recognized and incentivized."

Description

Design an incentive system that rewards top performers on the Progress Leaderboards with badges, certificates, or other recognition methods. This feature aims to enhance motivation by recognizing user achievements, giving them tangible rewards for their efforts. By promoting high engagement and rewarding success, this will ultimately contribute to a culture of excellence and continuous learning within organizations using InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a badge after achieving a top 10 ranking on the Progress Leaderboard for the first time in a given month.

Given a user who ranks in the top 10 on the Progress Leaderboard for the first time this month, when the leaderboard updates, then the user should receive a digital badge acknowledging this achievement.

Users can view their earned incentives and recognitions in their profile section.

Given a user who has earned badges or certificates, when they navigate to their profile, then they should see a section displaying all earned incentives in a clear and engaging format.

Users receive a certificate after maintaining a top rank for three consecutive months on the Progress Leaderboard.

Given a user who has maintained a top rank on the Progress Leaderboard for three consecutive months, when the leaderboard updates at the end of the third month, then the user should receive a certificate sent to their registered email.

The leaderboard must reflect real-time updates to user ranks as users complete training modules.

Given users completing training modules, when their progress is recorded, then the Progress Leaderboard must update within 10 minutes to reflect their new ranking.

Incentives are displayed prominently on the leaderboard to encourage competition among users.

Given the current leaderboard displayed, when a user views the leaderboard, then the page should prominently feature badges and certificates for top performers to motivate others.

Notifications are sent to users when they receive a new badge or certificate.

Given a user who has just earned a badge or certificate, when this happens, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email alerting them of the new recognition.

The incentive system allows customization for organizations to select which rewards they offer.

Given an admin user of an organization, when they access the incentive settings for the Progress Leaderboard, then they should be able to select and customize the types of rewards to be issued.

Customizable Learning Paths

Customizable Learning Paths allow users to personalize their learning experience by selecting specific modules, quizzes, and challenges that align with their roles and goals. This tailored approach ensures that users focus on relevant content that meets their immediate needs, enhancing efficiency and effectiveness in their learning journey. Users can track their progress on these paths, ensuring a structured and goal-oriented educational experience.

Requirements

Dynamic Module Selection

"As a user, I want to select specific learning modules based on my job role, so that I can focus my efforts on the most relevant and beneficial content for my professional development."

Description

The Dynamic Module Selection requirement allows users to easily choose and customize specific learning modules that align with their professional roles and objectives. This feature will empower users to filter available learning content based on their skills gaps or interests, ensuring that the path they take is directly relevant to their current job functions. By enabling personalized module selection, it enhances user engagement, promotes effective learning, and allows for a more targeted educational experience. Integration with user profiles and analytics will ensure that suggested modules are curated for maximum relevance, leading to improved learning outcomes and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Learning Path Based on Professional Role

Given a user logged into their profile, when they navigate to the Customizable Learning Paths section and select 'Dynamic Module Selection', then they should be able to see a list of modules filtered by their job role and skills gaps.

User Completes a Module and Tracks Progress

Given a user has chosen modules for their learning path, when they complete a module, then their progress should be updated in real-time, reflecting the number of completed modules visualized on their dashboard.

User Receives Suggested Modules Based on Analytics

Given a user with an updated profile that includes their skills and learning interests, when they access the Dynamic Module Selection, then the system should recommend at least three relevant modules using data analytics.

User Filters Modules by Skills Gap

Given a user is in the Dynamic Module Selection interface, when they apply filters for specific skills gaps, then only the modules that address those skills should be displayed in the selection list.

User Engages with Interactive Challenges within Learning Paths

Given a user selects specific modules that include interactive challenges, when they complete these challenges, then their performance metrics should be captured and reported in their learning progress overview.

Admin Reviews User Module Selections

Given an admin is reviewing user profiles, when they check a user’s selected modules in a learning path, then they should be able to see a comprehensive report of the user's module selections and progress metrics.

User Receives Feedback on Completed Modules

Given a user has completed a learning module, when they click the feedback button, then they should receive a summary of their performance along with suggestions for further learning paths.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see my learning progress at a glance, so that I can understand my advancement and areas where I need to focus on improving my skills."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement enables users to visualize their learning journey by providing a dedicated section that displays their completed modules, quizzes, and overall progress on customizable learning paths. This feature offers insights into the areas where the user has excelled and identifies modules where additional efforts may be needed. By presenting achievements and areas for improvement in an easy-to-understand format, it engages users and encourages continued learning. Integration with notifications and feedback will prompt users when they reach milestones or need to complete pending activities for effective time management.

Acceptance Criteria

Progress Visualization on Customizable Learning Paths

Given a user has selected specific learning modules and quizzes, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their completed and pending modules, along with overall progress displayed as a percentage.

Milestone Notifications

Given a user reaches a learning milestone in their progress tracking, when the milestone is achieved, then the user should receive an automated notification to congratulate them and provide suggestions for the next steps.

Progress Comparison with Goals

Given a user has set specific learning goals, when they view their Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a comparison between their current progress and the set goals, along with recommendations for improvement if they are falling behind.

Feedback on Completed Activities

Given a user completes a learning module, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see feedback highlighting their performance in that module and suggestions for related modules to enhance their learning.

Integration with External Data Sources

Given a user utilizes multiple data sources in their learning path, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should seamlessly integrate and display combined progress from all linked external resources.

User Customization Options

Given a user wants to personalize their learning experience, when they customize their Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they must be able to choose which metrics to display (e.g., quizzes completed, modules finished), and save these preferences for future sessions.

Mobile Access to Progress Tracking

Given a user is on the go, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard via a mobile device, then they must be able to view their progress and receive notifications in a responsive layout that is fully functional on mobile screens.

Interactive Quizzes and Challenges

"As a user, I want to complete quizzes and challenges related to the modules I've studied, so that I can reinforce my learning and evaluate my understanding effectively."

Description

The Interactive Quizzes and Challenges requirement introduces engaging quizzes and challenges that correspond with selected learning modules. This feature will provide users with hands-on opportunities to apply what they have learned, reinforcing knowledge retention and skill development. These quizzes may include varying formats such as multiple-choice questions, fill-in-the-blanks, and practical case studies to assess user understanding effectively. Additionally, immediate feedback will be provided to enhance the learning process. Integration with performance analytics will enable users to track their results over time and adjust their learning paths accordingly.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes an interactive quiz after finishing a learning module to test their understanding of the material.

Given a user has finished a learning module, when they access the interactive quiz, then they should be able to start the quiz, answer all questions, and submit their answers successfully.

User receives immediate feedback on their quiz performance to understand areas of improvement.

Given a user submits their answers for an interactive quiz, when the results are displayed, then the user should see their score along with explanations for each question marked correct or incorrect.

User tracks their progress across multiple quizzes and challenges to monitor their learning journey over time.

Given a user has taken multiple quizzes, when they access their performance analytics dashboard, then they should see a graph representation of their scores over time along with their completion rates for each quiz.

User selects a specific learning path that includes quizzes relevant to their role.

Given a user is in the customizable learning paths interface, when they select a learning path and corresponding quizzes, then the selected quizzes should be added to their personalized learning path.

User interacts with various quiz formats to ensure diverse assessment methods are in place.

Given a user is participating in interactive quizzes, when they are presented with different formats such as multiple-choice, fill-in-the-blank, and case studies, then they should seamlessly switch between formats and complete all types of questions without issues.

User's quiz results are integrated with their overall performance metrics to inform learning path adjustments.

Given a user completes various quizzes, when they review their performance metrics, then the metrics should reflect how their quiz results influence their recommended learning adjustments based on their strengths and weaknesses.

Role-Based Access Control

"As an admin, I want to control which learning paths are accessible to different user roles, so that I can ensure a focused and secure learning environment tailored to each employee's needs."

Description

The Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) requirement outlines the need for managing user access to different learning paths based on their organizational roles. This ensures that users can only access content that is pertinent to their responsibilities, thus improving content relevance and security. By implementing RBAC, InsightPro can personalize the learning experience further, ensuring that employees are not overwhelmed by irrelevant data or modules. This feature is vital for maintaining user engagement by delivering a tailored learning experience while also ensuring that sensitive information remains secure for specific roles within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User with the 'Marketing' role accesses learning paths relevant to their responsibilities.

Given a user with the 'Marketing' role, when they access the learning paths, then they should only see content that is specifically designed for their role with no access to unrelated modules.

Admin creates and assigns roles to users within InsightPro.

Given an Admin user, when they define a new role and assign it to a user, then the system should reflect the new role's permissions immediately and ensure the user can only access permitted content.

User attempts to access restricted content outside of their role.

Given a user with the 'Sales' role, when they try to access learning materials designated for 'Finance,' then they should receive an access denied notification.

User tracks their progress through their customized learning path.

Given a user enrolled in a customizable learning path, when they complete a module or quiz, then their progress should update in real-time on their dashboard, reflecting the percentage completed.

User requests access to additional learning paths beyond their current role.

Given a user with limited access, when they request access to additional learning paths, then the system should send a notification to their manager for approval before granting access.

Reporting dashboard reflects user activity and engagement stats across roles.

Given a manager accessing the reporting dashboard, when they view user engagement data, then it should display role-specific metrics accurately, allowing them to gauge participation effectively.

Feedback and Ratings System

"As a user, I want to rate and review the learning modules after I complete them, so that I can share my insights and help improve the content for my peers."

Description

The Feedback and Ratings System requirement allows users to provide reviews and ratings for learning modules and quizzes upon completion. This feature facilitates user input, enhances content quality, and promotes continuous improvement of educational resources. By collecting user feedback, InsightPro can identify popular content and modules that require enhancement or further development. Integrating this system encourages a community-driven approach towards learning, where users share insights and suggestions, ultimately leading to a more relevant and effective learning experience for future users.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating and review for a completed learning module.

Given a user has completed a learning module, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit a rating from 1 to 5 stars and provide a text review of at least 50 characters.

User views their submitted ratings and reviews in their profile.

Given a user has submitted ratings and reviews, when they access their profile page, then their previously submitted ratings and reviews should be displayed along with the dates of submission.

System aggregates ratings and displays average rating for each learning module.

Given multiple users have submitted ratings for a learning module, when the module is viewed, then the average rating should be calculated and displayed, rounded to one decimal place.

User filters learning modules by average rating.

Given the user wants to find high-quality learning modules, when they apply a filter for modules with an average rating of 4 stars and above, then only those modules should be displayed in the search results.

Admin reviews feedback for continuous improvement of content.

Given that users have submitted feedback on learning modules, when the admin accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should be able to view all feedback along with the corresponding ratings for insights and improvement actions.

User receives a confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given that a user has successfully submitted a rating and a review, when the submission is complete, then they should receive a confirmation message on the screen indicating that their feedback was successfully recorded.

System notifies users about updates or changes to feedback guidelines.

Given that feedback guidelines have changed, when the user logs in to the platform, then they should see a notification about the updated feedback and ratings system on their dashboard.

Team Challenges

Team Challenges promote collaborative learning by allowing groups to work together to complete larger objectives or projects using InsightPro's functionalities. Teams can compete against each other, earning points for collective accomplishments such as completing modules, achieving high scores on quizzes, or welcoming new users. This camaraderie and group engagement not only enhance individual learning but also strengthen team bonds and collaboration across departments.

Requirements

Team Challenge Creation

"As a team leader, I want to create customizable team challenges so that I can promote collaboration and learning within my team."

Description

This requirement involves the ability for team leaders to create and manage team challenges within the InsightPro platform. The feature should allow customization of challenge parameters such as objectives, scoring criteria, and participant grouping. The benefit of this requirement is that it enhances user engagement and collaboration by enabling users to participate in structured challenges that promote teamwork and collective learning. Furthermore, it integrates smoothly with InsightPro’s existing functionalities, such as user tracking and progress reporting, allowing for a seamless experience for both administrators and participants.

Acceptance Criteria

Team leaders can access the 'Create Team Challenge' page from the dashboard.

Given that a team leader is logged in, when they navigate to the dashboard and click on the 'Create Team Challenge' button, then they should be directed to the challenge creation page where they can customize the challenge parameters.

Team leaders can customize the objectives of team challenges.

Given that the team leader is on the challenge creation page, when they enter specific objectives for the challenge, then those objectives should be saved and displayed correctly in the challenge summary before final submission.

Team leaders can define scoring criteria for team challenges.

Given the team leader is on the scoring criteria section of the challenge creation page, when they add various scoring rules and save, then the system should correctly reflect those scoring criteria in the challenge overview and participant profile

Team leaders can group participants into teams for the challenge.

Given that a team leader is on the participant grouping section of the challenge creation page, when they select users from a list and assign them to teams, then those groupings should save accurately and reflect in the challenge details.

Team leaders can review and edit a created team challenge before finalizing it.

Given that the team leader has completed the challenge creation form, when they preview the challenge details, they should be able to edit any fields, including objectives, scoring criteria, and participant teams, before submission.

Team challenges can be launched and participants notified.

Given that all necessary fields of the challenge have been filled out and saved, when the team leader clicks the 'Launch Challenge' button, then all participants should receive a notification about the new challenge and the challenge should be active in the system.

Team leaders can track the progress of ongoing team challenges.

Given that a team challenge is in progress, when a team leader accesses the challenge details page, then they should see real-time updates on participants' progress, scores, and any completed tasks associated with the challenge.

Point System Integration

"As a participant, I want to earn points for my contributions to team challenges so that I can see my progress and encourage my teammates."

Description

Implementing a point system for team challenges will allow participants to earn points based on their contributions and achievements. This requirement includes defining point categories, assigning point values to various activities (such as completing modules, achieving quiz scores, and onboarding new users), and designing a leaderboard to track individual and team standings. This feature not only fosters healthy competition but also motivates users to engage more with the platform, thereby enhancing overall user experience and productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Point System Implementation for Team Challenges

Given a user participates in a team challenge, when they complete a module, then the user should earn points based on the defined point value for that module, and the points should reflect on the user's profile within 5 minutes.

Points Allocation for Quiz Scores

Given a user takes a quiz as part of a team challenge, when the user achieves a score above 80%, then the user should earn the maximum points allocated for quiz completion, and the leaderboard should update to reflect this within 10 minutes.

Onboarding New Users Points System

Given a team welcomes a new user to the platform, when the onboarding process is completed, then the team should receive points based on the predetermined point value for onboarding, and the updated team score should appear on the leaderboard immediately.

Leaderboard Functionality Validation

Given multiple teams are participating in challenges, when the leaderboard is accessed, then it should accurately display the top three teams based on the total points earned, sorted in descending order, updated at least once every hour.

Flexible Point System Adaptation

Given modifications are made to the point values assigned to activities, when a user completes those activities, then the system should reflect the new point values immediately, ensuring users receive points based on the latest configuration.

User Engagement Tracking through Points System

Given the point system is active, when users engage with the platform, then the analytics dashboard should reflect increased engagement metrics (e.g., number of modules completed, quizzes taken) correlated with the points awarded.

User Notification of Points Earned

Given a user earns points through participation in team challenges, when points are awarded, then the user should receive a notification that details the points earned and how they were awarded, ensuring clear communication and encouragement.

Challenge Progress Tracking

"As a user, I want to track my team's progress in challenges so that I can adjust our strategies in real-time to achieve our objectives."

Description

This requirement enables real-time tracking of team challenge progress through dashboards and visualizations. Team leaders and participants should have access to metrics that provide insights into challenge completion rates, individual contributions, and overall team performance. This functionality supports transparency and encourages continuous engagement, allowing users to monitor their performance and adjust strategies accordingly. Integrating with existing reporting tools will streamline the user experience, providing a cohesive view of progress throughout the challenge.

Acceptance Criteria

Team leaders review team progress during a challenge.

Given the team leader is logged into InsightPro, when they navigate to the Challenge Progress Tracking dashboard, then they should see updated metrics on completion rates, individual contributions, and overall team performance displayed in real-time.

Participants check their contribution to a team challenge.

Given a participant is logged into InsightPro, when they access their individual contribution section, then they should see their completed tasks, points earned, and their ranking within the team displayed accurately.

A team competing in challenges utilizes progress data to adjust strategies.

Given a team is engaged in a challenge, when they analyze the progress metrics, then they should be able to identify areas needing improvement and make strategy adjustments accordingly according to insights provided.

Admin aggregates team performance across multiple challenges for reporting.

Given an admin user is logged into InsightPro, when they generate a report on team performance, then they should receive a comprehensive document summarizing metrics across all challenges, including completion rates and individual contributions for each team.

Daily updates of team challenge progress metrics.

Given that a team challenge is in progress, when the dashboard is refreshed, then all progress metrics should reflect the latest data without delay.

Integration with existing reporting tools for seamless experience.

Given that the Challenge Progress Tracking feature is integrated with existing reporting tools, when a user exports data, then it should be formatted correctly for those tools and contain all relevant metrics related to the challenges.

Visibility of progress metrics for all team members.

Given that a team challenge is ongoing, when all team members access the Challenge Progress Tracking feature, then they should see a visual representation of progress that includes individual and team performance metrics.

Collaboration Tools Integration

"As a team member, I want integrated collaboration tools so that I can communicate effectively with my teammates during challenges."

Description

Integrating collaboration tools (such as messaging, file sharing, and video conferencing) into the InsightPro platform will enhance the experience for teams participating in challenges. This requirement includes selecting and embedding suitable collaboration tools that facilitate communication and sharing among team members. This integration is vital as it allows teams to collaborate efficiently, ultimately improving productivity and fostering a sense of community within InsightPro.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members collaborate using integrated messaging tools during a Team Challenge in InsightPro to discuss strategy and share information.

Given a team is participating in a Team Challenge, when a team member sends a message through the integrated messaging tool, then all other team members should receive the message in real-time without delay.

Users need to share files and documents during Team Challenges without leaving the InsightPro platform.

Given a user wants to share a document with their team during a Team Challenge, when the user uploads a file through the integrated file sharing tool, then the file should be accessible to all team members within the platform immediately.

Participants are required to conduct virtual meetings as part of their collaborative efforts during Team Challenges.

Given a team is collaborating through InsightPro, when the team initiates a video conference using the integrated conferencing tool, then all team members should be able to join the meeting with clear audio and video quality.

Users want to track their communication and file-sharing history for accountability in Team Challenges.

Given a team has participated in a Team Challenge, when they access the collaboration history feature, then they should see a complete log of all messages sent, files shared, and video meetings held during the challenge.

New team members need to onboard quickly during ongoing challenges.

Given a new member joins a team in the middle of a challenge, when they access the collaboration tools, then they should have immediate access to previous messages, files, and meeting records relevant to the current challenge.

Teams need to manage their collaborative efforts effectively during Team Challenges to meet objectives.

Given a team is engaged in a Team Challenge, when they utilize the collaboration tools, then they should be able to create tasks or to-do lists directly within the platform that can be assigned to team members for improved organization.

Teams should have a feedback mechanism to improve their collaboration tools' effectiveness during challenges.

Given a team has completed a Team Challenge, when they use the feedback feature available in the collaboration tool, then they should be able to submit suggestions that can be reviewed by the InsightPro development team.

Feedback and Evaluation System

"As a participant, I want to give feedback on team challenges so that I can help improve the experience for future challenges."

Description

The inclusion of a feedback and evaluation system for the team challenges allows participants to provide input on their experience and performance post-challenge. This requirement consists of developing a survey mechanism to gather ratings and comments regarding the challenge format, teamwork, and outcomes. The collected feedback will be essential for continuous improvement of the challenges and can inform future iterations, enhancing user satisfaction and support for collaborative initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Post-Challenge Feedback Submission Process

Given a participant has completed a team challenge, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to submit their ratings and comments for the challenge successfully.

Feedback Ratings Range Validation

Given a participant is filling out the feedback form, when they select a rating, then the rating must fall within the acceptable range of 1 to 5, inclusive.

Feedback Comment Length Validation

Given a participant is providing feedback comments, when they submit their comments, then the comments must be between 10 and 500 characters in length.

Feedback Dashboard Aggregation

Given there are multiple submissions of feedback from various participants, when the feedback is collected, then it should be aggregated and displayed accurately on the insights dashboard for evaluation.

Participant Notification of Feedback Submission

Given a participant has successfully submitted their feedback, when they complete the submission, then they should receive an email confirmation of their feedback submission.

Admin Access to Feedback Data

Given the admin user has logged into the backend, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to view all collected feedback data from the participants.

Reward System Implementation

"As a team leader, I want to offer rewards for challenge achievements so that I can motivate my team to perform better and engage more actively."

Description

This requirement involves the implementation of a reward system for team challenges, where successful participants or teams can earn badges, certificates, or other recognitions. The rewards can be tied to specific achievements within the platform and can serve as incentives for user engagement and participation. Such a system promotes a positive environment and encourages friendly competition, thereby enhancing team morale and commitment.

Acceptance Criteria

Reward allocation for team completing a challenge successfully.

Given a team has completed all required tasks for a challenge, When the challenge is marked as complete, Then each team member should receive a digital badge as recognition for their achievement.

Notification system for users earning rewards.

Given a user earns a badge or certificate, When the reward is issued, Then the user should receive an immediate notification via email and within the platform confirming their achievement.

Display of earned rewards on user profiles.

Given a user has earned one or more rewards, When viewing their profile, Then the rewards should be clearly displayed, including badges and certificates earned.

Criteria for earning specific rewards based on performance metrics.

Given a user participates in team challenges, When the users meet or exceed the predetermined performance metrics, Then they should be eligible to earn specific rewards like certificates or points.

Tracking team progress and issued rewards for transparency.

Given a team is participating in multiple challenges, When they complete a challenge, Then all team members should have access to a dashboard showing their progress and all rewards earned to date.

Review and feedback mechanism for the reward system.

Given users have received rewards, When they access the feedback section, Then they should be able to provide feedback on the reward system and their experience with it.

Instant Feedback Mechanism

The Instant Feedback Mechanism provides users with immediate insights and evaluations of their performance after completing quizzes and challenges. This feature allows users to understand their strengths and areas for improvement, fostering a mindset geared toward continuous growth. Swift feedback ensures that users can quickly adapt their learning strategies, making the educational experience more effective and responsive to their needs.

Requirements

Real-time Performance Analytics

"As a user, I want to see my performance data in real time so that I can adjust my learning strategies immediately according to my strengths and weaknesses."

Description

The Real-time Performance Analytics requirement entails the integration of a live data feed that tracks user performance during quizzes and challenges. This feature will provide users with up-to-the-minute metrics, such as quiz scores, question response times, and comparative performance analytics against their previous attempts. By enabling real-time tracking, it will help users to identify patterns and trends in their learning behavior, facilitating faster adaptation of their study strategies. Additionally, real-time feedback encourages engagement and motivates users to improve their skills continuously, ultimately enhancing the overall educational experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a quiz and immediately receives a performance analytics report highlighting their score, response times, and areas for improvement, allowing them to optimize their study strategy in real-time.

Given a user has completed a quiz, when the user accesses the performance analytics, then the system should display the score, average response times for each question, and suggestions for improvement within 5 seconds.

Users can compare their current quiz performance with their previous attempts to identify trends and areas where they have improved or need more focus.

Given the user has taken multiple quizzes, when they view the performance analytics, then the system should show a comparison chart of the last three quiz scores and response times side by side.

The system automatically updates the performance metrics in real-time as the user answers quiz questions, providing instant feedback on their learning progress during the quiz.

Given the user is actively taking a quiz, when they answer a question, then the system should update the current score and average response time in real-time, displaying this information on the quiz interface.

Users access a detailed report after completing a quiz which provides insights into their performance patterns over multiple quizzes to facilitate better learning strategies.

Given the user has completed at least three quizzes, when they request a detailed performance report, then the system should generate a report showing performance trends, key metrics, and personalized feedback within 10 seconds.

The performance analytics feature integrates seamlessly with the user's profile, allowing users to track their learning journey over time and adjust their goals accordingly.

Given the user has a profile with historical quiz data, when they access their performance analytics, then the system should reflect all historical data and allow users to set new learning goals based on their performance trends.

Adaptive Learning Paths

"As a user, I want a learning path that adapts to my performance so that I can focus on areas where I need improvement while still challenging myself."

Description

The Adaptive Learning Paths requirement focuses on creating personalized learning experiences based on user performance metrics. By analyzing data from quizzes and challenges, this feature will dynamically adjust the difficulty and content of subsequent challenges tailored to the user’s current proficiency level. The goal is to provide a bespoke learning journey that addresses individual strengths and weaknesses, ensuring that learners are neither overwhelmed by difficulties nor under-challenged. This tailored approach not only improves user engagement but also maximizes learning efficiency, promoting better retention of knowledge.

Acceptance Criteria

User engages with a quiz that assesses their knowledge on a specific topic and receives immediate feedback upon completion.

Given a user completes a quiz, when they view the feedback, then they should see a summary of correct and incorrect answers, detailed explanations for each question, and personalized recommendations for further study.

A user completes a series of quizzes and the system analyzes their performance over time to adapt future quiz difficulty.

Given a user has completed at least five quizzes, when the system analyzes their results, then it should adjust the difficulty of the next quiz based on the user's performance metrics (e.g., increasing difficulty for consistent high scores and decreasing for low scores).

Users regularly log in to the platform to take quizzes and receive feedback on their learning progress.

Given a user logs into their account, when they access their learning path, then they should see a graphical representation of their progress, including strengths, weaknesses, and suggested learning resources.

A user encounters a challenge that is too difficult due to their previous quiz performance, leading to frustration.

Given a user is faced with a challenge and they attempt it but fail three times, when the system evaluates their past performance, then it should offer an alternate challenge that better matches their proficiency level.

A user wishes to track their learning journey and receive updates on their progress over time.

Given a user wishes to view their learning journey, when they access the progress dashboard, then it should display a timeline of quizzes taken, scores achieved, time spent on each topic, and a summary of feedback received.

The system needs to gather user performance metrics post-feedback to further refine learning paths.

Given a user completes a quiz and receives feedback, when they submit their evaluation of the feedback's helpfulness, then the system should record this feedback and use it to improve future learning path adaptations.

Users want to receive notifications about changes in their learning path based on their quiz performance.

Given a user has updated metrics from their latest quiz results, when they log in to the platform, then they should receive a notification detailing any adjustments made to their learning path due to their recent performance.

Notification Alerts for Feedback

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when my feedback is ready so that I am promptly reminded to review my performance and make necessary adjustments."

Description

The Notification Alerts for Feedback requirement involves implementing a notification system that alerts users each time they receive feedback on their performance. It will ensure that users do not miss any feedback, which is crucial for their continuous learning. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to choose when and how they receive them (e.g., via email, in-app notifications, or SMS). This feature enhances user engagement by keeping users informed and prompting them to reflect and act on their quiz performances, thereby reinforcing a growth mindset within the learning platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification after completing a quiz that provides feedback on their performance.

Given a user completes a quiz, when the feedback is generated, then the user should receive a notification within 5 minutes.

User customizes their notification preferences for receiving feedback alerts.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they select their preferred notification method (email, SMS, in-app), then those preferences should be saved and applied for future feedback alerts.

User acknowledges feedback received from the notification system.

Given a user receives feedback notification, when they click on the notification, then they should be directed to the feedback report page.

User receives immediate acknowledgment for successfully updating their notification preferences.

Given a user updates their notification settings, when they save the changes, then a confirmation message should be displayed confirming that the preferences have been updated successfully.

User opts to disable notification alerts for feedback temporarily.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they toggle the disable notifications option, then they should not receive any feedback alerts until they re-enable the notifications.

User receives multiple notifications for feedback on different quizzes within a short period.

Given a user completes multiple quizzes with feedback available, when multiple feedback notifications are generated, then the user should receive separate notifications for each quiz within 5 minutes.

Comprehensive Performance Dashboard

"As a user, I want a performance dashboard that clearly shows my progress over time so that I can identify patterns in my learning and focus on improving specific areas."

Description

The Comprehensive Performance Dashboard requirement involves the creation of a user-friendly dashboard that aggregates all performance data, including quiz scores, completion rates, and feedback history, into a single, visually appealing interface. This dashboard will allow users to analyze their progress over time and identify trends in their learning journey. By providing visual aids such as graphs and charts, users will be better positioned to understand their strengths and weaknesses at a glance, facilitating targeted improvements. This feature not only communicates performance clearly but also enhances the overall user experience by presenting complex data in a digestible format.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Comprehensive Performance Dashboard after completing multiple quizzes and challenges.

Given the user has completed at least three quizzes, When the user navigates to the Comprehensive Performance Dashboard, Then the dashboard displays aggregated quiz scores, completion rates, and feedback history in visually appealing graphs and charts.

User filters their performance data based on specific time frames.

Given the user selects a time frame filter (e.g., last week, last month), When the user applies the filter on the Comprehensive Performance Dashboard, Then the dashboard updates to show only the performance data relevant to the selected time frame.

User interacts with visual elements of the dashboard to view detailed performance insights.

Given the user clicks on a graph or chart element in the Comprehensive Performance Dashboard, When the detailed view loads, Then the user can see specific quiz scores, feedback comments, and completion rates related to that element.

User receives a summary of strengths and weaknesses based on their performance data.

Given the user reviews their Comprehensive Performance Dashboard, When the system analyzes the aggregated performance data, Then the dashboard provides a summary indicating at least three strengths and three areas for improvement with actionable recommendations.

User accesses the dashboard from various devices including mobile and desktop.

Given the user accesses the Comprehensive Performance Dashboard from a mobile device or desktop, When the dashboard loads, Then it should be responsive and maintain usability with consistent functionality across both platforms.

User receives real-time updates to their dashboard after completing quizzes.

Given the user completes a quiz, When the submission is processed, Then the Comprehensive Performance Dashboard refreshes automatically to reflect the new quiz score and updates performance data without the need for manual refresh.

Peer Comparison Analysis

"As a user, I want to compare my performance with my peers so that I can gauge my standing and motivate myself to improve."

Description

The Peer Comparison Analysis requirement enables users to compare their performance metrics against aggregate data from their peers. By providing insights into how they stack up against fellow learners, this feature fosters a healthy competitive atmosphere while offering valuable context for individual performance results. Users will have the ability to anonymize data, ensuring privacy while still engaging in peer-based learning. This feature is designed to drive motivation and engagement, empowering users to push their own limits and learn from the collective experience of their classmates.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time feedback after completing a quiz, enabling them to understand their performance in relation to their peers.

Given a user completes a quiz, when the feedback is generated, then the user should see a comparison of their score against the average score of their peers, displayed in a clear graphical format.

Users can select the anonymization option for their performance data before viewing peer comparison insights.

Given a user accesses the peer comparison analysis feature, when they choose to anonymize their data, then their individual metrics should not be revealed in the peer comparison results, ensuring privacy.

The platform displays peer comparison metrics on a user-friendly dashboard, allowing users to track performance trends over time.

Given a user accesses their performance dashboard, when they navigate to the peer comparison section, then they should see a historical view of their performance compared to their peers, with trends over their last five assessments.

Users can filter peer performance results based on different criteria such as age, experience level, or course completion status.

Given a user is viewing peer comparison results, when they apply filters for age and experience level, then the results should dynamically update to reflect comparisons only with similar peers.

The feature provides a summary of insights and recommendations based on peer comparison analysis.

Given a user completes the comparison session, when they access the insights report, then the report should include personalized recommendations to improve performance based on peer analysis.

Users can share their anonymized performance insights with their peers or mentors for collaborative learning.

Given a user has completed a peer comparison analysis, when they choose to share insights, then only aggregated, non-identifiable data should be shared, preserving user privacy while fostering collaborative discussions.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Growth-Oriented Entrepreneur

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Analytics-Savvy Marketer

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Proactive Financial Planner

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Innovation-Focused Tech Executive

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Strategic HR Director

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

TrendSpotter

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Predictive Analytics Engine

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-Friendly Visualization Tools

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Reporting Feature

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Loop Mechanism

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario Builder

Requirements

Variable Manipulation Interface

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario Visualization Tool

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario Comparison Functionality

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario Simulation Engine

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Export Scenario Reports

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Insight Alerts

Requirements

Customizable Alert Criteria

Description